Category: Volume 30 – Number 2 – January 2020

  • Accompanying Images:Leo Bersani and Cinematic Fascination

    Mikko Tuhkanen (bio)

    Abstract

    During the half century of his writing, Leo Bersani has worked toward an onto-ethics/aesthetics of fascination in which cinema plays an important part. With the help of Proust, Sade, Caravaggio, Pasolini, and others, he outlines two modes of fascination: the spectator’s active exploration and evisceration of an enigmatic world, and his passive receptiveness to the world’s nonsignifying forms. Bersani proposes that these modes of cinematic fascination exemplify regimes of modern subjectivation, the ways in which we are taught to become who we are in our encounters with the world.

    Our concern with history … is a concern with preformed images already imprinted on our brains, images at which we keep staring while the truth lies elsewhere, away from it all, somewhere as yet undiscovered.W. G. Sebald, Austerlitz (72)

    … there is almost always something else going on.eLeo Bersani and Ulysse Dutoit, “Merde Alors” (29)

    In a recent recontextualization of the French philosopher’s work, Calum Watt suggests that we read Maurice Blanchot as a thinker of cinema. While Blanchot’s oeuvre includes only a few oblique references to films, Watt argues that his philosophy overlaps with film theory at the site of two concepts: the image and fascination. With Blanchot, these recurrent film-theoretical concepts undergo a productive estrangement. We can approach this estrangement by observing what Blanchot, in “The Two Versions of the Imaginary,” a central source for Watt in his effort to outline Blanchotian film theory, suggests is the undoing of Platonism in his concept of the image.1 In the Platonic tradition, the image comes after eidos, a copy of an anterior ideality; the second-order realm of images gives us a world of shadows, a distorted and depleted version of the real. While for Blanchot, too, the image coincides with something like the thing’s impoverishment, the implications of this relation differ from those organizing the Platonist schema. “The image, present behind each thing,” he writes, reversing the Platonic assumption that the real resides “behind” the image, “is like the dissolution of the thing and its subsistence in its dissolution” (“Two” 255). A “thing” unravels into its image, an unspooling in which a figure nevertheless “subsists.” The image endows the object with “a luminous formal aura,” but this luminosity is, as it were, blinding, for it pushes the thing toward formlessness, toward a “fundamental materiality” or “substance” bereft of any form (255). If the image stands “behind each thing,” there is in it a force that causes the thing’s undoing: what Blanchot calls, evoking Hamlet, “that heavy sleep of death in which dreams threaten” (255). In this sense, the corpse is a privileged exemplar of the image: “Something is there before us which is not really the living person, nor is it any reality at all. It is neither the same as the person who was alive, nor is it another person, nor is it anything else” (256). The corpse is the person’s impoverishment into image, his or her withdrawal toward pure materiality, the extensive network of being; it is “the absolute calm of something that has found its place” (256). But this doesn’t mean that the corpse resembles anything. The corpse is “absolutely himself,” “he resembles himself. The cadaver is its own image. … But what is it like? Nothing” (258). In this withdrawal into impersonality or anonymity, it becomes incomparable; the corpse, as image, coincides with the appearance of what Blanchot sometimes calls Quelqu’un, Someone.

    This capacity to evoke an anonymous singularity endows the image, whether as the “cadaverous resemblance” (259) or the work of art, with the force of fascination. Fascination, as Blanchot writes elsewhere, “is passion for the image [la passion de l’image],” in which the process of “seeing” undergoes a change: “Seeing presupposes distance, decisiveness which separates, the power to stay out of contact and in contact avoid confusion. … But what happens when what you see, although at a distance, seems to touch you with a gripping contact, when the manner of seeing is a kind of touch, when seeing is contact at a distance?” (“Essential” 32; “Solitude” 25). With the phrase “contact at a distance,” Blanchot evokes philosophy’s recurrent debate concerning “action at a distance,” the idea of influences that operate without apparent contact. This problematic is addressed by ancient and medieval commentators as fascination, a tradition that is extended in Francis Bacon’s philosophy and then in the popular arts to which Franz Anton Mesmer lends his name.2 Blanchot continues: “What happens [in fascination] is not an active contact, not the initiative and action which there still is in real touching. Rather, the gaze gets taken in [le regard est entraîné], absorbed by an immobile movement and a depthless deep” (“Essential” 32; “Solitude” 25). Fascinated subjects are idle, workless; theirs is the passivity that Blanchot calls désœuvrement.

    When Blanchot writes that “fascination is passion for the image,” he summarizes what many commentators have had to say about cinema. Since the earliest admonitions concerning the new technology’s dangerously hypnotic influence, the history of film theorizing has been a history of fascination. Apart from contributing to this tradition, Blanchot anticipates—in some cases, prompts—the emergent interest in the history of fascination in the work of such scholars as Sibylle Baumbach, Andreas Degen, Hans Ulrich Seeber, Michel Thys, and Brigitte Weingart. In what follows, I propose that Leo Bersani continues the practice of depicting film as one of modernity’s fascinating technologies; he does this, moreover, in ways that are in deep sympathy with Blanchot’s thought. Like Blanchot’s, his oeuvre is a fecund archive for scholars interested in the persistent discourse of fascination.

    While Watt points out the relevance of Blanchot’s work to theorizing film, Bersani is more obviously a thinker of cinema.3 Since his first sustained discussion of the artform, an analysis of Pier Paolo Pasolini’s Salò, or the 120 Days of Sodom (1975) in “Merde Alors” (1980; cowritten with Ulysse Dutoit), he has turned to film with increasing frequency to elaborate his onto-ethics and aesthetics.4 To outline this elaboration, I offer a comparative gloss of “Merde Alors” and the recent essay “Staring,” a reading of Bruno Dumont’s Humanité (1999). The two pieces, written some forty years apart, open and close Bersani’s most recent book, Receptive Bodies (2018). Bookending the study, they allow us to observe the movement of Bersani’s film-theoretical thought, the way he returns, and returns again, to a set of questions across the decades. One of the questions that persistently appears there concerns fascination. Cinematic fascination exemplifies an enthrallment that, despite all avowals about modernity’s disenchantment, infects how we encounter the world.

    The term is used in “Merde Alors” and “Staring” but in seemingly contradictory senses. As Bersani writes in the introduction to Receptive Bodies, cinema prompts an investigative attitude from the spectator: the screen spectacle provokes “looking, probing, and detecting” (xi). Cinema evokes our will to know: we are invited to plunge the subjective depths of our others so that we can discover what resides in us, the strangeness of our own pleasures. Yet this mode of interrogative spectatorship carries within it a potentiality for another way of relating to the image, one that Bersani, in his commentary on Humanité, calls “staring.” The protagonist of Dumont’s film suggests a connectivity beyond modernity’s emphasis on interrogating the other’s enjoyment. In this way, cinema can model, perhaps precipitate, “modes of intimacy no longer centered on sex and on an obsessive, invasive curiosity about the other’s personality, and, more pointedly, about the secrets of the other’s desires” (Receptive 25). Yet if it gives us another form of capture apart from the “paranoid fascination” with which we approach the other in modernity, the new mode of relatedness—our “staring”—remains a “fascination.”

    This essay makes an argument for Bersani as a theorist of cinematic fascination. Like Gilles Deleuze’s work on cinema, Bersani’s writings on film elaborate the concerns evident in his other, non-film-theoretical texts. To make the connection, I propose that “the Proustian subject” is an important precursor to the cinematic subject in Bersani. If Marcel, in his “anxiously strained attention to the world,” becomes a passive recipient of the world’s otherness, this “passivity both exacerbates the distinction between subject and object and positions the subject for a more or less secretly wished-for relation of mastery to the object. The subject’s illusion of contributing nothing to the encounter [between him and the world] promotes the further illusion of his being able to ‘know’ the world, to penetrate and appropriate otherness” (Bersani and Dutoit, “Critical” 124). In his fascinated capture by an alien world that he strains to appropriate through knowledge, Marcel is the modern subject par excellence, the Cartesian being who, as Charles Taylor writes, “gains control through disengagement” (160). But the question of passivity or disengagement is more complicated than the above quotation from Bersani and Dutoit would suggest. To outline the concept’s intrication in Bersani’s thinking, I make occasional recourse to the clinical work of Michel Thys. If Marcel’s fascinated passivity exemplifies the dualisms whose hegemony in modernity Bersani traces to Cartesian philosophy, Thys tells us that fascination is in fact the frightening experience of the self’s disappearance in—merging with—the other. As he writes, fascination constitutes “a paralysing state of loss of self, where the subject is radically captured by an object from which it is hardly separate”; it “can … be understood as a kind of congealing confusion between self and the object” (Thys, “On Fascination” 633, 634). Read jointly, Bersani and Dutoit’s argument about Marcel and Thys’s clinical observations suggest that fascination names the subject’s cleaving, that is, at once an adhesion to and a separation from the other; it indicates the radicalization and the undoing of the subject/object dichotomy. Bersani observes this contradiction, albeit implicitly, nowhere more clearly than in his commentary on cinema in “Merde Alors” and “Staring.”

    ________

    Two apparently contradictory assumptions, then, organize Bersani’s film theorizing in “Merde Alors” and “Staring.” In the latter piece, Bersani suggests that cinema seduces the spectator into Cartesian modernity’s hegemonic mode of relationality, one premised, first, on the division between the subject and the object and, second, on knowledge as that which bridges the gap between the cogito and the world. The medium of film assumes a world in which the knower and the known—in Cartesian language, res cogitans and res extensa—are willed into being by a constitutive gap. Bersani writes in the concluding chapter of Receptive Bodies: “Film … constitutively privileges sight and sound as conducive to knowledge” insofar as the medium relies on “a frequently intricate play between showing and hiding, exposure and concealment” (112). Cinema invites the spectator onto a path of investigative desire, one where they seek the knowledge apparently secreted by the images on the screen. This entails a doubled gesture: the world enthralls the subject by at once offering and withholding its purported secrets.

    Bersani’s description of cinematic subjectivation—the spectator’s seduction into an interrogative mindset by a rhythmic “showing and hiding, exposure and concealment”—strikes a familiar theme in his oeuvre. In his earlier work, he repeatedly described the Proustian subject in an analogous way. A representative of the modern subject in his determination to penetrate the secrets of the world, Marcel is solicited by various love objects, which seem to tantalize him with a knowledge he yearns to possess: they seductively offer themselves as carriers of his being, yet also turn away from him, refusing to disclose their mysteries. Such objects, as Proust’s narrator observes, “appeared to be concealing, beneath what my eyes could see, something which they invited me to approach and seize from them, but which, despite all my efforts, I never managed to discover” (Remembrance 1.182). “Marcel is tempted to see things and people as puzzles to be solved,” Bersani writes in A Future for Astyanax: Character and Desire in Literature (1976). “He stares at [worldly objects] in order to force them to reveal a truth they seem to be both proposing and concealing” (87). Suggesting a secret, and then refusing access to it, the objects capture the subject, who now assumes that what is being withheld from him is nothing less than the truth of his being: “In Proust, it is precisely at the moment when the loved one turns away from her lover—becomes most mysterious, most inaccessible—that she (or he) is rediscovered within the lover—as if that essential secret being pursued by the lover were the lover’s own secret, his own otherness” (Bersani, “Death” 864).

    Marcel is thus called onto his search by an enigmatic world: “The address excites him, and he strains to penetrate the secret being simultaneously offered and withheld” (Caravaggio’s 66). In this description, which comes from Bersani and Dutoit’s study of Caravaggio, at stake is, again, the doubled gesture of suggesting and withdrawing, offering and withholding. This twofold address is similarly evident in the seductiveness of Caravaggio’s models. Analyzing paintings such as Bacchino Malato and The Fruit Vendor, Bersani and Dutoit note that the models at once offer their bodies to and turn away from the viewer: “the soliciting move toward the viewer, and the self-concealing move away from the viewer” constitute a “double movement” that should be “qualif[ied] as erotic. … It is … the movement away that fascinates, indeed that eroticizes the body’s apparent (and deceptive) availability” (Caravaggio’s 3). As Bersani puts it elsewhere, “the seductive young boys … freeze the viewer in an imaginary relation of erotic, paranoid fascination, in the Lacanian sense”; Caravaggio’s “enigmatic boy[s]” produce, or solicit into existence, “the fascinated viewer” (“Secrets” 59). Captured by the objects’ fascination (a relational mode that, as Bersani implies, one finds theorized in Lacanian psychoanalysis, too), the subject/viewer wants to solve—to (dis)solve or digest, we might say, heeding Proust’s tropes of appetition—the other who embodies the enigma. In this way, Caravaggio’s paintings position the viewer in what will be Marcel’s “most characteristic relation to the external world, … a devouring one; [Proust’s] metaphors generally function as sublimated incorporations. They ‘solve’ the mystery of otherness by digesting it” (Caravaggio’s 68). The teasing performance of an enigmatic world solicits the subject into being, not only flaunting the world’s otherness but also implanting a mysterious interiority in him. This interiority is called “the erotic” or “sexuality,” a mode of being-in-the-world that entails, as its desiring aim, the worldly objects’ liquidation.

    Echoing phrases he used to characterize Proust and Caravaggio, Bersani proposes in “Staring” that cinema constitutes—is constituted as—a vehicle for the dynamic of desire that he has identified in Proust’s narrator and the viewer are captured by Caravaggio’s sexy models. The Proustian subject is endowed with the two major characteristics that Bersani frequently attaches to Cartesian modernity: the subject’s separation from the world and the subject’s mode of negotiating this separation by approaching the other via knowledge. Scholars have frequently characterized fascination as an affective reaction to incomprehension: one is arrested by a teasing enigma, just out of reach. Fascination, as Ackbar Abbas writes, constitutes “any experience that captures our attention without at the same time submitting entirely to our understanding” (348); “ignorance,” Roland Barthes says, “is the very nature of fascination” (Roland 3). In Blanchot, too, a fascinated relation is figured as “essentially opposed to comprehension” (Watt 28).5 The fundamental separation of the self from the other elicits the kind of epistemic appetite that organizes Marcel’s relation to objects: he is paralyzed in his hunger for—his hunger to know—the other.

    In this, the modern subject is constituted as a fascinated being. The importance of this mode of encountering the world is indicated by its inscription in some of the most familiar documents of European modernity. In Joseph Conrad’s Heart of Darkness (1902), the otherness that is Africa calls Marlow with the force of a fascinating enigma: “Watching a coast as it slips by the ships is like thinking about an enigma,” the narrator muses. “There it is before you—smiling, frowning, inviting, grand, mean, insipid, or savage, and always mute with an air of whispering—Come and find out” (16). The continent fascinates because it flaunts, and then conceals, mysteries that, as it turns out, must be about the inquisitive spectator himself. Represented by the river that stretches out like a serpent, this world is “irresistibly fascinating” in that it “whisper[s] to [us] things about [ourselves] which [we do] not know” (57).6 In Receptive Bodies, Bersani suggests that the cinematic spectator, like the Proustian (and, we add, the Conradian) subject, is an epistemophilic being, caught by an obsession to make the world’s enigmas transparent. The cinematic medium invites an investigative zeal from the spectator: in Bersani’s reading, this constitutes what Laura Mulvey calls “the fascination of film” (“Visual” 14)—or “the fascination of cinema” (Fetishism 56)—and Abbas “the fascination of the cinematic” (363). Soliciting this mode of spectatorial attention and pleasure, cinema orients the spectator to the world in a typically modern attitude: by rendering what is out there at once enigmatic and knowable.

    However, if Bersani sees in cinematic spectatorship the construction of the fascination typical to the modern episteme’s imperialist volonté de savoir, another potentiality subsists in the cinematic address. Writing with Dutoit, he briefly alludes to this possibility in “Merde Alors,” the opening chapter of Receptive Bodies. In the essay, Bersani and Dutoit speak of “film’s potential for a vertiginous passivity (its eagerness merely to register)” (“Merde” 31; Receptive 13). If cinema calls forth an epistemophilic ardor in the spectator, it also has the capacity to reduce the spectator to a passive recipient of the image. This immobility is different from—yet, again, not unrelated to—the ravenous passivity that Bersani and Dutoit assign to Marcel (“Critical” 124). While the Proustian narrator’s passivity both separates him from the world and orients him to its otherness through knowledge, the vertigo promoted by cinema can neutralize the subject’s epistemological ambition. The spectator can receive the visible without the sense-making impulse that drives Marcel’s apprehension of the world’s signs. Rather than speculation about the psychological motivation of filmic characters, such receiving is, as Bersani and Dutoit write elsewhere, “our only legitimate activity [as spectators]: the activity of looking and of registering what we see. To explore [characters’] psychology is to play the game of the enigmatic signifier—that is, to be complicit with the anti-cinematic visuality it embodies” (Forms of Being 51). The psychoanalysis that conceptualizes anthropobecoming as a process in which the subject is called into existence by an other’s enigmatic address is an exemplar of modernity’s epistemodisciplinary schematizations. In this role, psychoanalysis betrays the potential that cinema at best evokes. Rather than “knowing” the world, the cinematic subject, in contrast to the psychoanalytic one, seeks “merely to register” what is made available, what there is to see, of the world. In this, cinema solicits “a promiscuous mobility” unconstrained by efforts to make sense of—to know and understand—the world’s spectacles (“Merde” 31; Receptive 14).

    Bersani’s two contrasting statements, about the cinematic will to knowledge and about the spectator’s “vertiginous” passivity, seem to have been inserted into the wrong essays. I say this because if “Merde Alors” is about anything, it is about the sadistic zeal to know—and, in the process, to eviscerate—the other, a procedure that, according to Bersani and Dutoit, Pasolini’s film investigates by transposing Sade’s narrative to fascist Italy; and because Bersani reads Humanité, on the other hand, as a case study in the mode of passive, contemplative, non-curious “staring” that cinema can offer the spectator as an alternative to modern culture’s volonté de savoir. Yet the apparent miscontextualization indicates the co-implication of the two modes of looking; the forms of spectatorship subsist as each other’s potentialities. That both orientations are, as Bersani implies in the two essays, forms of fascination suggests their intimate, dangerous proximity.

    Bersani and Dutoit argue that Salò is an experiment with the subjective mode of encountering otherness whose purified form one finds outlined in Sade’s The 120 Days of Sodom. Here, the other appears as the source of jouissance insofar as the world’s suffering recalls the subject’s constitutive ébranlement. According to Bersani and Dutoit, the excitement of Sade’s executioners at the sight of their victims anticipates Freud’s argument according to which the pain inflicted on the victim can be “enjoyed masochistically by the [sadist] through his identification of himself with the suffering object” (Freud 126, qtd. in “Merde” 24; Receptive 3-4). What makes this identification peculiarly seductive is that such moments recall the human subject’s early experiences of helplessness, the Hilflosigkeit engendered by the human organism’s catastrophically premature individuation. Following Freud, Jean Laplanche speculates that the infant survives his early life by turning the world’s deadly assault—deadly because the speechless being lacks all capacity to bind the overwhelming stimuli—into masochistic ecstasy, an experience that, as Freud seems to infer from his clinical observations, is constitutive of consciousness. Freud begins to suspect that, rather than outlining a minor variant of sexual life, in theorizing masochism he is in fact sketching an account of hominization. On this account, sexuality—the psychoanalytic name for the human condition—becomes “a tautology for masochism” (“Merde” 25; Receptive 5), an idea whose importance for Bersani is indicated by the frequent repetition of the phrase in his subsequent texts.7

    In some of his best-known texts—most notably, in “Is the Rectum a Grave?” (1987)—Bersani proposes that this “shattering” can counteract or neutralize the paranoid imperative that he sees driving Marcel, the modern epistemophilic subject par excellence. It can, as he writes, be cultivated into “our primary hygienic practice of nonviolence” (Is 30) insofar as its ecstasy implicates us in—scatters us into—the world that we otherwise try to appropriate and master. In a 1997 interview, Bersani claims that by theorizing ébranlement, he aims “to move to a different relation to otherness, not one based in paranoid fascination but one that might use the masochistic element in the confrontation productively” (Is 177). Yet a crucial problem—one that sounds in easily missed minor chords in “Is the Rectum a Grave?” but occupies center stage in “Merde Alors”—is illustrated by Sade’s libertines and Pasolini’s fascists. They seek shattering by compulsively staging the world’s suffering. If our constitutive enjoyment—”sexuality as a tautology for masochism”—is vicariously accessed through identification with an other’s pain, its repetition is dependent on the continued witnessing of such torture. Hence, the subject of “derived sadism” precipitates scenes through which he can relive his originary trembling. “If erotic stimulation depends on the perceived or fantasized commotion of others,” Bersani and Dutoit write, “it becomes reasonable to put others into a state of maximal commotion” (“Merde” 24; Receptive 3). It is particularly the narrativization of historical violence—the compelling stories of past atrocities—that facilitates this form of “mimetic sexuality.” We often hear that, in order to avoid repeating the past, we must keep recalling history’s outrages, a remembering that takes place mostly in the stories we tell of our devastating errors. “A major trouble with this,” Bersani and Dutoit propose, “is that the immobilization of a violent event invites a pleasurable identification with its enactment. … Centrality, the privileged foreground, and the suspenseful expectation of climaxes contributes to a fascination with violent events on the part of readers and spectators” (“Merde” 28; Receptive 10). In this way, the subject of ébranlement is not clearly distinguished from the one whose embodiment Bersani finds in Marcel and, more disturbingly, in the Italian fascists of Salò. Both seek their selves by pulling the world apart, by enjoying their others in dismembering them. Similarly, when Bersani writes in Homos (1995) that “AIDS has made us fascinating” (19, emphasis in original), he means that the spectacle of dying young men solicits the kind of projected masochism that Freud theorizes.

    But there are various ways to sink into fascinated passivity. If “narrativity sustains the glamour of historical violence” (“Merde” 28; Receptive 9), Dumont’s Humanité models another mode of fascination for Bersani. Like À la recherche du temps perdu, Dumont’s film details its protagonist’s “search” (Receptive 109), his attempt to solve a mystery. It narrates a criminal investigation, led by the protagonist Pharaon de Winter, into the rape and murder of an eleven-year-old girl. The film opens with Pharaon’s inspection of the murder scene, a sight (given in detail by the camera) that, as Bersani writes, leaves him gazing in stunned blankness at a world “uninhabitable” for its incomprehensible violence (Receptive 107). His looking is marked by a “fixed, perhaps fascinated but affectless gaze,” a “wide-eyed stare” with which he takes in his surroundings; his is “a strangely neutral fascination with an alien world” (Receptive 111, 110). Fascination is, indeed, the appropriate orientation for Pharaon: as a detective facing a crime scene, we expect him to attend to and to “fill in” what Roland Barthes calls, in his analysis of the structure of detective stories, “the fascinating and unendurable interval separating the event from its cause” (“Structure” 189). A crime occurs, pulling causality out of joint; the detective’s task is to reveal the secrets that have motivated the rupture and, by bringing the perpetrators to justice, to restore order. Suturing the fascinating wound that the crime has opened in a community, “the detective,” as Barthes continues, “becomes the modern figure of the ancient solver of riddles (Oedipus), who puts an end to the terrible why of things” (189). In this account, detective stories narrate the return to an originary balance by neutralizing the disequilibrium that the crime has introduced.

    As much as Proust’s novel follows Marcel’s efforts to penetrate the enigmas with which the world taunts him—this is why Bersani calls it an “epistemological detective story” (Death 41; Culture 114)—the narrative in Humanité concerns the detective’s attempt to make sense of the brutal killing. Both Marcel and Pharaon are spellbound by the mysteries that the world has staged for them. Yet while the fascinated gaze suggests his epistemophilic capture by the enigma of the crime—a fascination that seeks its own undoing in the solving of the murder—Dumont’s detective simultaneously embodies another mode of looking. Bersani notes Pharaon’s impassive staring at various, and often bewilderingly trivial, details in his surroundings. As much as he looks for clues that would help him reveal the criminal and explain the crime, the camera also registers his fixed gazing at material objects around him: the sweaty neck of his superior, the swollen belly of a sow, the sliver of blue sky in a painting. In them, the film medium’s seduction of its viewers by Proustian enigmatics is complicated by the protagonist’s capture by a series of “unsignifying yet absorbing objects” (Receptive 110). While they “absorb” the detective like the signs and signifiers that fascinate the Proustian/Laplanchean subject, the objects at which the detective stares in fascination imply no revelatory knowledge. Rather than luring the detective with the promise of repressed truths, they offer more of the world in its dumb materiality. In this way, the objects of Pharaon’s affectless fascination should be compared to what Bersani and Dutoit, in their analysis of Terrence Malick’s The Thin Red Line (1998), call “interestingly insignificant images” (Forms of Being 175), images that, as they frequently put it, “absorb” the spectator.

    The capture of Dumont’s protagonist is, in other words, of a peculiar kind. Rather than the penetrative eye that guides Marcel’s recherche, Pharaon’s is an “empty, monotonous, yet intense staring at the world in which such acts [as the girl’s rape and murder] can take place” (Receptive 109). In this, Pharaon exemplifies the affective paralysis that Michel Thys observes in his patients. As Thys writes, the overbearing proximity of the object arrests the subject in his tracks while simultaneously depleting him of affect: “Fascination neutralizes all affect,” producing a state of “sterile attention” (“On Fascination” 638, 636). He describes this affectlessness as a “freezing of feeling” (638): one hits fascination at the “affective freezing point” (639); it is “a frozen confusion in relation to an exclusive object” (643). Bersani similarly draws our attention to “the frozen state of [Pharaon’s] negotiations with the world” (Receptive 116). He also says that Caravaggio’s beautiful boys, offering and withholding their gifts, “freeze the viewer” into a “fascinated” posture (“Secrets” 59). Such frozenness indicates the immobility associated with fascination, the dangerous paralysis in front of the deadly object, presently opening its maw to accommodate the victim. Yet the contrastive coordinating conjunction in Bersani’s characterization of the detective’s stunned look as “fascinated but affectless” (Receptive 111) also implies that the more familiar modes of fascination are in fact anything but “affectless.” The contrast is intended to remind us of the fascination exemplified by Marcel, Pasolini’s fascists, and the homophobes celebrating the ravages of AIDS, all intensively shaken—most certainly not “affectively frozen”—in their search for the secrets of enigmatic objects. What Thys calls “the frozen state of fascination” (“On Fascination” 647) is, in the Bersanian context, but one style of fascinated attention. Moreover, this style—even in its precipitation of “the fear of annihilation” (641ff.)—offers an alternative to the one where the subject is goaded by the enigmatic signifier into a search whose goal is the world’s devastation.

    Pharaon’s “frozen” staring constitutes an “epistemologically useless” (Receptive 112) taking-in of the world. Bersani suggests that, even though Dumont’s protagonist is a detective, he does not primarily seek to neutralize the violence that immobilizes him into paralytic receptivity by rendering it comprehensible (identifying the perpetrator); unlike Marcel, he does not attempt to solve the world’s enigmas with the intention of understanding his own place in the once-again familiar, mappable world. In contrast with Marcel’s epistemophilic orientation, “Pharaon’s stare reads nothing” (Receptive 109). It refuses to, or cannot, metabolize the devastating violence of the crime by resolving it into an “epistemological detective story.” At the same time, his gaze does not bespeak the thrill of derived sadism, the ethically dubious and often unacknowledged pleasure—also a fascination—that motivates our eager viewing of representations of historical atrocities. Consequently, his movements in the world have a pace different from Marcel’s swerving from one object to another in his search for the key to his being, and different as well from the intense rhythms of narrative violence Bersani and Dutoit point to in Sade and Assyrian art in The Forms of Violence: Narrative in Assyrian Art and Modern Culture (1985). Rather than the eye that eagerly follows the storyline to its climax, the detective story in Humanité evokes a different kind of captivation.

    ________

    The passivity that Bersani attaches to fascination in Humanité, and that he suggests it is our ethical imperative to develop in Cartesian modernity, bucks the trend of conceptualizing spectatorship in contemporary, post-1968 film theory. At the intersection of Brechtian alienation techniques, Althusserian ideology critique, and Lacanian psychoanalysis, the strands of film theorizing known as “apparatus theory” and “Screen theory” sought to break the thrall that cinema was thought to wield over the spectator. As Bertolt Brecht writes, the illusionist aesthetics typical to the tradition of the “total work of art” renders “the spectator … a passive (suffering) part of the Gesamtkunstwerk. This sort of magic must of course be contested. Everything that aims to produce hypnosis, or is bound to produce undignified intoxication, or makes people befuddled, must be abandoned” (75). With the force of “magic” and “hypnosis,” bourgeois theater continues, unbeknownst to us, the dark arts (religion and other forms of superstitious thought) that Enlightenment rationality was supposed to have deactivated so that we could face our lives “with sober senses [mit nüchternen Augen]” (Marx and Engels, Manifesto 476; Manifest 465). Instead, we remain, as Brecht writes, “intoxicated,” our eyes clouded over by a spell that makes us misrecognize the world and our place in it. To overcome such bewitchment, political art must make its strategies of enchantment explicit, must reveal to the spectator how the trick of representation is pulled off.

    Post-1968 film theory similarly argues that cinema functions ideologically as long as it covers over the constructedness of its representations; echoing not only Brecht but also early commentators on cinema, its representatives frequently suggest that film exerts its influence with a thrall akin to hypnosis, a tendency that Jacques Derrida evokes as he attributes to cinema “a kind of hypnotic fascination” (23).8 The task of avant-garde cinema was to denaturalize representation and thereby strip ideology of its deceptive devices, as much as the ideology critique formulated most influentially by Louis Althusser sought to disable bourgeois glamor. If, in covering over the processes by which its realistic illusions were produced, cinema was “an ideological machine” (Baudry 44), an analytic approach to film sought “a disentangling of the fascination” that cinema exerts (Bellour 97). Psychoanalytically oriented film theorists proposed that cinema’s peculiar enchantment resided in its ability to repeat or echo the construction of subjectivity. For this argument—that the experience at the movie theater replicated subjectivation—they turned to Jacques Lacan’s account of the imaginary ego’s emergence in the mirror stage. For these commentators, the movie screen functioned much like the mirror in which the infant mis(re)cognizes herself, a miscognition brought about by—as Lacan writes, borrowing the term from Henri Wallon and surrealism—”the fascinating image” (Lacan and Cénac 122). In this model, the ethical ambition of film theorizing consists of “an attempt to disengage the cinema-object from the imaginary and to win it for the symbolic” (Metz 14).

    The Brechtian theory of spectatorship was thus reformulated with Althusserian ideology critique and the Lacanian account of subject constitution in film theory that emerged after 1968. Citing Brecht’s analysis of the legerdemain typical of the Gesamtkunstwerk, Colin MacCabe paraphrases the argument in 1975: “What is important … is that in the separation of the elements [of the total work of art] the spectator gets separated out of this unity and homogeneity—this passivity—in order to enter into an active appropriation of the scenes presented to him” (“Politics” 48). The activity in which the spectator engages is conducive to “the production of knowledge”: “Rather than the text compact with its own meaning, a text which confers a unity and gives a position to the subject, we want a text whose fissures and differences constantly demand an activity of articulation from the subject”; this work of articulation renders explicit “the contradictions of the reader’s position within and without the cinema” (“Politics” 48). Exploiting the energies inherent in the contradictions that infest ideological representations, such consciousness-raising counteracts the subject’s suture by the artwork: when the wound of antagonism is torn open, the subject morphs from a “passive consumer” (“Politics” 54) to a “reader as producer” (MacCabe, “Realism” 25), an active, knowledgeable coworker in the world’s (re)construction. This program is informed by what Althusser calls the Brechtian effort to establish “a critical and active relation” between the audience and theater (Althusser, “‘Piccolo” 146).

    Bersani never explicitly refers to this genealogy of film theorizing. Yet something of a nod to the tradition is perhaps discernable in his and Dutoit’s observation that in Salò one finds “no Brechtian distancing from Sade” (“Merde” 30; Receptive 12). Pasolini does not approach Sade the way that the cinematic subject is supposed to approach film, according to apparatus theory (by distancing himself from its ideological illusions in order to neutralize their interpellative power). Indeed, Sade seems more Brechtian than Pasolini: the latter strips the story of its most grotesque, and hence alienating, aspects, thereby denying the spectator the consolation of a distance from Sade’s intense (and, at the same time, reassuringly absurd) violence (“Merde” 27; Receptive 7-8). Instead of an ideology critique—demonstrating, say, how we can disentangle ourselves from the sadism that the bourgeois or fascist state formations have produced—Pasolini assumes the rhythms of the Sadean world, passively replicating the forms, and carrying on the movements, inherent in its narratives. As Bersani and Dutoit write, “Pasolini’s most original strategy in Salò is to distance himself from his Sadean protagonists by going along with them. He duplicates that from which he wants to separate himself” (“Merde” 30; Receptive 12). This “going-along-with” allows something like the distancing that Brechtian/Althusserian film theory sees as art’s ethico-political duty. Distancing is not the result of ideology critique, not the “articulation” of the “contradictions” that riddle social formations, not an against-the-grain reading that, exposing all sorts of logical gaps, would deprive the carefully constructed text of its fascinating appeal. Rather, Pasolini models for us a way of moving with the world, a passivity that may nevertheless distract one from the violence that calls us by our name. “It is as if a fascinated adherence,” Bersani and Dutoit write, “were, finally, identical to a certain detachment” (“Merde” 31; Receptive 13).

    The privileged figure of such dismissive synchrony in Salò is the pianist who, with very little diegetic function, appears in numerous scenes. She can be seen in the background as the libertines tell their narratives of torture; once she takes the center stage to reenact, with comically exaggerated gestures, a story; and then, toward the end of the film, she leaps to her death from a window. No psychological explanations are offered for either her presence or ultimate self-absenting. As Bersani and Dutoit write, she is at once “enigmatic” (“Merde” 32, 33; Receptive 15, 16) and “unsignifying” (“Merde” 34; Receptive 17). She can be aligned with the enigmas that evoke the Laplanchean-Proustian subject’s work of translating the world’s dispatches into one’s native idiom; yet she also reminds us of the objects that compel Pharaon’s fascination beyond the clues that, suturing the disruption caused by criminal breach with an explanatory narrative, would bring the world back to equilibrium. Her presence is “a portentous but impenetrable blankness”; her face “tells us nothing”; she “simply goes along with things” (“Merde” 32; Receptive 15, 16). A pianist, she is, as we say, an accompanist: in her, “what we recognize is nothing more than our pleasure at being carried along as spectators. It is as if the ease with which we ‘go along’ with Salò‘s sadists includes a folding movement of cognition—a repliage which constitutes our simply recognizing that ease. Thus the distance Pasolini takes from his subject consists in an excessive indulgence toward his subject; he moves away from images and styles by duplicating them rather than ‘criticizing’ or ‘opposing’ them” (“Merde” 31; Receptive 13). Unlike the methods of ideology critique or resisting reading, Pasolini offers in the pianist a way of “going along” with the world, a passive “registering” that may derail or diminish—never negate, never eradicate—the world’s violence by locating enjoyments other than the intensive pleasures of derived sadism, the ecstasies of shattered egos. In her passivity, she models for us “non-imitative recognition,” in opposition to the “mimetic sexuality” with which Sade’s stories enthrall their listeners (“Merde” 31; Receptive 13).

    If film theorizing in the 1970s followed Brecht’s call for a participatory art by modeling a spectator able to dissect the images that solicited identification (what MacCabe calls the “active[ly] appropriati[ve]” as opposed to “passive[ly] consum[ing]” viewer [“Politics” 48, 54]), Bersani’s refusal to privilege the activity of “critique” or “opposition” can be understood as an effort to avoid one’s capture within the strictures of an epistemophilially organized world. The consciousness-raising that is the traditional method of ideology critique assumes both the separation of the subject from the world—indeed, their potential, salubrious opposition—and the efficacy of knowledge in negotiating this gap. As MacCabe writes, the “active” subject espoused by ideology critique enables “the production of knowledge,” a production that, typically to representatives of apparatus theory and Screen theory, he illustrates by turning to psychoanalysis. He gives us an account of early infant development, which privileges the subject’s constitution via its separation from the object as it appears in various developmental stages (the breast, the feces, and the phallus). The separation of the subject from the object is the condition for the emergence of language insofar as it is the object’s withdrawal that produces the protolanguage gesture of the cry; in their “perpetual play of presence and absence,” such objects turn the infant into a being of language (“Politics” 48). MacCabe suggests that we read what psychoanalysis theorizes as separation—the achievement of an object-world—as analogous to the effort, in Brechtian theater, of disentangling the elements that go into constructing the illusions of the Gesamtkunstwerk. If the infant is embedded in language—a moment of hominization—through its separation from objects, ideology critique constitutes the work of (re)subjectivation: it awakens the subject into self-determining activity from slumberous suspension in ideological illusions. As Thys too suggests, the failure of separation is symptomized in the subject’s entrapment in fascination, his monopolization by an other that, deploying cinematic idiom, he describes as “an exclusive object, a colossal close-up” (“On Fascination” 635). Often drawing from psychoanalytic schemas, ideology critique analogously proposes that the inadequately individuated subject is susceptible to—or perpetuated by—the kind of ideological enthrallment that cinema, as part of the “culture industry,” is supposed to wield.

    MacCabe’s Brechtian/psychoanalytic account of separation demonstrates the adoption of the epistemic assumptions whose hegemony in modernity Bersani has spent his oeuvre elucidating and subverting. Criticism relies on the critic’s separation from the object of critique, as much as language cleaves the infant at the moment of the breast’s withdrawal. In executing this separation, moreover, the critic, like the newly speaking being, emerges in his fidelity to the epistemophilic world, where lack—the radical gap between the ipse and the other—precipitates the production of knowledge about the absented object. In order for us to “criticize” anything, we must apprehend or grasp the object, that is, arrest its movement through understanding. In the process, we bolster the subject/object dichotomy and prioritize knowledge as the technique of de-alienating the enigmatic world.

    If ideology critique is but part of modernity’s dialectic, Bersani proposes that, instead of the activity that film theory inherited from Brecht, art can gift us a “subversive passivity” (“Merde” 30; Receptive 30).9 In her non-oppositionality, her readiness to “go along with” the fascists’ stories, Pasolini’s pianist figures the rethinking of the separation that inflects the modern regime of subjectivation. Her mode of relatedness is that of accompaniment, of “being-With.” I take this phrase from a later chapter in Receptive Bodies where Bersani turns to the effort by Peter Sloterdijk, particularly in Bubbles (1998), the first volume of his Spheres trilogy, to conceptualize worldly orientations that are not premised on the assumption of primal separations. One of Sloterdijk’s targets is precisely the developmental schema that MacCabe evokes in his psychoanalytic transcription of Brecht. Sloterdijk proposes that psychoanalysis, with its “fixation on thinking in object relationships” (293), has been unable to hypothesize forms of relatedness—of “closeness,” a concept that he unfolds in Spheres—beyond the oppositionality of the self and the other. He suggests that we supplement the objects posited by developmental theory with “at least three pre-oral stages and forms of condition [that exist] before the supposedly primary oral phase” (293). These pre-oral entities—blood, voice, breath—”are not objects because they have no subject-like counterpart”; they are, in the phrase Sloterdijk borrows from Thomas Macho, “nobjects” (294).

    The move from objects to nobjects—deprivileging “the inherently confrontational nature of subject-object relations” that has occupied the modern imagination—may allow us to imagine what Bersani calls, evoking his favorite Foucauldian phrase, “new relational modes” (Receptive 97). We may do this by replacing our thinking of object relations—whose dualism, Bersani argues, psychoanalysis has inherited from Descartes—with “a less differential otherness that can be corporeally remembered as not yet objectified self-extensions” (Receptive 102). Rather than an ethical orientation toward radical unknowability (the apophatic God, the inscrutable Face of the Other, the enigmatic signifier, the ever-slippery différance, pointing to ideals always to-come), we can cultivate epistemically neutral relationships of being-with. Nobjectual relations can push us beyond the “old Western grammar” that has imprisoned psychoanalytic thinking (Sloterdijk 298).

    Apart from the accompanist to Pasolini’s libertines, Dumont’s protagonist is a figure of such being-with. Pharaon’s fascinated gaze at the world’s colorful flesh, much like the distractive actions of the pianist, exemplifies the “lateral divertissements” (“Merde” 29; Receptive 10) that may save the spectator from an obsessive fascination with either film’s stories of unfathomable suffering. If ours is, as Bersani and Dutoit write elsewhere, a “relational system limited by an obsession with knowledge” (Caravaggio’s 73), Pharaon’s fascination is of a different order, one attracted by nonenigmatic sameness. No decree of knowledge inflects the ethical stance of the spectator. Like the pianist, Pharaon suggests to us that “there is nothing ‘to know,’ only the consciousness of the movement in which we participate” (72). At such moments, Bersani offers a tentatively affirmative answer to his recurrent query whether we can even conceptualize “a nonsadistic type of movement” (Bersani and Dutoit, Arts 147), “a non sadistic relation to external reality” (Caravaggio’s 69). If this is possible—if we can cultivate interest in meeting our others beyond murderous jouissance—its potential is in a fascinated reading of the world. Yet the fact that the nonpenetrative and the epistemophilic gazes are embodied in the same character in Dumont’s film suggests that the two modes of fascination are not clearly separated but positioned on the continuum of a Möbius strip. They are each other’s dangerous supplements.

    Across “Merde Alors” and “Staring,” Bersani complicates the pleasures of witnessing sadistic tortures with Pharaon’s specular capture by an incomprehensibly beautiful and violent world. The lexical coincidence implies that Sadean desire cannot be conclusively neutralized by cultivating our participation in nonenigmatic concealment. Analogously, cinema’s ability to render the spectator a passive recipient of aesthetic play does not diminish its capacity to construct the spectator as an avid consumer of violent narratives. Bersani and Dutoit come to this conclusion in Caravaggio’s Secrets (1998). While they propose that Caravaggio’s paintings suggest how “the human fascination with the spectacle of violence [can be], as it were, deprogrammed,” they nevertheless add: “It could probably never be a question of eliminating the obscene fixation with the mechanics of violence … inasmuch as that fixation is, we believe, grounded in the excited but anguished interrogation of an originary enigmatic and invasive soliciting of our very being. If being human depends to a significant degree on that soliciting, then the paranoid aggression that is its consequence cannot be wholly erased” (Caravaggio’s 94). Bersani and Dutoit find in Caravaggio’s work a demonstration of “the impossibility of our ever detaching ourselves entirely from both imaginary and real sources of violence. We can never be entirely freed from our fascination with lack, with what is missing from our being and what we imagine as hidden in the other’s head” (Caravaggio’s 98). We will never have transcended our originary calling into paranoid relationality, a calling that initiates hominization; in this, we remain irredeemable.

    ________

    The film theory that unfolded in France and England after 1968 placed an ethico-political urgency on the spectator’s de-fascination or—if we heed Althusser’s insistence on ideology’s inescapability (“Marxism” 232-32)—re-fascination: defying our reflex to respond to authority’s call, resisting the lure of the image/imaginary, we would be able to see through the trick of representation. Conceptualized thus, ethical cinema requires that one engage representation actively, that one “work at it” (MacCabe, “Politics” 52), engage in the “work of decipherment, reading, elaboration of signs” (Comolli 140). In contrast, Blanchot’s account of cinema, as excavated by Calum Watt, suggests that the spectator’s fascinated relation to the image is necessarily one of worklessness. The Blanchotian spectator is captured by an object that sheds its “value” and “meaning”: “In the image, the object again grazes something which it had dominated in order to be an object. Now that its value, its meaning is suspended, now that the world abandons it to idleness [le monde l’abandonne au désœuvrement] and lays it aside, the truth in it ebbs, and materiality, the elemental, reclaims it. This impoverishment, or enrichment, consecrates it as image” (“Two” 256; “Deux” 347-48).

    In the image, the object is at once impoverished and enriched; it becomes less in order to become more. In these lines, we should hear Stéphane Mallarmé’s influence on Blanchot. When the object becomes an image, its “value” and “meaning [are] suspended” in the same way that, according to Mallarmé, poetry is characterized at once by language’s devaluing—withdrawn from circulation, the word loses its utility—and expansion, insofar as the poetized word regains its resonance (becomes, once again, sonant) with others from which it had to distinguish itself so as to achieve functional form, to operate in the system of language. In poetry, language “recovers … its virtuality” (Mallarmé, “Crisis” 43; “Crise” 368, my trans.).10 Mallarmé further suggests that, apart from disrupting language’s smooth economy by causing objects’ “vibratory disappearance [disparition vibratoire]” (“Crise” 368), poetry similarly annihilates the poet: “The pure work implies the elocutionary disappearance of the poet,” whose words “light up in reciprocal reflections like a virtual train of fire on precious stones [ils s’allument de reflets réciproques comme une virtuelle traînée de feux sur des pierreries]” (366). Both object and speaker vanish, are “virtualized,” in poetic expression.

    The antinomial quality Blanchot indicates in the above passage—the coincidence of “impoverishment” with “enrichment”—similarly characterizes Bersani’s philosophy, including his theorization of cinema. As in Blanchot, one of the sources for the idea in Bersani is Mallarmé. In the 1982 study The Death of Stéphane Mallarmé, he cites Blanchot’s idea that poetry is a “depersonalizing” or “de-realizing” medium insofar as in it language loses “its epistemological function”: “the self undergoes an ontological regression in poetry, it recedes into virtuality” (Death 42). If poetry virtualizes, so does cinema: both show how to unplug from the world rendered familiar through the production of knowable “personalities,” a production that Michel Foucault identifies as one of the central aspects of the modern dispositif. To use the term that Foucault coins in his effort to think his way through the fine grid of disciplinary modernity, poetry—and art in general—may occasion desubjectivation in its ability to dissolve the “I” in(to) fascination (Foucault 241). The idea of the self’s desiccation emerges in Bersani’s work under such various names as “betrayal,” “impoverishment,” “unnaming,” and—the neologism is borrowed from Samuel Beckett—”leastening.” Blanchot anticipates Foucault’s and Bersani’s argument about such undoing: “man,” he writes, “is unmade [défait] according to his image,” the image whose appearance induces fascination (“Two” 260; “Deux” 354).

    Drawing from his clinical observations, Thys similarly asserts that fascination, as the subject’s experience of “being radically sucked in by an all-embracing and overpowering object,” is “de-subjectivizing” (“On Fascination” 635). The subject is undone—devoured by the too-proximate object—in fascination, a loss that, contrary to the most valent of the term’s contemporary connotations, “is not at all enriching for the subject” (635). Although the fascinating object evokes “the fear of annihilation,” “the subject cannot allow itself to take a distance from the object because a fundamental part of the subject is stored in it. Taking a distance from the object is leaving oneself behind, which would entail signing one’s own death warrant. So the object is both life-threatening and necessary for one’s survival” (644). What would happen to such characterizations if we were to rethink the subject/object dichotomy beyond our training in Cartesian modernity? Is there a way to yield to the slow death, to one’s dissolution by the other, otherwise than through an experience of “annihilation”? It is precisely the potential for subjective dissolution that prompts Blanchot’s and Bersani’s interest in the phenomenon of fascination. Particularly for Bersani, the fascinated subject’s “freezing” coincides with a potentially new mode of connectivity. In this sense, the subject’s “cautious defrosting” will uncover a radically reorganized world (Thys, “On Fascination” 647).

    Thys echoes commentators—among them Blanchot—who have located fascination’s trigger in the experience of a teasing incomprehension: “the fascinating object,” he writes, “seems pregnant with a mysterious meaning, which for the time being doesn’t release itself” (“On Fascination” 646). Yet Bersani’s work helps us disambiguate forms of fascination by encouraging us to think doubly about the mysteries that call out to us: there is the Proustian mystery, where the fascinated subject’s unknown self is being secreted in and by the object; yet there is also the Dumontian form of this experience, where the subject’s attention perhaps continues to be solicited by the promise of the world’s redemption into meaning, but then extends into the pleasures of witnessing and participating in the formal play inherent in extension. One is a fascination prompted by the Proustian will-to-knowledge, the other a form of capture by an aesthetic pleasure, the world’s nonsignifying flesh. As a medium, cinema is apt to engage both: we are likely to be enthralled by the murder mystery in Humanité and the increasingly intense stories of sexual torture in Salò. But amidst these narratives we can also be seduced by the fleshiness of the chief inspector’s neck or the “lateral divertissements” that Pasolini weaves into—or out of—Sade’s stories (“Merde” 29; Receptive 10). If, as Bersani writes, human subjects “are educated into how they see themselves as being-in-the-world” (Is 150), we can learn to receive the fascinating world differently from the way it captures Marcel. Works of art, including films, can be vehicles for such retraining, the means by which we can begin to “de-Proustify ourselves” (Bersani, “Rigorously” 283). Blanchot implies this when he writes that, in fascination, the gaze is trained (entraîné) on but also by the enigmatic object (“Essential” 32; “Solitude” 25). Apart from evoking the fear of annihilation, the world that calls forth an epistemological and affective paralysis—that empties us out of the will to know, the will to revel in the other’s pain—can also be a site of our (always partial) deprogramming.

    Footnotes

    1. On Blanchot’s revision of Plato in this essay, see Watt 26-27; Hart 53-54; and Alanko-Kahiluoto 176-77.

    2. On “contact at a distance” in ancient and medieval texts, see Delaurenti; and Kovach esp. 204-13. On the idea’s continuation in Bacon, Mesmer, and Blanchot, see Weingart 86ff.

    3. Before Watt, Oliver Harris, in “Film Noir Fascination,” and Steven Shaviro, in “Film Theory and Visual Fascination,” had drawn English-speaking scholars’ attention to the possible connection between Blanchot and film theory.

    4. In what follows, page references to “Merde Alors” indicate both its original publication in the journal October and its reprinting in Bersani’s Receptive Bodies (2018).

    5. See also Weingart 72; and Baumbach 25-26. Oliver Harris writes that Blanchot’s own writing solicits fascination because of its opacity: “Blanchot’s account [of fascination] is so repetitious in its phrasing and of such opaque intellectual brilliance as to exercise its own form of fascination, because as a condition of radical perplexity, to be fascinated suspends the possibility of seizing experience and refuses decisive knowledge” (6).

    6. On fascination in Heart of Darkness, see Baumbach 211-18; and Seeber, “Surface.”

    7. See Bersani, “Representation” 7; Freudian 39, 89; Culture 36; Is 24. The argument concerning the human subject’s constitution-by-undoing in primary masochism enters Bersani’s oeuvre via Laplanche’s close reading of Freud in Life and Death in Psychoanalysis (1970) in the concluding chapter of A Future for Astyanax; this is subsequently elaborated in Baudelaire and Freud (1977), esp. chs. 6-7.

    8. Raymond Bellour (100ff.) is one of the 1970s film theorists to link cinema and hypnosis. On the imbrication of the reception of early cinema in discourses of mesmerism and hypnosis, see Andriopoulos esp. 116-23; and Curtis 135-40, 162ff.

    9. In “Film Theory and Visual Fascination” (1993), Steven Shaviro, too, finds an alternative to post-1968 theorization of spectatorship in Bersani. The value of Shaviro’s rethinking of cinematic fascination—whose primary goal, it should be recognized, is not to remain faithful to Bersani—is not diminished by the fact that he neglects to observe the distinction Bersani makes between two modes of fascinated spectatorship. In opposition to the distanciation efforts of apparatus theorists, Shaviro, citing The Freudian Body (and particularly the passages borrowed from “Merde Alors”), proposes as his methodology a ready acquiescence to the paralytic fascination that psychoanalytic and ideology-critical commentators, according to him, identify with unethical misrecognition: “My own masochistic theoretical inclination,” he writes, “is to revel in my bondage to images, to celebrate the spectatorial condition of metaphysical alienation, and ideological delusion, rather than strive to rectify it” (25). Consequently, he suggests, contradicting film theorizing of the 1970s and 1980s, that “we surrender to and revel in cinematic fascination, rather than distance ourselves from it with the tools of psychoanalytic reserve and hermeneutic suspicion. … Film … should … be praised as a technology for intensifying and renewing experiences of passivity and abjection” (65). This account, whose premises are drawn from the Laplanchean theory of projected masochism, is very much in line with Bersani’s methodology (and his onto-ethical account of the human), but with a crucial difference. Unlike Shaviro, Bersani, as I have indicated, distinguishes between two modes of fascination: apart from the masochistic pleasure of ébranlement, he delineates for us the distractive attention performed by Pasolini’s pianist and, later, Pharaon de Winter. Attending to these two interrelated affects, Bersani would remind us that, because the “delicious passivity” (Shaviro 56) of projected masochism entails the desire to witness objects’ undoing, it is urgent that we develop other modes of being implicated in—devoured by—the world.

    10. Bradford Cook translates sa virtualité as “its full efficacy.”

    Works Cited

    • Abbas, Ackbar. “Dialectic of Deception.” Public Culture, vol. 11, no. 2, 1999, pp. 347-63. Project MUSE, muse.jhu.edu/article/26169.
    • Alanko-Kahiluoto, Outi. “From Perception to Fascination, from Representation to Image: Textual Encounter in Maurice Blanchot.” The Event of Encounter in Art and Philosophy: Continental Perspectives, edited by Kuisma Korhonen and Pajari Räsänen, Gaudeamus, 2010, pp. 171-84.
    • Althusser, Louis. For Marx. 1965. Translated by Ben Brewster, Verso, 1996.
    • —. “Marxism and Humanism.” 1963-65. For Marx, pp. 219-47.
    • —. “The ‘Piccolo Teatro’: Bertolazzi and Brecht: Notes on a Materialist Theatre.” For Marx, pp. 129-51.
    • Andriopoulos, Stefan. “Bernheim, Caligari, Mabuse: Cinema and Hypnotism.” 2000. Possessed: Hypnotic Crimes, Corporate Fiction, and the Invention of Cinema, translated by Peter Jansen and Stefan Andriopoulos, U of Chicago P, 2008, pp. 91-127.
    • Barthes, Roland. Roland Barthes by Roland Barthes. 1975. Translated by Richard Howard, U of California P, 1994.
    • —. “Structure of the Fait-Divers.” 1962. Critical Essays. 1964. Translated by Richard Howard, Northwestern UP, 1972, pp. 185-95.
    • Baudry, Jean-Louis. “Ideological Effects of the Basic Cinematographic Apparatus.” 1970. Translated by Alan Williams, Film Quarterly, vol. 28, no. 2, Winter 1974-75, pp. 39-47. JSTOR, doi:10.2307/1211632.
    • Baumbach, Sibylle. Literature and Fascination. Palgrave Macmillan, 2015.
    • Bellour, Raymond. “Alternation, Segmentation, Hypnosis: Interview with Raymond Bellour.” Interviewed by Janet Bergstrom, translated by Susan Suleiman, Camera Obscura, vol. 1-2, no. 3-1, Summer 1979, pp. 71-103. EDuke Journals, doi:10.1215/02705346-1-2-3-1_3-4-70.
    • Bersani, Leo. Baudelaire and Freud. U of California P, 1977.
    • —. The Culture of Redemption. Harvard UP, 1990.
    • —. “Death and Literary Authority.” A New History of French Literature, edited by Denis Hollier, Harvard UP, 1989, pp. 861-66.
    • —. The Death of Stéphane Mallarmé. Cambridge UP, 1982.
    • —. The Freudian Body: Psychoanalysis and Art. Columbia UP, 1986.
    • —. A Future for Astyanax: Character and Desire in Literature. Columbia UP, 1976.
    • —. Homos. Harvard UP, 1995.
    • —. Is the Rectum a Grave? and Other Essays. U of Chicago P, 2010.
    • —. Receptive Bodies. U of Chicago P, 2018.
    • —. “Representation and Its Discontents.” Raritan, vol. 1, no. 1, Summer 1981, pp. 3-17.
    • —. “Rigorously Speculating: An Interview with Leo Bersani.” Interviewed by Mikko Tuhkanen, Leo Bersani: Queer Theory and Beyond, edited by Mikko Tuhkanen, State U of New York P, 2014, pp. 279-96.
    • —. “Les secrets du Caravage: Interview de Léo Bersani. / Sexy Paintings: Caravaggio’s Come-ons.” Interviewed by Alexandre Leupin, translated by C. Penwarden, Art Press, vol. 287, Feb. 2003, pp. 56-60. EBSCO, ebscohost.com/505047078.
    • Bersani, Leo, and Ulysse Dutoit. Arts of Impoverishment: Beckett, Rothko, Resnais. Harvard UP, 1993.
    • —. Caravaggio’s Secrets. MIT P, 1998.
    • —. “Critical Reflections.” Artforum International, vol. 38, no. 3, Nov. 1999, pp. 124-25, 157.
    • —. Forms of Being: Cinema, Aesthetics, Subjectivity. British Film Institute, 2004.
    • —. The Forms of Violence: Narrative in Assyrian Art and Modern Culture. Schocken, 1985.
    • —. “Merde Alors.” October, vol. 13, Summer 1980, pp. 22-35.
    • Blanchot, Maurice. “Les deux versions de l’imaginaire.” L’espace, pp. 345-59.
    • —. L’espace littéraire. Gallimard, 1959.
    • —. “The Essential Solitude.” Space, pp. 19-34.
    • —. “La solitude essentielle.” L’espace, pp. 7-28.
    • —. The Space of Literature. 1955. Translated by Ann Smock, U of Nebraska P, 1982.
    • —. “The Two Versions of the Imaginary.” Space, pp. 254-63.
    • Brecht, Bertolt. “Notes on the Opera Rise and Fall of the City of Mahagonny.” 1930. Brecht on Theatre, edited by Marc Silberman, et al., translated by Jack Davis, et al., Bloomsbury, 2019, pp. 70-80.
    • Comolli, Jean-Louis. “Machines of the Visible.” The Cinematic Apparatus, edited by Teresa de Lauretis and Stephen Heath, St. Martin’s P, 1980, pp. 121-42.
    • Conrad, Joseph. Heart of Darkness. 1902. Edited by Robert Kimbrough, 3rd ed., W. W. Norton, 1988.
    • Curtis, Scott. The Shape of Spectatorship: Art, Science, and Early Cinema in Germany. Columbia UP, 2015.
    • Degen, Andreas. Ästhetische Faszination: Die Geschichte einer Denkfigur vor ihrem Begriff. Walter de Gruyter, 2017.
    • Delaurenti, Béatrice. “La Fascination et l’action à distance: questions médiévales (1230-1370).” Médiévales, vol. 50, 2006, pp. 137-53. JSTOR, www.jstor.org/stable/43027311.
    • Derrida, Jacques. “Cinema and Its Ghosts: An Interview with Jacques Derrida.” 1998/2000. Interviewed by Antoine de Baecque and Thierry Jousse, translated by Peggy Kamuf, Discourse, vol. 37, no. 1-2, 2015, pp. 22-39. JSTOR, doi:10.13110/discourse.37.1-2.0022.
    • Dumont, Bruno, director. Humanité. 1999. Fox Lorber, 2001.
    • Foucault, Michel. “Interview with Michel Foucault.” 1980 (1978). Interviewed by D. Trombadori. Essential Works, edited by James D. Faubion and Paul Rabinow, vol. 3, New Press, 1997-2000, pp. 239-97. 3 vols.
    • Freud, Sigmund. “Instincts and Their Vicissitudes.” 1915. The Pelican Freud Library, vol. 11, edited and translated by James Strachey, Angela Richards, et al., Penguin, 1984, pp. 105-38. 15 vols.
    • Harris, Oliver. “Film Noir Fascination: Outside History, but Historically So.” Cinema Journal, vol. 43, no. 1, 2003, pp. 3-24. JSTOR, www.jstor.org/stable/1225928.
    • Hart, Kevin. Postmodernism: A Beginner’s Guide. Oneworld, 2004.
    • Kovach, Francis J. “The Enduring Question of Action at a Distance in Saint Albert the Great.” Albert the Great: Commemorative Essays, edited by Francis J. Kovach and Robert W. Shahan, U of Oklahoma P, 1980, pp. 161-235.
    • Lacan, Jacques, and Michel Cénac. “A Theoretical Introduction to the Function of Psychoanalysis in Criminology.” 1951 (1950). Écrits: The First Complete Edition in English. 1966. Jacques Lacan, translated by Bruce Fink with Héloïse Fink and Russell Grigg, W. W. Norton, 2006, pp. 102-22.
    • Laplanche, Jean. Life and Death in Psychoanalysis. 1970. Translated by Jeffrey Mehlman, Johns Hopkins UP, 1985.
    • MacCabe, Colin. “The Politics of Separation.” Screen, vol. 16, no. 4, 1975, 46-61.
    • —. “Realism and the Cinema: Notes on Some Brechtian Theses.” Screen, vol. 15, no. 2, 1974, pp. 7-27.
    • Mallarmé, Stéphane. “Crise de vers.” Oeuvres complètes, edited by Henri Mondor and G. Jean-Aubry, Gallimard, 1945, pp. 360-68.
    • —. “Crisis in Poetry.” Mallarmé: Selected Prose Poems, Essays, and Letters, translated by Bradford Cook, Johns Hopkins UP, 1956, pp. 34-43.
    • Marx, Karl, and Friedrich Engels. Manifest der Kommunistischen Partei. 1848. Werke, vol. 4, Karl Dietz, 1977, pp. 459-93.
    • —. Manifesto of the Communist Party. 1848. The Marx-Engels Reader, edited by Robert C. Tucker, 2nd ed., Norton, 1978, pp. 469-500.
    • Metz, Christian. “The Imaginary Signifier.” Translated by Ben Brewster, Screen, vol. 16, no. 2, Summer 1975, pp. 14-76.
    • Mulvey, Laura. Fetishism and Curiosity. British Film Institute / Indiana UP, 1996.
    • —. “Visual Pleasure and Narrative Cinema.” 1975. Visual and Other Pleasures, Macmillan, 1989, pp. 14-26.
    • Pasolini, Pier Paolo, director. Salò, or the 120 Days of Sodom. 1975. Criterion, 2016.
    • Proust, Marcel. Remembrance of Things Past. Translated by C. K. Scott Moncrieff and Stephen Hudson, Wordsworth, 2006. 2 vols.
    • Sebald, W. G. Austerlitz. 2001. Translated by Anthea Bell, Modern Library, 2011.
    • Seeber, Hans Ulrich. Literarische Faszination in England um 1900. Universitätverlag Winter, 2012.
    • —. “Surface as Suggestive Energy: Fascination and Voice in Conrad’s ‘Heart of Darkness.’” Joseph Conrad: East European, Polish and Worldwide, edited by Wieslaw Krajka, Columbia UP, 1999, pp. 215-36.
    • Shaviro, Steven. “Film Theory and Visual Fascination.” The Cinematic Body, U of Minnesota P, 1993, pp. 1-65.
    • Sloterdijk, Peter. Bubbles. 1998. Translated by Wieland Hoban, Semiotext(e), 2011.
    • Taylor, Charles. Sources of the Self: The Making of Modern Identity. Harvard UP, 1989.
    • Thys, Michel. Fascinatie: Een fenomenologisch-psychoanalytische verkenning van het onmenselijke. Boom, 2006.
    • —. “On Fascination and Fear of Annihilation.” International Journal of Psychoanalysis, vol. 98, no. 3, 2017, pp. 633-55. Wiley, doi:10.1111/1745-8315.12611.
    • Watt, Calum. Blanchot and the Moving Image: Fascination and Spectatorship. Legenda, 2017.
    • Weingart, Brigitte. “Contact at a Distance: The Topology of Fascination.” Rethinking Emotion: Interiority and Exteriority in Premodern, Modern, and Contemporary Thought, edited by Rüdiger Campe and Julia Weber, De Gruyter, 2014, pp. 72-100.

  • Notes on Contributors

    Ackbar Abbas Ackbar Abbas is Professor of Comparative Literature at UC Irvine. Previously, he was Chair of Comparative Literature and Co-Director of The Centre for the Study of Globalization and Cultures at the University of Hong Kong. Recent works include essays on Chinese cinema and urbanism, the art of Liu Dan and Antony Gormley, and a forthcoming collaborative volume on volatility in culture, politics, and finance.

    Eugenie Brinkema Eugenie Brinkema is Associate Professor of Contemporary Literature and Media at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology. Her articles on film, violence, affect, sexuality, and ethics have appeared in the journals Angelaki, Camera Obscura, Criticism, differences, Discourse, The Journal of Speculative Philosophy, qui parle, and World Picture. Her first book, The Forms of the Affects, was published with Duke University Press in 2014. Her forthcoming book, Life-Destroying Diagrams, is about radical formalism, horror, and love.

    Johanna Isaacson Johanna Isaacson is a Professor of English at Modesto Junior College and a founding editor of Blind Field journal. She has published articles on horror film and politics in venues such as Handbook of Marxism (Sage), Theory and Event, Commune, and Blind Field. She is the author of The Ballerina and the Bull: Anarchist Utopias in the Age of Finance (Repeater, 2016).

    Daryl Maude Daryl Maude is a PhD candidate in Japanese literature and critical theory at the University of California, Berkeley. He works on futurity and intimacy in modern Japanese and Okinawan literature, and is interested in queer, feminist, and postcolonial theory. His translation of Shinjo Ikuo’s “Male Sexuality in the Colony: On Toyokawa Zen’ichi’s ‘Searchlight’” appeared in Beyond Imperial Aesthetics: Theories of Art and Politics in East Asia, edited by Mayumo Inoue and Steve Choe, Hong Kong University Press, 2019.

    E. L. McCallum E. L. McCallum is Professor of English and Film Studies at Michigan State University. She has written Object Lessons: How to Do Things with Fetishism (SUNY, 1999) and Unmaking The Making of Americans: Toward an Aesthetic Ontology (SUNY, 2018). Her most recent book is After Queer Studies: Literature, Theory, and Sexuality in the 21st Century (Cambridge), coedited with Tyler Bradway and selected as a Choice Outstanding Academic Title in 2019. Recent essays have appeared in Quarterly Review of Film and Video and camera obscura. She’s now working on queer quantum theory and biosemiotics to analyze how art cinema represents the animacy of the nonhuman world.

    Carey James Mickalites Carey Mickalites is Associate Professor of English at the University of Memphis, where he teaches classes in modern and contemporary literature. He is the author of Modernism and Market Fantasy: British Fictions of Capital, 1910 – 1939. His current book project is on contemporary literary celebrity.

    Kwasu D. Tembo Kwasu David Tembo is a PhD graduate in the Language, Literatures, and Cultures department at the University of Edinburgh. His research interests include comics studies, literary theory and criticism, and philosophy, particularly the so-called “prophets of extremity” – Nietzsche, Heidegger, Foucault, and Derrida. He has published on Christopher Nolan’s The Prestige in The Cinema of Christopher Nolan: Imagining the Impossible, ed. Jacqueline Furby and Stuart Joy (Columbia UP, 2015), and on Superman in Postscriptum: An Interdisciplinary Journal of Literary Studies (2017).

    Mikko Tuhkanen Mikko Tuhkanen is Professor of English at Texas A&M University, where he teaches African American and African-diasporic literatures, LGBTQ literatures, and literary theory. His recent books include Leo Bersani: A Speculative Introduction (2020), The Essentialist Villain: On Leo Bersan i (2018), and The Cambridge History of Gay and Lesbian Literature (2014), co-edited with E. L. McCallum. He has published essays in diacritics, differences, American Literature, Cultural Critique, Postmodern Culture, James Baldwin Review, and elsewhere.

    Calum Watt Calum Watt is an associate researcher at the Institut de recherche sur le cinéma et l’audiovisuel (IRCAV) at the Sorbonne Nouvelle in Paris. At IRCAV he was a Marie Curie Fellow from 2016-2018, researching French culture, financial derivatives, and the 2008 financial crisis. He is currently preparing a book manuscript on the topic. He completed his PhD at King’s College London in 2015, and a monograph based on his thesis, Blanchot and the Moving Image: Fascination and Spectatorship, was published by Legenda in 2017.

  • Neoliberalism in Crisis

    Carey James Mickalites (bio)

    A review of Van Tuinen, Sjoero, and Arjen Kleinherenbrink, editors. The Politics of Debt: Essays and Interviews. Zero Books, 2020.

    As I write this, governments the world over are calling boisterously for the “reopening” of global, national, and local markets in the face of the biggest pandemic since the 1918 influenza. The reasoning is familiar: work and consumption must return to recent levels of growth lest we slip into an unprecedented economic depression. Perhaps nowhere has this persistent and hysterical call been more pronounced than in the U.S., where sickly and irrational reactions to catastrophe have come to define the current regime. A healthy economy trumps public health. What we’re witnessing is an insistence on the ultimate kind of debt: the demand for the sacrifice of countless human lives—particularly those lacking financial security of any kind—to prop up a fiction of economic and political credit. Of course, immediate history points to several indicators that make this fiction (and the burden it demands) both palpable and predictable. The dismantling of postwar public health protocols. The dangerous privatization of medical care. World leaders ignoring the advice of medical experts on the likelihood of a pandemic. Forced austerity. Gross polarization of wealth and access, such that the credit and health of the few are paid for by the debts and diseases of the many. All of this is deeply entrenched and familiar, its realities taking hold during the Reagan-Thatcher era and sticking while we collectively failed to consider structural change during and following the 2008 crash, instead letting our leaders bail out the culprits with public money. I could go on, but the point is that the “unprecedented” impact of COVID-19 is a symptom of the neoliberal policies that enslave governments and citizens to financial markets, in turn exacerbating one of the plainest contradictions of contemporary capitalism: the inevitability of the next crisis. At the risk of sounding like a historical (or hysterical) determinist, the current economic collapse was prepared for. If the coronavirus pandemic signifies the latest global crisis—and one in which finance markets and tech industries are ready to exploit threats to public health—then it also resoundingly affirms one of the key assertions running through van Tuinen and Kleinherenbrkink’s The Politics of Debt: “more than a decade after the [2008] crisis, scholars, journalists and politicians alike agree that it is not a matter of if, but when the next crisis will hit” (11).

    The volume, consisting of six essays and five interviews, brings together the work of philosophers, economists, political scientists, and politicians to create a chorus of multidisciplinary voices that addresses the effects of the 2008 crash ten years on. (The volume was first published in 2018, and reissued in January 2020.) With the political normalization of debt at center stage, the editors, authors, and interviewees address the perils and supposed necessity of debt and crisis through historical, theoretical, and political-economic lenses. At first sight, the texts that make up The Politics of Debt may appear a fairly loose compendium. Topics include ancient and Christian moral injunctions against enforced debt; Hobbes and other early theories of sovereignty based on power as credit; genealogies of debt and guilt or sin à la Nietzsche; and the precarious financialization of every aspect of our political economies, public and private. Yet the book appears more unified when considered as part of a general intellectual trend on the left and center- (or liberal-) left that seeks to intervene in the injustices and contradictions of our contemporary political economy through historical and theoretical analyses. The Politics of Debt returns to the works of Foucault and Deleuze from the late 1970s and offers commentary on recent influential work by David Harvey, Wolfgang Streeck, Philip Mirowski, and Thomas Picketty, among others. Most of the essays and interviews share a few important assumptions and argumentative threads, at times by implication. Foremost is the specific historical entrenchment of neoliberal policy beginning in the 1960s, whose tendency to produce bubbles, crashes, mass unemployment and the like became all-too-evident during the last major global recession (more on this below). In short, what ties the collection together is an insistence that the politics of (enforced) debt is part of a long history of the political erosion of public support in favor of high finance, and that this bad history has come to a head since 2008. As some of the more progressive essays and interviews hold, we are now at a crucial historical threshold.

    The editors’ introduction provides a solid historical grounding, beginning with the collapse of the subprime mortgage market in the U.S. and its symptomatic structural spread throughout the European and, ultimately, the global economy. Following the work of Harvey, Streeck and others, the introduction and many of the pieces rightly insist that, since the prominent incursion of neoliberal policies into national governments in the 1970s (also adopted by supposed liberals and laborites like Clinton, Obama, Blair, et al.), economic crisis is not merely a symptom but the norm arising from the corresponding shift away from social democracy. The collapse that “began” in 2008, the editors argue, led to policies like bank bailouts that precipitate subsequent crises. These crises “result in part from the continued application of a solution that in fact only exacerbates the problem,” turning citizens into mere “entrepreneurs of the self,” ever in debt. Thus, “under neoliberalism, crisis itself is actively wielded as a tool by corporate and financial elites” (3). This argument, which reverberates throughout the book, rests on the important insistence that debt and credit function in a dialectic: capitalism has never been about production for subsistence, but about the creation of credit out of debt. This position problematizes or makes reductive the old moral associations with credit and with debt. (For a bad popular example of this, recall The Wolf of Wallstreet; for an even worse example currently unfolding, witness what’s happening to public universities and higher education.)

    This historical opening is further enriched by several essays in the collection, most notably by Philip Goodchild in his “The Politics of Credit.” Goodchild begins with The South Sea Company as a case study to explain what he calls “the debts of politics” (a tweak on the volume’s title), and to show how private debts in the form of taxation and investment—and sovereign authority based in credit (the promise of returns)—come to mutually reinforce each other in a system that relies on the regulatory functions of the banks. In a Hobbesian vein, the history of this tripartite development indicates that sovereign authority is premised on a fiction of the promise of returns on shared debt; at the same time, that fiction, when governed by mutual constraints on power, leads to moments of national cohesion and increasing prosperity (65-7). And yet there’s the rub. The system of faith in future returns, and the speculative bubbles it generates, makes periodic economic and social crises inevitable, and this longish history takes us to our current phase of global debt and credit. For Goodchild, this spells a crisis of faith: “Once the circle of reliable debtors shrinks to a few state, corporate and financial institutions, then it no longer offers a source of prosperity and longer time horizons for the populace at large” (72).

    Other essays offer theoretical complements to such historical analyses. Drawing on the sociological work of Marcel Mauss and Pierre Bourdieu, Émilie Bernier outlines the notion that debt—in the form of gifts and implied reciprocity—has been understood as a basis for social cohesion. Such forms of general economy have long structured religious and ethical systems of social cohesion, but with the rise of modern finance, those moral codes have given way to a system organized strictly around “financial obligation” (17). In Bourdieu’s analysis, the gift becomes insidiously immoral, “a mode of political subjugation” in a restrictive economy that inscribes everyone within a hierarchical structure of indebtedness, a social system that binds and enslaves (18, 21, 27).Richard Dienst’s similarly speculative essay returns to theories of Utopia, from More to Marx and Engels, to ask how we might rethink the necessity of debt. Withholding any firm conclusions or prescriptions, Dienst acknowledges that debt as we know it has no place in the Utopia called communism (52). He asks readers to consider “something like a form of indebtedness that allows people to share their lives without appropriating each other’s possibilities” (49), in which the necessities of work, consumption, and indebtedness might be reimagined as pursuits in common (58).

    Several contributors working at the intersections of recent history and theory extend the argument that, as policy and ideology, neoliberalism as a politics of debt makes recurring waves of crisis inevitable. Drawing on the work of Streeck and others, Jean-François Bissonnette’s essay focuses on credit as a “political technology” that has normalized debt by shifting the burden from states to individuals and private households during the transition from social democracy to neoliberalism over the past three decades. And whereas the postwar Keynesian policies were by no means innocent or ideal—they involved, as Streeck argues, a “class compromise … meant to secure the allegiance of workers to the capitalist system” (32)—the full-blown extension of markets into government and public institutions has altered social subjectivity to its core, forcing us all to view debt as a speculative investment in future security and wages without any guarantee. In this system, debt comes to be understood as a form of “economic empowerment,” most legible in the case of student debt that reframes subjectivity “to make the entire arrangement seem acceptable” (39). A few chapters later, Steven Shaviro offers a logical extension of some of these arguments, tracing the political normalization of indebted individuals to the end of the gold standard and the beginnings of our current free-floating exchange system in the early 1970s. Around this time, Foucault and Deleuze begin to theorize what comes to be called neoliberalism: a shift from classical economics of exchange to “the financialization of human life” in general. This shift makes debt “our universal condition” and ushers in the new order of social control under which, as Deleuze argues, “a man is no longer a man confined but a man in debt” (qtd. in Shaviro 83). This generalized economy utterly depletes former models of civil society so that we’re all calculating entrepreneurs of our own subjectivities, and spells disaster for labor. If all life is leveled to “‘investing’ my ‘human capital’” in return for subsistence, then labor disappears as a politically viable category. On this view, neoliberalism “does not provide an alibi for exploiting workers”—it doesn’t need to—”so much as it positively works to make the status of the worker, and the process of labor-asexploitation, literally unthinkable” (80, 81). (Or, at the moment, evades thought by calling exploitation “essential”?) Finally, and following the concern with the transformation of labor value to “human capital,” Elettra Stimilli argues that the transformation of the state to a commercial enterprise, coupled with the shift from public spending to private debt, helps to account for the oppressive neoliberal version of freedom that expects everyone to be an “entrepreneur of himself” (91, 89). Think, for example, of the current state of affairs in higher education: students are compelled to take on enormous debt for the profit of government lending institutions and “public” universities in order to gamble on the promise of a lucrative but increasingly precarious future.

    Were I to quibble with any of this, I would note that these essays do not address the longer history of neoliberalism and its corollary, financial globalization. While I don’t have space to do so here, others have traced the origins of current financial regimes to developments throughout Europe following World War I and the demise of empires.1 Consider, for example, that the interwar period witnessed the emergence of the likes of Friedrich Hayek and Ludwig Mises, who (with the aid of the Rockefellers) established the Geneva School and the neoliberal model that renders states and their legal institutions subject to denationalized global finance in the name of “free markets.” This small quibble over the question of a longer history of political economy raises the political specter that now haunts the term neoliberalism itself, mostly addressed from the left (the apparent position of the contributors) but not openly taken up in The Politics of Debt. As some have recently argued, the term has become so ubiquitous—basically the name for everything bad about our new world order—that its efficacy is questionable.2 In the most overstated cases, this logic can look like a backhanded affirmation of what it opposes, the kind of sweeping assumptions associated with Thatcher’s TINA (“there is no alternative” to free-market capitalism, or here, to the pernicious ontological spread of neoliberalism). That paranoid logic doesn’t apply to this volume—indeed, much of it aims at undermining financial totality—but another recurring assumption in the collection has recently been problematized by writers on the left. Contributors are right to argue that neoliberal policy and the encroachment of finance, high and low, into every aspect of political and private life have seriously clouded the horizon of social democracy, eroded the power of collective labor, and suppressed wages towards a state of desperate precarity for most citizens of a polarized global economy. However, in several essays (especially Bernier, Bissonnette, and Shaviro), this necessary critical history depends on a potentially idealized view of the postwar consensus or the welfare state prior to the evolution of today’s neoliberalism. Wendy Brown’s Undoing the Demos: Neoliberalism’s Stealth Revolution shares this tendency; one astute reviewer characterizes it as “a markedly nostalgic work … since it hearkens to the imperiled values of a previous era of political liberalism” (Grattan). Yet this previous era’s processes of accumulation too depend on extraction, exclusion, and exploitation, as always. Writing in the immediate wake of the 2008 crash, Marcellus Andrews returns to Milton Friedman and the establishment of the Chicago School of Economics—set up in opposition to the then-widespread Keynesian model—to argue that their calculus obscures market capitalism’s tendency towards depression and mass unemployment. This kind of obfuscation reaches back to eighteenth century laissez-faire thinking and forward to current government reluctance to admit (or better: to deny outright) that the predominance of risky finance necessitates bubbled and crashes, a central tenet of “classical models of a self-regulating market economy” (Andrews 58, 59)—self-regulating, that is, with the powerful structural support of government subsidies, tax cuts to corporations, outsourced labor, etc. None of this is to argue for the wholesale denial of the neo-, but to suggest with others on the left that defining its glaring contradictions and necessary creation of crisis against some better, older form of liberalism risks a reductive elision of the long march of debt-driven financialization in Western capitalist societies.

    To be fair, the volume asks where we are ten years after the last crash rather than giving such a full history. The collected essays and interviews admirably synthesize a large body of economic scholarship and political theory, from Hobbes to Nietzsche to the most recent work on the subject. And as a means of thinking about how we got here, the historical work the volume carries out also compels us to ask the equally important question: what is to be done? As a counter to the old Thatcherite proclamation that “there is no alternative,” each of the interviews that closes The Politics of Debt offers measures for structurally reframing a global dependence on debt-driven neoliberal policy.3 Clearly, the EU impositions of austerity on countries like Greece is not a solution but rather more of the same, a neoliberal effort on the part of powerful countries (Germany) to offset debt by increasing it (premised on scapegoat logic). Mark Blyth makes this point alongside the modest proposal of actually taxing corporations (104-5, 106, 108). Andrea Fumagalli argues for a widespread end to channeling public expenses to big finance. Similarly, Costas Lapavitsas proposes a sweeping definancialization of society in noting that our age of finance is merely an historical period. How exactly this is to be done is unclear, but Fumagalli seems keen on the institutionalization of Universal Basic Income (UBI) (123-7). While UBI might take us a step towards redistribution, it is also little more than a slight readjustment from within existing financial structures, not a push for socialism. Maybe we can rethink work itself, imagining it outside the abstractions of contemporary capital. Or, in the face of such abstractions—which we can’t effectively “occupy,” as Maurizio Lazzarato observes—we need models for refusing to work (153, 156). Finally, as Tomáš Sedláček suggests, we may revisit old myths (including Christian parables) as a counter to the prevailing fictions of finance and life-as-debt, potentially allowing an “ethical dimension” made seemingly unthinkable by the immoral “redemption” of big banks (159).

    Whether thought in isolation or in some creative combination, each of these proposals m akes sense. Together, they remind us that we have the tools, wealth, and imagination to challenge the apparent ubiquity of neoliberal policy. This volume contributes to the larger discourse on the left in which neoliberal policies not only precipitate serial crises, but are perhaps approaching an historical precipice. We are in a moment fraught with tension. As Stuart Hall, Doreen Massy, and Michael Rustin suggest in a 2013 essay, “The economic model that has underpinned the social and political settlement of the last three decades is unravelling but the broader political and social consensus apparently remains in place” (8). If it takes ideology a minute to catch up with material devastation, then Philip Goodchild’s essay offers a complementary response: “we stand at the threshold of a crisis of faith for the politics of credit and debt,” he writes, speculating that “Founding political life on the riskiest forms of venture capitalism, although immensely successful for 3 centuries, may prove to be just a bubble” (72-3). I can invest some faith in that. With the historical analyses and theoretical interventions laid out in The Politics of Debt, we have some reason to believe that our future is not necessarily an increasingly precarious version of our present. COVID-19 may or may not be the crisis gone viral, as it were, but if nothing else, its spread has lifted the veil on the contradictions and inherent crises that decades of neoliberalism have cemented in place, not least the gross polarization of wealth and the enforced austerity on which it depends. The Politics of Debt leaves us with the hope that something genuinely unprecedented—structural change somehow independent of financial capitalism—might be imminent.

    Footnotes

    1. See, for example, Slobodian’s book, or Zevin for a shorter option.

    2. Within my own field of literary and cultural studies, for example, Bruce Robbins suggests that neoliberalism “always seems to be discoverable lurking behind or beneath whatever piece of culture happens to be under discussion [in this case, the state of contemporary literature], and once discovered, it never seems all that enlightening, perhaps because it is so taken for granted, and perhaps because, like capitalism itself, it has been pulled and stretched so as to signify too many different things” (840). Robbins is reviewing Mitchum Huehls’s and Rachel Smith’s edited volume, Neoliberalism and Contemporary Literary Culture. He notes that their claims for an ontologically totalizing neoliberal society (since about 2000) would preclude precisely the kind of outside critical position necessary for their analysis (841).

    3. Another notable response is Mark Fisher’s Capitalist Realism, published in the same series as this one.

    Works Cited

    • Andrews, Marcellus. “Burying Neoliberalism.” Dissent, vol. 56, no. 3, Summer 2009, https://www.dissentmagazine.org/article/burying-neoliberalism. Accessed 8 July 2020.
    • Fisher, Mark. Capitalist Realism: Is There No Alternative? Zero Books, 2009.
    • Grattan, Peter. “Company of One: The Fate of Democracy in an Age of Neoliberalism.” Los Angeles Review of Books, 15 July 2015, https://lareviewofbooks.org/article/company-of-one-the-fate-of-democracy-in-anage-of-neoliberalism/. Accessed 8 July 2020.
    • Hall, Stuart, Doreen Massey, and Michael Rustin. “After neoliberalism: analysing the present.” Soundings: A Journal of Politics and Culture, vol. 53, Spring 2013. Project MUSE, muse.jhu.edu/article/522108. Accessed 8 July 2020.
    • Robbins, Bruce. “Everything Is Not Neoliberalism.” American Literary History, vol. 31, no. 4, Winter 2019, pp. 840-49, doi.org/10.1093/alh/ajz034.
    • Slobodian, Quinn. Globalists: The End of Empire and the Birth of Neoliberalism. Harvard UP, 2018.
    • Zevin, Alexander. “Every Penny a Vote.” London Review of Books, 15 August 2019, pp. 27-30.
  • Queer Nations and Trans-lations

    Daryl Maude (bio)

    A review of Akiko Shimizu, “‘Imported’ Feminism and ‘Indigenous’ Queerness: From Backlash to Transphobic Feminism in Transnational Japanese Context.” Lecture and Seminar, University of California, Berkeley, 27-28 Jan. 2020

    What does it mean to be trans in Japan, or in Japanese? How does it correspond with transness in North America or in English? Terms and identities travel and are translated, existing not in a relationship of one-to-one correspondence, but rather in an association with one another. To be gei or toransujendā in Japanese is not the same as to be “gay” or “transgender” in English; although the Japanese terms are loanwords from English, the meanings, identities, and practices that are organized under these terms are not exactly the same. This difference is central to Akiko Shimizu’s work in both English and Japanese. In a 2007 article, she discusses the double bind of “Japanese queers,” whose ability to identify themselves as members of a group is always influenced by the prominence of anglophone discourses of identity politics and rights-bearing minority subjects and by an awareness of the language around these concepts as imported from English. In asking themselves how they identify, Shimizu says, “In the case of ‘Japanese queers’, the questions will be: are we Japanese, are we Japanese-speakers, or are we more like the members of ‘the global queer community’, if it actually exists? Or perhaps, are we all of the above? Or none of them?” (503).

    Shimizu, a scholar in the Department of Interdisciplinary Cultural Studies at the University of Tokyo, has long been interested in the problem of queer translations, both as a figure (the travelling of conceptual categories from different groups, expressed in different ways and in different registers) and as a practice (the translation of books, papers, lectures, articles, and tweets into Japanese, and also from Japanese into other languages). She is a translator of works by Sara Ahmed and Judith Butler into Japanese, and she has written about the various complex processes of identification, terminology, and naming of queerness and sexuality in Japanese. In addition, with her students, Shimizu organizes an annual public lecture series on queer studies.

    Shimizu’s lecture and seminar at UC Berkeley in January 2020 received a warm reception from attendees. Her careful attention to the details of power and translation represents an important moment in Japanese trans and queer studies, and this importance was remarked on by those listening to the lecture and participating in the seminar. Describing her lecture as “a story” characterized by its “tedious repetitions,” Shimizu traced a genealogy of debates over gender, sexuality, and transness in Japan in the 21st century. She explained how the backlash against so-called “gender ideology” in Japan at the turn of the millennium led to the marriage equality debates of the 2010s and then to the wave of online transphobia that is happening today. Shimizu emphasized the role of translation in this system, which she claims is characterized by problems both “distinctly local and inherently transnational.” The idea of Japan as an actor in a network of discourse is not new, in itself, but Shimizu’s characterization of Japanese transphobia as both “distinctly local and inherently transnational” focuses on the movements of power between different languages and nations and dismisses any culturally essentialist explanation for the peculiarities of Japanese feminism(s). Her comment draws our attention to the texture of Japanese transphobia and Japanese feminism: their idiosyncrasies and histories. Paying attention to this texture yields interesting points of comparison: accounting for why transphobic feminism is so much more common in Britain than in the US, for example, Sophie Lewis notes the historical aspects of this failure of intersectionality. In a 2019 article in the New York Times, she links the prevalence of transphobic rhetoric in British feminism to its lack of engagement with the Black and indigenous feminisms that gave mainstream white American feminism the “pummeling” it sorely required, allowing American feminism to begin to take on a more intersectional position. Similarly, in Japan, Shimizu’s work shows us that mainstream Japanese feminism is ill-equipped to address transphobia due to the historical failures of Japanese feminism to account for intersectionality.

    Shimizu’s “story” progressed historically: following Japan’s passing of the Basic Law for a Gender-Equal Society in 1999, conservative politicians complained of feminism’s detrimental effects on traditional gender roles. Shimizu explained that conservatives characterized feminist activities, including the promotion of this gender-neutral education, as manifesting “external pressures” (gaiatsu). Thus, even activities conducted by local grassroots feminist activists were seen as originating from Western sources and therefore were considered inappropriate and inauthentic: a naïve absorption of non-Japanese ideas that were not appropriate for Japan. These conservatives took hints from right wing discourse in the US (ironically, a form of external pressure in itself) and portrayed feminists and those who promoted gender-neutral education as denying gender altogether and wanting to do away with the concepts of “manliness” or “womanliness.” Conservatives were successful in portraying the most scandalous aspects of these ideas, and many feminists reacted by denying these claims. This attempt at damage control, Shimizu argued, missed an opportunity to embrace the destructive possibilities of feminist work. Instead of affirming the questions around binary notions of gender and arguing for a more equitable society for queer and trans people, mainstream feminist pandering to the fears of conservatives threw vulnerable people to the wayside.

    Shimizu then spoke about marriage equality in Japan in the 2010s. In 2015, Shibuya Ward in Tokyo began to issue certificates recognizing same-sex partnership. This was followed by other wards, cities, and prefectures throughout Japan. While some rights can be gained from this recognition, they lack effectiveness on a national level. Central to this problem is the system of the koseki, or family register, which catalogues and organizes, among other things, the births, marriages, and deaths of all Japanese citizens. Shimizu noted that while the koseki is maintained at a local level, it is ultimately the responsibility of the national government; therefore, the government’s definition of marriage as exclusively heterosexual means that certificates of partnership recognition are mere “window dressing” (albeit politically expedient in a country that is soon to host the Olympics and needs to appear tolerant and open). Despite the important legacy of feminist activism against the strictures of the koseki system—its reinforcement of a patriarchal system that discriminates against unmarried parents and single mothers, and its imperial, colonial legacy after being used as a tool of control in colonial Korea—mainstream feminism seemed to lag behind even as awareness of LGBT rights grew in the 2010s. Due to their capitulation to political pressure during the debates over the “gender ideology” backlash in the early 2000s, Shimizu argued that mainstream feminism was unable to engage with LGBT groups in activism or to be properly intersectional.

    In her account of recent online transphobia, Shimizu began by explaining that in 2017 and 2018, as the #MeToo movement gained popularity, accounts by women of sexual harassment they had encountered began to circulate on Japanese-language Twitter. Women on Twitter used the intellectual resources provided by #MeToo in order to fight against harassment and to form links with other women in similar positions. As part of this movement, some cis women began to raise concerns about trans women “invading” “their” sex-segregated spaces, such as toilets or public baths, and harassing them. Employing a common trope of trans women as “in essence” men who are invading women’s spaces, they encouraged cis women to be on their guard, in the role of perpetual scrutinizers. Sally Hines describes this role as “the surveillance and the regulation of the female body through the notion of female authenticity” (154). Transphobic tropes were taken up by some Japanese-language feminist Twitter users and circulated, resonating beyond social media by perpetuating a transphobic environment that affects policy and behavior and in turn endangers the lives and wellbeing of trans people.

    While online transphobia in Japan seems sudden—lacking, for example, the pedigree of “feminist” transphobia in the English language Twitter-sphere or in British media—Shimizu suggested that it is actually the result of the transplantation of transphobic discourses from outside of Japan, particularly the UK and South Korea. Tweets and discourses were translated from English and Korean into Japanese and recirculated through Japanese feminist Twitter accounts. They increased significantly when, in 2018, Ochanomizu University, a women’s university in Tokyo, stated that it would begin to accept trans women as students beginning in April 2020. These applicants are still legally registered as men when they apply, due both to the fact that the age of majority in Japan is twenty, and to the legal pathologization of trans identities.1 Appeals to the anger and frustration of women, particularly with regards to sexual harassment and assault, as in the #MeToo campaign, have led to hostility toward the easily targeted: trans women. Shimizu pointed out that the hostility is exacerbated by the particularities of the Japanese feminist Twittersphere, in which many active accounts are not linked to people’s real names, and anonymity means an increase in hostility and trolling.

    This “story” that Shimizu told in her lecture was a genealogy of mainstream Japanese feminism in the last twenty years. Crucially we can also read it as a call for solidarity and a warning against the temptation to jettison members of our communities who are further or furthest from legally inscribed norms, as well as an illustration of the consequences of doing so. In the seminar she gave after her lecture, attended by scholars including Grace Lavery and Judith Butler, Shimizu made connections between the attempt to surveil trans women and prevent them from using women’s spaces (such as public toilets or baths), and the attempt to surveil other marginalized populations in Japan, such as Zainichi (resident) Koreans, or Hisabetsu Burakumin (hereditary members of groups associated with stigmatized forms of labor such as leather work). In both cases, the koseki is again crucial. It provides not only a system through which the government exerts centralized control over marriage and legal gender markers, but also a fantasy about the knowability of deviation: an authority through which to ascertain the “truth” about populations that are deemed potentially undetectable and whose ability to pass as Yamato Japanese, as members of a “normal” class, or as women, is seen as threatening.2 It is important to maintain specificity within movements of solidarity, and to acknowledge that Zainichi struggles, Hisabetsu Burakumin struggles, and the struggles of trans women are not mere copies of one another; at the same time, the struggles these groups face can, and do, overlap. Shimizu’s highlighting of these parallels is useful for thinking about the ways in which, as with other minority groups with the ability to pass, trans people are seen as insidious and invading because the possibility that they might go unnoticed is seen as threatening.

    Emphasizing the travelling nature of discourses on transphobia, and the way they are translated into new contexts, Shimizu’s work calls attention to the local textures of feminism and trans activism, and to the multiple actors within these contested and transnational ideological domains, even as she considers the pull of a homogenizing discourse of universal rights and equality that centers Euro-American experiences. She notes that there are not happy endings to the story she told, rather that it is characterized by “tedious repetitions.” Her work is crucial in giving us the texture of these ongoing repetitions in the Japanese context: the failures of mainstream feminism and the capitulations to conservative fearmongering, the lack of intersectional analysis, and the subsequent transphobia. When asked if there is any way to get around the problem of these “tedious repetitions”—what, in other words, is to be done?—Shimizu suggested that the tediousness could be overcome by breaking from this past and recognizing the pluralities and complications of history. This does not collapse into a triumphalist “it gets better” account of a history but rather, I would suggest, works with the tedium of repetition, and its attendant feelings of exasperation, disbelief, incredulity, boredom, and so on, to produce a new translation of its own, one that is provisional and multiple, and that communicates the need to talk and work together. We might also ask, beyond transphobia, what other forces and feelings might be in play in Japanese trans circles—trans love, trans joy, trans community building, or trans activism, for example—and how these forces also exist within patterns of translation. The struggles to undo the force of normativity and enable us all to live better lives continues, in multiple languages and across multiple borders.

    Footnotes

    1. In order to change one’s gender marker on legal documents, a person must be over the age of twenty, obtain a medical diagnosis of gender identity disorder, and undergo sterilization. They also cannot be married and cannot have children who are underage (Reid et al.).

    2. Until the mid-1970s, the koseki was open for anyone to view, providing an easy way for people to discriminate against neighbors and potential marriage partners, by parsing whether they fell into undesirable categories. Access is now restricted, and only certain officials or lawyers can legally view it.

    Works Cited

    • Hines, Sally. “The Feminist Frontier: On Trans and Feminism.” Journal of Gender Studies, vol. 28, no. 2, 2019, pp. 145-57. Taylor & Francis, doi:10.1080/09589236.2017.1411791.
    • Lewis, Sophie. “How British Feminism Became Anti-Trans.” New York Times, 7 Feb. 2019, https://www.nytimes.com/2019/02/07/opinion/terf-trans-women-britain.html. Accessed 7 Jul. 2020.
    • Reid, Graeme, et al. “‘A Really High Hurdle’: Japan’s Abusive Transgender Legal Recognition Process.” Human Rights Watch, 2019, www.hrw.org/report/2019/03/19/really-high-hurdle/japans-abusive-transgender-legalrecognition-process#. Accessed 7 Jul. 2020.
    • Shimizu, Akiko. “Scandalous Equivocation: A Note on the Politics of Queer Self-Naming.” Inter-Asia Cultural Studies, vol. 8, no. 4, 2007, pp. 503-16. EBSCOhost, doi:10.1080/14649370701567963.
  • Fanged Future

    Johanna Isaacson (bio)

    A review of Jenkins, Jerry Rafiki. The Paradox of Blackness in African American Vampire Fiction. Ohio UP, 2019.

    At the mention of the word “vampire,” a waxen figure of European origin leaps to mind. However, Jerry Rafiki Jenkins insists in The Paradox of Blackness in African American Vampire Fiction that vampire myths have an under-explored heritage in Africa and African diasporic cultures, and that recent African American vampirology offers a subaltern approach to the genre rather than merely a sub-generic borrowing of Dracula-derived tropes. A figure conjured to navigate the horrors of colonial violence and enslavement through the nineteenth century, the black vampire re-emerges in 1970s vampire films such as Ganja and Hess and Blacula. These works inform the black vampire fiction to come and the resurrection of seemingly white vampire mythology such as the Dracula film adaptations of 1979 and 1992 (4). Yet studies of vampire mythology ignore or minimize the influence of the black vampire (6). In Paradox, Jenkins fills this lacuna by offering a detailed analysis of five black vampire fiction novels. He argues that in their articulation of race and sexuality through the “paradox of mortality,” these texts counter monolithic notions of blackness. In particular, they diverge from conservative religious visions of black unity and insist on

    an antinormative project that not only queers the traditional vampire narrative, the black literary imagination, and their guises of universality, but it also … has the potential to denormalize our disdain of hybridity, our boundaries of power, and our obsession with utopias. (8)

    Jenkins provides insightful, original, and often compelling readings of works that have been excluded from the canon of vampire fiction largely due to their racial concerns, although the book would have benefited from a more rigorous engagement with scholarly work that complicates categories of race and sexuality. His book is part of an important new series from Ohio University Press; New Suns: Race, Gender, and Sexuality in the Speculative (edited by Susana M. Morris and Kinitra D. Brooks) promises to recognize the significance of African American speculative culture in varied media.

    Central to Jenkins’s exploration of the implicit ideologies in the five novels is Steven Cave’s taxonomy of four immortality narratives that cultures adapt to grapple with the “morality paradox”: the fact that we must die but cannot concretely imagine death (Jenkins 11). Cave’s taxonomy includes the “staying alive” narrative, the resurrection narrative, the soul narrative, and the legacy narrative. For Jenkins, most black vampire novels reject soul and legacy narratives in favor of resurrection and staying alive narratives. The latter insist on the corporeality of the black body, and must therefore navigate black earthly experience, black appearance and its meaning, and black physical pain, along with the hope for an earthly freedom from this pain. While the vampire’s status as corporeal undead points to the conception that black identity is defined by the appearance of blackness, Jenkins argues that the novels he explores complicate this notion and instead ask “whether there is more to being black than having a black body” (16). His readings imply that race is ascriptive rather than an inherent part of the body. At times he acknowledges the intractable, structural process of racialization “in a society where economic forms are racialized, and pain is colored black” (27). However, Jenkins returns to a hope of transcending race through the imaginary of black vampire hybridity.

    In these moments of transcendence, his analysis risks becoming ahistorical. The immortal status of the vampires Jenkins analyzes allows them to stand outside of time, forming a “post-racial” horizon. Yet the paths to this post-historical status do not dismantle the structures of domination that persistently reinscribe race. The periodization of racialized capitalism is particularly relevant to the gothic mode, as Stephen Shapiro argues in his analysis of Dracula and other Victorian gothic tropes. Historical moments of crisis and rupture reveal the uncanniness of commodity fetishism: the condition in which workers are separated from any possibility of life outside capitalism and are fully alienated from their bodies, which become “units of labor-power for sale,” mere “bearer[s] of a commodity’s social energy,” while the objects they produce appear “autonomous and self-creating, like an awful, supernatural alien towering before its human meat-puppets” (Shapiro 30). In our current moment of crisis and the recalibration of racialized capitalism, we cannot begin to imagine a post-racial world without asking about “the relationship between the oppression of black bodies and the systematic economic exploitation and expropriation of black communities,” as Michael Dawson argues (144). Jenkins’s analysis of historically. Building on Nancy Fraser’s analysis of social reproduction as a central logic of emerging capitalist forms, Dawson examines “‘the hidden abode of race’” as a persistent source of expropriation that creates “inferior humans” necessary for past domination such as slavery and to current forms of super-exploitation. As Chris Chen puts it, race can be best seen as a “relation race, gender, and sexuality in vampire fiction would benefit from situating these categories of domination inside and outside the wage relation—reproduced through superficially non-racial institutions and policies.” It is not race that needs to be dismantled, then, but this relation that must be overcome. For this reason, the “post-racial” imagination needs more precision than Paradox offers.

    The book is more successful in denaturalizing a homogeneous view of racial identity and politics through an implicitly intersectional lens, queering the black vampire and evoking a feminist, anti-racist Afrofuturist imaginary. To this end, Jenkins explores Jewel Gomez’s The Gilda Stories, in which a black lesbian vampire cuts a heroic swath through history, systematically reversing the tropes of the European vampire and giving “literary and political significance to the lives of black lesbians” (25). Jenkins makes the case that The Gilda Stories attacks both Afrocentrism and multicultural conservatism as ideologies that rely on a “single-issue view of black freedom” (27). Her “staying alive” vampire, the first in African American vampire fiction, stands as a testament that immortality is not a given for the oppressed; in order to “stay alive” without transforming into monsters, vampires must evolve into a wise and inclusive beings. Jenkins explains that Gilda builds a queer, multicultural, chosen family that righteously battles against enemies—black and white, human and vampire—who wield oppressive power. These antagonists include those who represent an Afrocentric view, which accepts only the narrowest definition of black identity and refuses solidarity based on emotional ties (34), and multicultural conservatives who represent themselves as American dream success stories, thus justifying a color-blind society (36). The vision of “staying alive” in Gilda, Jenkins argues, counters both of these views. The Gilda Stories acknowledges that the black body is defined by its history of pain, and Gilda’s immortality offers a vision of a future liberation from this pain. Thus, transcendence is a visionary, inclusive leap rather than an imagination of individual resurrection or collective “single-issue” rebellion (38). This vision of intersectional experience evokes the Combahee River Collective’s project of creating “integrated analysis and practice based upon the fact that the major systems of oppression are interlocking” (15).1

    Jenkins’s analysis of “antizealot atheism” in Tananarive Dues’s My Soul to Keep looks to the character David Dawit as a figure of African atheism that contests the conservatism and colonizing subtext of the “all American bourgeois negro” (72). Jenkins describes the prejudice directed toward this African character by African Americans who see him as a “primitive” in need of civilizing Christianity (59). Dawitt defies an African American definition of blackness as inextricably tied to Christian practices. He is tacit proof, Jenkins argues, that “African Americans need to develop a multicultural approach to blackness and a unifying ideology absent of religion” (59). This resurrection vampire offers an alternate vision of immortality to the “soul narrative” of African American Christianity, framing the latter as “incapable of attending to black people’s material needs” (66) and “incapable of real tolerance” (73). Rather than endorsing a program of colonial or Christian conversion and the passivity that comes with religious belief, Dawit’s path suggests the possibility of “black solidarity that is absent of religion” and open to heterogeneity (81). Further, this refusal of religion acknowledges that blackness is ascriptive and inauthentic, not “Ham’s curse” but human creation.

    The critique of religion that runs through Paradox is acute and could be further historicized by engaging with Melinda Cooper’s critique of the post-sixties rise of religious control in racialized institutions (such as social welfare and prisons) in the wake of middle class “permanent tax revolt” against racially stigmatized state welfare (262). This evangelical takeover of social programs and institutions, with which black churches were involved, ensured that reform and support would be coupled with conservative, heteronormative compliance (262). The rejection of religion in the vampire novels described by Jenkins illuminates the complex ways in which gender, sexuality and race are ascribed through these institutions.

    While My Soul to Keep imagines a feminized Africa in need of civilizing by the Christianity of the “all American bourgeois negro,” Jenkins next explores Dark Corner, which critiques an alternate but still insufficient vision of feminized African Americans in need of masculine invigoration by “authentic” Africans. Jenkins argues that the character Kyle’s father, Diallo—an African warrior vampire—represents “paternal Pan-Africanism” and “heroic slave discourse,” two ideologies that advance patriarchal visions of masculinization and dovetail with the ideology at the heart of the influential “Moynihan report,” which diagnosed impoverished African American families as inadequate due to their lack of masculine father figures (93-94). As Cooper argues, the sexism of the Moynihan report was also a diversion “from the structural factors of urban segregation, discrimination, and educational disadvantage that might implicate contemporary white racism in the reproduction of poverty and pointed instead to the distant crime of slavery as a causal factor” (38). However, according to Jenkins, instead of pointing to this depoliticization, Pan-African ideology “solves” this problem by envisioning a “cultural return to Africa” (94). The “heroic slave” narrative offers a similarly patriarchal solution by imagining the masculine man’s individual struggle, with no possibility of collective resistance (94). Enforcing a singular definition of blackness tied to African identity erases black people who do not fit this mold, evoking Hazel Carby’s critique of patriarchal political formulas in black leadership. Under the guise of self-effacement, Carby sees “a conceptual framework [of the black intellectual] that is gender-specific; not only does it apply exclusively to men, but it encompasses only those men who enact narrowly and rigidly determined codes of masculinity” (10). Instead of valorizing these codes, Jenkins argues that blackness is defined by having a black body that is subject to the definitions, cultural meanings, and prejudices of its time (115).

    Jenkins contends that Octavia Butler’s Fledgling complicates the definition of blackness in the previous three novels – “the only requirement for being black is having a black body” (117). He explores Butler’s concept of “body knowledge” to assert that the meaning of the body is not biologically determined but is rather a social construct (118). His view of blackness seems to converge with that of Stuart Hall, who argues “black is essentially a politically and culturally constructed category, which cannot be grounded in a set of fixed trans-cultural or transcendental racial categories and which therefore has no guarantees in nature” (“New Ethnicities” 443). Jenkins’s Afrofuturistic vision begins to take shape with his engagement with Butler. The supernatural figures he describes converge with J. Griffith Rollefson’s description of Afrofuturism as an “oppositionality and an historical critique that seeks to undermine the logic of linear progress that buttresses Western universalism, rationalism, empiricism, logocentrism, and their standard-bearer: white supremacy” (84). Building on Butler’s notion that human intelligence is stoppered by our tendency to emphasize domination, Jenkins disentangles these impulses with the terms “hierarchical body knowledge” and “intelligent body knowledge” (119). The former encompasses “the idea that social hierarchies are determined by visible differences among human populations,” while the latter recognizes that ideas about bodies enforce differences and hierarchies (119). Jenkins argues that Fledgling‘s Shori Matthews, who transcends black pain as a “staying alive” vampire, represents a utopian triumph of “intelligent body knowledge” that projects the possibility of a post-racial world. He calls this “transhuman blackness,” in which the blackness (skin pigmentation) of all humans is recognized and free from hierarchical ascriptions (122). As an engineered being, Shori represents a convergence of the “staying alive” narrative with technological utopianism, but Jenkins attempts to distinguish Butler’s vision from anti-collective libertarianism or techno-idealism (128). He insists that Shori’s liminal status between human and posthuman denaturalizes “hierarchical body knowledge” and allows a focus on socially constructed meanings of the black body (129). This converges with Rollefson’s concept of Afrofuturist “myth science,” a dialectical engagement with the binary view of “white science” and “black magic.” Myth science both critiques the myths of “progress” that support white colonial domination, and questions the essentialist assumptions behind representations of black authenticity or primitivism (Rollefson 85).

    The last text Jenkins examines is K. Murry Johnson’s Image of Emeralds and Chocolate, a novel that features the first black gay male vampire. This figure serves as a lens into the possibilities for “black sexual politics” that recognize the imbrication and mutual construction of racism and homophobia. This enlightened ideology is set against a conservative religious black sexual politics that separates these oppressions and condemns homosexuality (150). Such “homonegativity” pressures gay black people to keep their sexuality “in the coffin.” Jenkins argues that the gay characters in Image implicitly critique “Black church corporatism” and conservatism, the notions that African Americans should speak in one voice and that gay men should submit to the “civilizing force” of the church. The liberation of Marquis, a gay black slave who simultaneously transforms into a vampire and a free man, is enabled by his approach to the Bible. Jenkins calls this approach “education for liberation” and distinguishes it from “education for salvation” (155). Marquis’s biblical education does not lead him to reject his own sexuality but to become an abolitionist who abets Harriet Tubman in creating the Underground Railroad and continues to play a key role in black liberation movements through his immortal future. Marquis goes on to have healthy gay relationships and becomes proof that conservative religious ideology does not define blackness. Instead, his path to identity formation leads to the conclusion that “the only requirement for being a black man in America is having a black body” (174). Jenkins interprets this as Johnson’s call for “a conception of black solidarity founded on real tolerance … [acknowledging] that queer and straight black men are just black men in the eyes of white supremacy” (174).

    Jenkins’s readings build toward a call for a “new black” politics, “a cross-racial coalition of disenfranchised groups that are ultimately defined by their politics and class rather than by physical characteristics” (176). He argues that this recognizes race as a myth that remains very much alive in the national consciousness, as seen by the rise of Trumpian white supremacy and the continued economic marginalization of African Americans (177-178). Jenkins convincingly shows the potency of African American speculative genre narratives to convey black historical trauma and impasses in racial identification, and the ingenuity with which African American culture has always imagined utopian horizons and possible paths to liberation. These themes are also explored in another title in Ohio’s New Suns series, Afrofuturism Rising. Both books at moments place President Obama in the lineage of this utopian trajectory, despite his exclusion of people of color through immigration policies and drone warfare. This may be symptomatic of the series’ need for more attention to structural racism in its analyses of the work of African American speculative narratives. Nevertheless, the series promises to foreground works often overlooked in explorations of genre fiction, film, comics, and other media, and can only assist in the rise of an Afrofuturism inclusive of queer and feminist voices. The Black speculative works explored in Paradox and the New Suns series bring to mind Robin D.G. Kelley’s evocation of the promise of black “freedom dreams” in his exploration of Black surrealism: “a living, mutable, creative vision of a world where love, play, human dignity, an end to poverty and want, and imagination are the pillars of freedom” (158).

    Footnotes

    1. The Combahee River Collective were a group of black feminist lesbians who formed a radical splinter group from the National Black Feminist Organization in 1974 and continued meeting, writing, and organizing until 1980, when their most influential tract—”The Combahee River Collective Statement”—was published. The statement examined the particularities of black women’s struggles and the need to prioritize self-organization and the examination of “manifold and simultaneous” oppressions of their own experiences, while insisting on solidarity with other struggles. The Collective is credited with pioneering the idea of “identity” politics and has been a touchstone for theorists who insist on a definition of identity politics that resists individualism or separatism. This approach has been a key influence on some of the strongest contemporary theories of race, gender, sexuality, and class such as intersectionality theory and social reproduction theory.

    Works Cited

    • Carby, Hazel. Race Men. Harvard UP, 2009.
    • Chen, Chris. “The Limit Point of Capitalist Equality: Notes Towards an Abolitionist Antiracism.” Endnotes 3, Gender, Race, Class and Other Misfortunes, Sept. 2013, https://endnotes.org.uk/issues/3/en/chris-chen-the-limit-point-of-capitalistequality. Accessed 28 Feb. 2020.
    • Combahee River Collective. “Combahee River Collective Statement.” How We Get Free: Black Feminism and the Combahee River Collective, edited by Keeanga-Yamahtta Taylor, Haymarket Books, 2017.
    • Cooper, Melinda. Family Values. The MIT Press, 2017.
    • Dawson, Michael C. “Hidden in Plain Sight: A Note on Legitimation Crisis and the Racial Order.” Critical Historical Studies, vol. 3, no.1, Spring 2016, pp. 143–161.
    • Hall, Stuart. “New Ethnicities.” Stuart Hall: Critical Dialogues in Cultural Studies, edited by David Marley and Kuan-Hsing Chen, Routledge, 1996.
    • Kelley, Robin D.G. Freedom Dreams: The Black Radical Imagination, Beacon Press, 2003.
    • Rollefson, J. Griffith. “The ‘Robot Voodoo Power’ Thesis: Afrofuturism and Anti-Anti Essentialism from Sun Ra to Kool Keith.” Black Music Research Journal, vol. 28, no. 1, 2008, pp. 83-109.
    • Shapiro, Stephen. “Transvaal, Transylvania: Dracula’s World-system and Gothic Periodicity.” Gothic Studies, vol. 10, no. 1, 2008, pp. 29-47.
  • What We Don’t See in What We See:A Response to Cinema and Fascination

    Ackbar Abbas (bio)

    The world is an enigma, Nietzsche said, but an enigma composed of its various solutions (qtd. in Calasso 3). In much the same way, we can say that fascination in cinema is an enigma made up of its various interpretations. The essays in this special issue of Postmodern Culture, each brilliant in its own very different way, draw on a wide range of disciplines—from psychoanalysis and philosophy to sound art and quantum physics—as if to say that what is fascinating about cinema exists everywhere and not just in cinema alone. However, each essay manages to construct its argument around a reading of one or two films. The arguments are staged in dialogue with Freud or Lacan, Blanchot, Barad, or Bersani, but these canonical figures are not given the last word on the enigma of fascination. (More often than not, they appear like apotropaic gargoyles attaching themselves to an argument.) Rather, the significant emphasis is always on how fascination informs and deforms all the elements in cinema, including words and images—informs by de-forming them, like the sly way Deleuze’s “dark precursor” works, or the way Lucretius’s clinamen conditions atoms to swerve from the straight and narrow. What emerges from this special issue, then, is not a unified theory of fascination, but something perhaps more valuable: descriptions from the field of how fascination is present in a film and how a viewer or reader experiences it. Taken together, the essays suggest that behind the question “What is fascination?” lies the question “What is cinema?”

    Let me begin with Kwasu D. Tembo’s essay, which raises some key questions about fascination and cinema, including, if only by implication, the question of film form. Tembo notes that fascination is often used today as a term of approbation, especially when we do not know what to say, but he also reminds us that there is a sinister side to it, highlighted by the psychoanalytic study of sexuality. When sex is linked to power, as it always is, we find “aberrations” like sadism and masochism. In the first half of the essay, Tembo brings out the heavy artillery (Freud, Lacan, Gallop, and others) to argue that Steven Shainberg’s Secretary (2002) is about psycho-sexual fascination as a form of bondage. The film deals with the affair between Lee Halloway and her boss Edward Grey; Lee has masochistic tendencies, and Grey sadistic. Not unlike the master/bondsman dialectic, psycho-sexual bondage is “bidirectional.” Furthermore, it turns around a Lacanian “thing,” an objet petit a, a thing that is a no-thing—like the dead earthworm Lee mails to Grey—which Tembo calls in his title “the power of absolute nothing.” The work of Jane Gallop, herself a reader of Freud and Lacan, opens the further possibility of a feminist reading.

    However, it should be obvious that what accounts for the film’s fascination is not any scholarly apparatus but its overall tone, the fact that it is not a case study but a romantic comedy given several generic twists. In the film, bondage as “bidirectional exchange” is less a psychological insight than a comic formula whose automatism makes it appropriate for farce: so less a psychoanalytic tour de force than a Schnitzleresque tour de farce. The marriage of true minds takes the farcical form of a sadist and a masochist falling in love. Of course, it will have to be a kinky kind of love, romantic comedy taken to unexpected places. Nevertheless, like more conventional affairs, kinkiness has its own trials and tribulations, as well as its own precise if perverse algorithm of desire, seen most clearly in the minute detail of the fetish. One example is Grey’s red pencil. He uses it like an instrument of torture, a red-hot branding iron, to circle Lee’s typing errors. Tembo points to an even better example, the dead earthworm that Lee mails to Grey when all else fails to rekindle his passion. She tries enticing him to no avail by placing a sexy photo of herself on his desk or dressing in suggestive clothes. Then, she hits upon an inspired alternative, the perfect trigger: she mails him an earthworm, dead on arrival, an emblem of complete passivity and submissiveness. When Grey receives it, he takes out his red pencil, his “phallic ghost,” and in a fit of sexual arousal excitedly draws red circles around the worm. Peering in the door like a voyeur, Lee murmurs in sexual-comic tones, “Finally!” This coupling of worm and red pencil, the power of absolute nothing multiplied by two, is the ultimate climax and most intense sex scene in the film, because nothing happens. Grey says, “We can’t go on like this,” to which Lee replies, “Why not?”

    What makes the fetishist fantasy doubly fascinating is its coexistence with the unspoken assumptions of ordinary life and the conventions of mainstream cinema, which have not disappeared. We see these assumptions and conventions in Grey’s sense of guilt over his sadistic tendencies, Lee’s institutionalization early in the film, and the obligatory narrative that relationships should end in love and marriage. Perhaps this is the true bidirectionality of the film: its double bondage to farce as fascination on the one hand and to convention on the other, which is what allows the film to be both kinky and mainstream. This suggests that fascination in cinema is found not in subject matter, but in play with form: in the case of Secretary, in farce as the de-formation of generic forms.

    Eugenie Brinkema’s essay on Pascal Laugier’s Martyrs (2008) focuses not on farce but on horror as fascination and de-formation. As we might expect of her work, the argument on horror is provocative and original, designed not only to make us read against the grain but also to feel against the grain. Brinkema begins, like Tembo, by reversing a contemporary tendency to see fascination in too positive terms, but she takes the critique beyond the psychoanalytic tradition all the way back to myth. In traditional myth, fascination is associated with bewitchment and mystification as well as with horror and violence. The siren song is irresistible, but whoever listens to it dies. Brinkema’s reading of Martyrs develops the link between horror and fascination, suggesting that horror is a form of fascination that does not forget or mitigate the negativity that lies under the surface of contemporary life.

    Though Laugier’s film is grouped with New French Extremism and sometimes dismissed as “horror porn,” it is in fact very carefully crafted, which makes it much less sensational and much more provocative than slasher movies. The stress is not on mindless horror, but on how horror reminds us of what certain versions of culture make us forget. Brinkema makes a crucial reference to the sirens episode in Homer, which Blanchot and Horkheimer and Adorno also explicate. In Homer’s poem, when Ulysses succeeds with his stratagems to listen to and escape the sirens, he overcomes mythic repetition, but at the same time, he turns culture into kitsch; that is to say, he turns it into culture lite, culture without horror and danger. Milan Kundera famously defines kitsch in The Unbearable Lightness of Being as “the absolute denial of shit in both the literal and figurative sense of the word” (248), and shit is what Laugier’s version of horror does not allow us to forget.

    As Brinkema points out, Martyrs is a film in two parts, with a crucial scene in the middle relating the parts. For most of the film (and to a far greater extent than in most horror movies) action and motive are very murky, and we are left guessing about what is happening and why. The first part centers on Lucie, a teenage girl subject for unknown reasons to extreme torture, who manages to run away from her captors. Fifteen years later, she exacts revenge on her torturers and their two children by massacring the apparently ordinary family in their house with a shotgun and then committing suicide. The second part concerns Anna, Lucie’s only friend, who reluctantly helps Lucie with her plan for revenge and who may be in love with her. At the house, Anna discovers a door that leads to a secret chamber where she finds, in addition to horrendous photographs on the walls, another girl being tortured, thus proving that Anna’s story is based in reality. Before she can make her escape, the house is overrun by paramilitary soldiers. Their leader, an elderly woman everyone calls Mademoiselle, expounds to Anna the weird logic behind a philosophy of pain in this central part of the film: one can respond to pain either as a victim or as a martyr. A victim rejects pain as unnatural and unjustified and seeks revenge or commits suicide. In Lucie’s narrative there is neither change nor transformation: she dies a victim. A martyr, or so the argument goes, accepts pain, embraces it, looks beyond it, and emerges on the other side transfigured. (Brinkema shows how the image of Anna’s entire body flayed and bloodied, except for her face, resembles that of Joan of Arc in Dreyer’s classic film.) There is no indication whether this philosophy is esoteric doctrine or the ravings of a mad cult leader. What is clear is that the society that Mademoiselle heads has been using torture to search for martyrs and has found only victims, though Anna may be an exception. In the final scenes, we see Mademoiselle rushing to Anna’s bed to hear what visions of “the other side” Anna-asmartyr will reveal. Members of the cult, all established and well-to-do citizens, meet the next day to hear these revelations from Mademoiselle, but she shoots herself through the mouth before her scheduled appearance. Her last words are “Keep doubting.”

    Perhaps what these enigmatic last words point to is first of all the enigmatic formal complexity of the film, with close-ups that decontextualize rather than intensify, irrational cuts, visual allusions (to Dreyer for example), and dark lighting. Brinkema rightly insists on the “ultraformalist” nature of Laugier’s version of horror: “the body is made a form, violence to which produces a new form.” But even more important is the fact that this formal complexity makes us “keep doubting” the horror that we see. Such horror is speculative and not merely spectacular, and it makes epistemology the middle term standing between horror and fascination. This brings us to the film’s important coda. The film ends with the screen showing that martyr is a word etymologically related to “witness.” Perhaps epistemology is not about how the knowledge Anna arrived at as a result of torture could be openly shared, but about how the experience of violence itself transforms her and the viewer together into joint witnesses and “secret sharers” of the fascination and horror of contemporary life.

    E. L. McCallum is concerned with yet another kind of film. Michael Snow’s Wavelength (1967) is often called experimental or avant-garde. McCallum begins her essay by suggesting that even though the film is famous, it is not necessarily well known. It may be “best misremembered as the story of a 45-minute zoom shot across a New York City loft to a photograph of waves that fills the screen.” This impression of the video is based on a certain way of reading fostered by apparatus theory. It is very much an ideological reading that emphasizes first, narrativity; second, an active viewing subject identified with the camera’s perception of a passive world of objects; and third, a perspectival quattrocento space with depth. Such an ideological reading leaves out many crucial elements, which only come back into focus when we approach the video with a different reading apparatus. McCallum turns to Jean-Louis Baudry on ideology in cinema, but more importantly she turns to the work of Karen Barad on quantum physics. Quantum theory highlights the existence of many queer phenomena at the quantum level, and McCallum uses Barad’s explications of it to queer the narrative about Wavelength and assert that in the video “narrativity … is a fiction,” and “so too is its appeal to a centered and discrete subject.” While Laugier’s Martyrs turns to horror to raise epistemological questions, McCallum looks to quantum theory to queer the way we see physical reality: Wavelength may be the closest thing we have to a visual experience of quantum physics.

    In this quantum reading, Wavelength is not the story of a more or less continuous zoom shot that ends with the picture of waves. It is seen as much more multilayered, made up of a discontinuous series of reframing, with one frame in superposition over another. It feels therefore as if the video restarts every few seconds, and what we find between one frame and the next is not the persistence of identity, because subtle distortions brought about by slight twists in perspective or changes in color or lighting are constantly taking place. Superposition can be seen as a kind of relay race, where the baton of continuity is passed from one frame to another. Sometimes the baton is dropped, which is when random colors and noise show up on screen and sound track as signs that there are other things that demand the spectator’s attention. Instead of focusing on objects already valorized by a narrative of continuity, depth, and perspective, we find a flattening of value as a consequence of superposition. One example is how the distinction between meaningful sound and meaningless noise is blurred. In the video, John Lennon’s Strawberry Fields Forever, one of the greatest pop songs ever written, is no more or less important than the noise of traffic or the monotonous buzzing of a mechanical note of fixed wavelength. Similarly flattened is the distinction between the human and nonhuman. There are four human events in the video, but McCallum is right to say that they are distractions and not elements of a human-centered plot. In one scene, a man stumbles into the room from the bottom of the screen and collapses, and for the rest of the video the body becomes part of the furniture, or the material that makes up the space of Wavelength. Or could he be an avatar of Schrödinger’s cat?

    What superposition and flattening ultimately give us is a materialist film, in a sense that needs defining with the help of Barad’s work. The space of Wavelength is not a fixed entity with an identity persisting across time. Rather, it is what happens between each reframing that calls the space into existence. Barad calls “what happens between” a form of intra-action rather than inter-action. Inter-action works between finished entities, intraaction between entities on the point of becoming, entities not pre-classified as human or nonhuman, alive or dead, subject or object. This is the “new materialism,” where everything is matter and everything matters. As Barad writes, “Matter feels, converses, suffers, desires, yearns, and remembers”: it is animate. In a similar vein, McCallum talks about “the freeing of the object to its animacy.” Animacy does not mean that everything is alive, because “alive” is already a classification; it means that everything is active, in a process of becoming. That is why McCallum can title her essay on Wavelength “A Moving Which Is Not a Moving”: it concerns activity that is indiscernible but real and material, like the way “matter feels, converses,” and so on.

    McCallum’s reading of Wavelength as materialist film also draws on Barad’s notion of agential realism. Realism implies a response in the sense of a respons-ibility to all matter, rather than automatically relegating some matter to the dustbin of meaningless details or noise. This is the theoretical basis of sound art. Agential raises the question of the causal determinants of phenomena, the real agents at work. Agential realism asks the basic question of what is happening in Wavelength. To answer this requires a certain intimacy with or respons-ibility to the material of the film, a critical intimacy rather than a critical distance. This is done not on the model of interaction between subject and object, which already creates distance between them, but on the model of intra-action or entanglement. Subject and object are neither the same nor different; they are products of a process that Barad calls, using a quasi-cinematic notion, a cutting together-apart. Besides the cut that separates or connects, Barad imagines a cut, McCallum points out, that connects by separating and vice versa—which is what superposition and quantum theory make thinkable and what Wavelength demonstrates.

    McCallum reads Wavelength through Barad’s quantum apparatus to foreground its fascination. Snow’s film ends with an image of waves that takes up the whole screen. Or could it be the other way around: could the room and everything human and nonhuman in it have been made up of wavelengths that elude our perception and formalist analysis all along? Is what we have been confronted by an epistemological puzzle? In epistemology we find a surprising rapprochement between Brinkema on horror and McCallum on materialism. In her materialist account, Brinkema sees epistemology as an issue inseparable from ethics, responsibility, and fascination. She reads the film as staging an ethical onto-epistemological encounter with the material world in all its queer indeterminacy. And if ethics can be described as looking for “difference that makes a difference,” then the fascination of the project is that while such differences are real, they are at the same time, because of superposition and entanglement, indeterminate and indiscernible. The fascination of Wavelength and the fascination of quantum physics reiterate one another.

    In Calum Watt’s essay, the topic of fascination and cinema is approached in a circuitous way. The circuit relates Blanchot’s seminal work on fascination and writing to filmmaker Philippe Grandrieux’s shooting diary for Malgré La Nuit (2016) and then to film critic Raymond Bellour’s work on film spectatorship. In this circuit, we see Blanchot’s ideas on fascination re-situated and translated into cinematic terms by Grandrieux and Bellour. The circuitous approach is justified because while Blanchot’s ideas about fascination potentially seem to be very germane to cinema, he has written little on the medium. In tracing Blanchot’s obvious and acknowledged impact on Grandrieux’s and Bellour’s thinking, Watt attempts to reconstruct a picture of what Blanchot might have said had he written on fascination and cinema.

    “To write is to arrange language under fascination and, through language, in language, remain in contact with the absolute milieu” (Blanchot, “Essential” 414). To arrange language under fascination suggests that fascination informs and de-forms literary language and makes it faulty. This link between “fault” or “defect” and fascination may explain why Grandrieux chose as epigraph for his shooting diary Blanchot’s line, “Every art draws its origin from an exceptional fault.” In his essay on the “Song of the Sirens,” Blanchot suggests something similar. The sirens’ song fascinates not because it is beautiful, but because it has a defect, an exceptional fault or anomaly: the astonishing fact that these marvelous, beautiful, monstrous creatures could simply “reproduce the ordinary singing of mankind” (443), in much the same way as Kafka’s “Josephine the Mouse-Singer” does. However, the resemblance of the sirens’ song to ordinary human singing portends that the frightening opposite may also be true, “a suspicion that all human singing was really inhuman” (443). In fascination, the difference between ordinary and extraordinary, human and inhuman, seems to have disappeared, and we are in the realm of pure resemblance, where one thing can morph into another as in a dream, “when there is no more world, when there is no world yet” (Blanchot, “Essential” 414). In Blanchot’s literary essays, terms like fault, mistake, resemblance, or dream lose their dictionary meanings and take on a special valence that allows us to intuit a world we no longer or do not yet understand, a world in many ways like Ulysses’s, caught between myth and modernity. It is this special valence or mistake that constitutes “language under fascination,” and it is this language that remains in contact with “the absolute milieu.” How can we translate these thoughts into cinema?

    We can imagine Grandrieux to be saying that to make films is to arrange images under fascination. We follow Watt as he turns not to Grandrieux’s Malgré La Nuit but to his shooting diary on the film, where the focus is not on the end result but on the process of filmmaking, just as Blanchot’s essays are about the process of writing. In the diary, “mistakes” and good ideas for “film takes” coexist as in a dream, making the diary a template for Blanchot’s dream state of pure resemblance. In terms of Grandrieux’s film style, Watt points out, resemblance or de-differentiation can be seen in the frequent use of blurred images and extreme close-ups that confuse rather than clarify, in the prevalence of nocturnal shots, and in the scenes of drug use. It can also be seen in what can be pieced together with some effort as the story or non-story. The film is apparently about a man named Lenz searching for a lost love in Paris named Madeleine. In this quest, he is sidetracked by two other women, Lena and Helene. It is not difficult to surmise that all four characters, if we think about their similar-sounding names, may be aspects of the same person.

    The dream state can also be linked to what the diary calls radical passivity, some signs of which in the director himself include a constant sense of fatigue and asphyxia. It is as if Grandrieux enters into the making of a film as if he were stepping into a dream. However, passivity does not mean simply doing nothing; it is more like letting the film come to you and not forcing the process. Perhaps the most revealing gloss on this point is the last entry in Kafka’s Zürau Aphorisms: “It isn’t necessary that you leave home. Sit at your desk and listen. Don’t even listen, just wait. Don’t wait, be still and alone. The whole world will offer itself to you to be unmasked, it can do no other, it will writhe before you in ecstasy” (108). The last line of that aphorism may well describe the effect Malgré La Nuit is aiming for. Radical passivity can also be linked to at least one more major theme, namely Grandrieux’s preference for sensation over story, which is why he likes to use wide-angle lenses (up to 85mm or even 100mm) that allow him to put more pure sensation into the image. In Grandrieux, sensation has no story to tell, no event to contextualize. As in Francis Bacon’s paintings, we find in Grandrieux’s film violent sensations that do not have the garrulousness of sensationalism. If, as Blanchot says, every artist is in an intimate relation with a particular “mistake,” then Grandrieux’s “mistake” is “the temptation to lose himself in a pure sensation of the image.” But this “mistake” allows Grandrieux to claim that to make films is to arrange images under fascination.

    Watt turns next to Bellour, who sees film criticism as “capturing something of cinematic fascination through a practice of writing.” What Bellour writes about, in constant dialogue with Blanchot, is not filmmaking but film spectatorship. Film induces a hypnotic state in the spectator, but fascination in cinema has to be distinguished from hypnosis, though there is a relation between them: “if hypnosis, in the cinema,” Bellour writes, “is that which sends the spectator to sleep, fascination is that which wakes him up” (Corps 294). Sleep is associated with the night, but in the cinema we are surrounded by a different kind of night, “an experimental night” (Pensées 228). For Blanchot, “night—the essence of night—does not, precisely, let us sleep” (Space 185). Insomniac nights then are nights of fascination. E. M. Cioran, who claims not to have slept in fifty years, did all his writing on white nights. Another central thesis of Bellour’s is that the child is the paradigm of the cinema spectator; in Watt’s description, “when we are fascinated by cinema, we reawaken the fascination that typified our earliest childhood.” The experience of powerlessness and passivity that Grandrieux speaks about has far-reaching consequences for filmmaking, and by extension, for film spectatorship. In Cinema 2 Deleuze notes the importance of the child in neo-realism, whose motor helplessness goes together with an increased capacity to hear and see (36). In an act of inspired spectatorship, Bellour is able to view Malgré La Nuit, despite the night and the raw violence, as “an attempt to bring to an obscure clarity … images which would be images of childhood” (Pensées 229)—and fascination.

    I consider finally the essay by Mikko Tuhkanen, who edited the volume and also contributes a helpful introduction. Tuhkanen turns to the work of Leo Bersani on fascination and cinema, particularly the essays “Merde Alors,” co-written with Ulysse Dutoit on Pasolini’s Salò (1975), and “Staring,” a single-authored essay on Bruno Dumont’s L’humanité (1999). Fascination is a pivotal notion in both essays, but in two different and seemingly opposed senses. There is firstly fascination as “interrogative spectatorship,” an active “looking, probing, detecting.” This is the form of “paranoid fascination” associated with the will to know that cinema apparatus theory critiques. But there is also fascination that takes the form of passive staring: an intimate rather than an invasive being-with the other, on the model of Bellour’s helpless child as spectator.

    However, it is only when we place Bersani’s work on cinematic fascination together with his other work, like the texts on Proust, that we begin to understand a little more clearly how he thinks of this opposition: it is not the opposition that matters but its reversibility. The Proustian subject can be said to be the precursor of the cinematic subject because the contradictory forms of cinematic fascination, displayed separately in different films, are present together and reversible in Proust’s novel. We might say that fascination in the Proustian subject is both active and passive. Paranoid fascination, the will to know, takes on a passive form in Marcel. Does this active/passive form surreptitiously reintroduce the distinction between subject and object, which in turn reinforces the subject’s position of mastery over the world? Tuhkanen notes that this is a possible reading, but it is not the whole story. He turns to the clinical work of Michel Thys, which suggests that fascination can be traced to a cleaving of the subject, “at once an adhesion to and a separation from the other”. In other words, it is the split or gap between adhesion and separation that constitutes the subject of fascination in the first place. As constitutive gap, present and absent all at once, it has to remain hidden, secret, and lost, like time in Proust, where the search for lost time is a search that is interminable. Or, it is like the secret of the erotic in Caravaggio as described by Bersani. The viewer of Caravaggio’s paintings “strains to penetrate the secret being simultaneously offered and withheld” (Bersani, Caravaggio’s 66); his paintings flirt with the viewer, promising everything, delivering nothing. This double movement can be “qualified as ‘erotic’ … It is … the movement away that fascinates, indeed that eroticizes the body’s apparent (and deceptive) availability” (Caravaggio’s 3). Or, we might add, it is like Claude Lévi-Strauss in the jungles of Brazil in search of ‘unknown’ tribes. The anthropological dilemma begins when he miraculously stumbles across one: “I had only to succeed in guessing what they were like for them to be deprived of their strangeness … Or if … they retained their strangeness, I could make no use of it, since I was incapable of even grasping what it consisted of” (333). We know his solution to this dilemma: the rejection of phenomenology and the recourse to structuralism as method to bridge the gap. But if the gap is constitutive, success in filling it is always a Pyrrhic victory. La musique savante manque à notre désir.1

    One of Tuhkanen’s best insights in his presentation of Bersani is to show that the two modes of fascination—the epistemophilic desire to know the world and the vertiginous passivity of registering the world—imply, morph into, and have an “intimate, dangerous proximity” to each other. Salò and L’humanité show on analysis to be made up of many anomalous details: they cannot be simply slotted into one category of fascination. This is why cinematic apparatus theory and the ideological critiques associated with it cannot do justice to either film.

    Of course, it would be difficult under any circumstance to do justice to Salò, a film that is still banned in some countries, or to Pasolini himself. Pasolini was an atheist obsessed with god. He made one of the best films—amazingly, commissioned by the Vatican—about the life of Jesus Christ. He believed that certitude was the only sin, and that the forbidden and scandalous are signs of saintliness: Gramsci wrote his Notebooks behind prison bars. Yet none of this prepares the viewer for the visceral onslaught of Salò, not even its anti-fascist politics or the use of Dante’s Inferno as structural frame. In fact, the section called “the Circle of Shit” (after Dante) contains some of the most shocking and abhorrent scenes ever filmed. However, what seems like the most virulent form of “interrogative spectatorship” in the history of cinema turns out to have another, more passive side to it. Bersani and Dutoit write: “Pasolini’s most original strategy in Salò is to distance himself from his Sadean protagonists by going along with them … It is as if a fascinated adherence … were, finally, identical to a certain detachment” (“Merde” 30). In this regard, Tuhkanen points out, an important though minor figure in the film is the pianist, an accompanist to the events but not an a ccomplice, a figure at once “enigmatic” (“Merde” 32, 33) and “unsignifying” (“Merde” 34), adherent and detached. Perhaps one final twist can be added to this account. After all the atrocities and moral/sexual violations, the film ends with two ordinary soldiers, two hapless supporters of an oppressive order, dancing with each other, one talking about going back to life “outside,” the other about seeing his girlfriend again; in other words, a return to normality, to things going on as before. Except “normality” is not an escape from disaster: it is what led to the disaster in the first place. Salò ends with a bang, not a whimper.

    Like Salò, L’humanité cannot be viewed as a film that simply opposes fascination as a passive registering of the world to a will to know. For one thing, its form is that of film noir, where typically the detective in solving a crime restores order and meaning to the world. However, Pharaon is a detective of a different kind, as the opening scenes and the rest of the film show. Instead of actively working to solve the heinous crime, the rape-murder of an eleven-year-old girl, his attention seems to wander, focusing randomly on apparently trivial details, like the sweat on his superior’s neck. In the course of the film, we learn a fair amount about his affective life: his wife and child have died in an accident; he lives with his not very pleasant mother, and interaction with her consists of avoiding confrontations; he is attracted to his neighbor Domino, but does nothing about it, even when she offers herself to him, except tagging along with her and her macho boyfriend Joseph on outings. However, it is not accurate to say that what we see in Pharaon is affective paralysis or passive staring. What we see rather is affect that does not immediately result in motor action. To cite Deleuze, Pharaon is part of “a new race of characters … kind of mutant: they saw rather than acted, they were seers” (xi). It is as if something prevented affect and perception “being extended into action in order to put it in contact with thought” (Deleuze 1). When Pharaon does act, it is action that is aberrant and surprising because it follows a different logic. For example, when the child killer is caught—it turns out to be Joseph, Domino’s boyfriend—Pharaon does not berate him, but kisses him on the mouth. This is clearly a repetition of the scene in Dostoyevsky’s The Brothers Karamazov where Christ kisses the murderous Grand Inquisitor on the lips. It also reminds us of Kafka’s Leni in The Trial who “finds most defendants attractive. She’s drawn to all of them, loves all of them” (184). This aberrant action goes together with atleast two others, which viewers might not even notice because they seem so inexplicable. The last shot shows Pharaon in handcuffs. Why? Has he handcuffed himself? Another example occurs a little earlier, the strange scene in the garden where Pharaon seems to levitate, reminiscent of the scene in Pasolini’s Teorema where the maid levitates.

    These scenes in L’humanité suggest that cinematic fascination in Dumont is not about seeing or not seeing, or about knowledge or non-knowledge: it is about what we don’t see in what we see. This mode of perception amounts to a radical problematization or desubjectivation of seeing. Tuhkanen explains by citing Foucault on desubjectivation as the ability “to dissolve the ‘I’ into fascination.” One example is Rimbaud’s famous line Je est un autre (“I is an other”). The “error” in grammar desubjectivates by doing violence to the pieties of language that keep subjects and objects in place. Rimbaud’s linguistic violence is paralleled by the shocks administered to the language of film in the movies discussed in this special issue. They show that nothing is more anathema to fascination than grammar and piety. There is no fascination in cinema without the promise of heresy.2

    Footnotes

    1. The beautiful untranslatable last line of Arthur Rimbaud’s prose-poem “Conte,” from Illuminations. A very clumsy paraphrase might read something like: The music of knowledge cannot gratify our desire.

    2. cf. Nietzsche’s line in Twilight of the Idols: “I fear we do not get rid of God, because we still believe in grammar…” (119).

    Works Cited

    • Barad, Karen. “Matter Feels, Converses, Suffers, Desires, Yearns, and Remembers.” New Materialisms: Interviews and Cartographies, edited by Rick Dolphijn and Iris van der Tuin, Michigan Publishing / University of Michigan Library, 2012, quod.lib.umich.edu/o/ohp/11515701.0001.001/1:4.3/–new-materialism-interviewscartographies?rgn=div2;view=fulltext. Accessed 18 Jul. 2020.
    • Bellour, Raymond. Le Corps du cinéma: Hypnoses, émotions, animalités. P.O.L., 2009.
    • —. Pensées du cinéma: Les Films qu’on accompagne, le cinéma qu’on cherche à ressaisir. P.O.L., 2016.
    • Bersani, Leo, and Ulysse Dutoit. Caravaggio’s Secrets. MIT P, 1998.
    • —. “Merde Alors.” October, vol. 13, Summer 1980, pp. 22-35.
    • Blanchot, Maurice. “The Essential Solitude.” Translated by Lydia Davis. The Station Hill.
    • Blanchot Reader, edited by George Quasha, Station Hill Press, 1999, pp. 401-415.
    • —. “The Song of the Sirens.” Translated by Lydia Davis. The Station Hill Blanchot Reader, edited by George Quasha, Station Hill Press, 1999, pp. 443-450.
    • —. The Space of Literature. Translated by Ann Smock, U of Nebraska P, 1982.
    • Calasso, Roberto. The Forty-Nine Steps. Translated by John Shepley, U of Minnesota P, 2001.
    • Deleuze, Gilles. Cinema 2: The Time Image. Translated by Hugh Tomlinson and Robert Galeta, U of Minnesota P, 1989.
    • Kafka, Franz. The Trial. Translated by Breon Mitchell, Schocken Books, 1998.
    • —. The Zürau Aphorisms. Translated by Michael Hofmann and Geoffrey Bock, edited by Roberto Calasso, Schocken Books, 2006.
    • Kundera, Milan. The Unbearable Lightness of Being. 1984. Translated by Michael Henry Heim, Harper Collins, 1999.
    • Lévi-Strauss, Claude. Tristes Tropiques. Translated by John and Doreen Weightman, Athenium, 1973.
    • Nietzsche, Friedrich. The Twilight of the Idols. 1888. The Works of Friedrich Nietzche, vol. XI, translated by Thomas Common, MacMillan and Co., 1896., pp. 93-231.
    • Rimbaud, Arthur. “Conte.” A Season in Hell & Illuminations, translated by Bertrand Mathieu, BOA Editions, 1991, p. 86.
  • The Power of Absolute Nothing:Psycho-Sexual Fascination and Sadomasochism in Secretary

    Kwasu D. Tembo (bio)

    Abstract

    In the psychoanalytic theories of Sigmund Freud and Lacan, the term fascination – which connotes being immobilized, charmed, enchanted, attracted, enraptured, seized, captured, and/or dazzled by the power of the gaze – also evokes dynamics of power. Fascination is associated with the hypnotic bondage of love that paralyzes critical faculties and leads to dependence, docile submission, and jejune credulity; it is also associated with sexual relationships. This paper theorizes the psycho-sexual consequences of the relationship between sadomasochism and fascination through Steven Shainberg’s Secretary (2002).

    Introduction: Secretary and Fascination

    Applied to states, objects, and persons in sources as diverse as songs, films, and viral videos, the term fascination typically has positive connotations in contemporary usage. However, the etymological associations of fascination, which include being immobilized by the power of the gaze, charmed, enchanted, attracted, enraptured, seized, captured, dazzled, suggest more sinister origins in its predication on power and the dynamics of interpersonal/interobjective mediation. Within the psychoanalytic tradition, Sigmund Freud connects fascination with amorousness in Group Psychology and the Analysis of the Ego (1921), in which psycho-sexual fascination refers to the negatively dis-agential binding properties that Freud calls the “bondage” of love (113). In Seminar XI and in Écrits, Jacques Lacan uses the term to explore the problem of the imaginary relationship between the self and the loved Other or the authority figure, whereby fascination is inextricable from the process of ego formation.

    The inextricable relationship between psycho-sexual amorousness and fascination is a germane point of departure in the exploration of the issues and debates surrounding feminist responses to and critiques of sadomasochism, and the broader idea of female masochism. Even a cursory glance at the work of feminist scholars engaging with sadomasochism—including Patricia Cross and Kim Matheson, Lisa Downing, Andrea Beckmann, Katherine Martinez, and Ingrid Olson—suggests that the relationships between feminism, sadomasochism, and other paraphilias in which explicit tension between sexuality and power are central, are controversial. While it could be argued that an auteur can portray the physical dynamics, flows, and negotiations of power within both sexual and non-sexual contexts using acts or symbols of power—for example, through sociopolitical or economic affluence as in Sam Taylor-Johnson’s 50 Shades of Grey (2015), or more directly through extreme impact violence in Michael Winterbottom’s The Killer Inside Me (2010)—it is vastly more difficult to portray the ephemeral phenomena associated with and resulting from such acts, particularly the role of fascination in sadomasochistic relationships. This paper theorizes sadomasochistic psycho-sexual fascination by exploring common phenomenological and philological understandings of fascination alongside Freudian and Lacanian interpretations in relation to Steven Shainberg’s Secretary (2002). I begin by discussing psychoanalytical thought on fascination in order to orient my subsequent analysis of Secretary. I then explore the relation between fascination and sadomasochism in Secretary in the context of feminist critiques of power and female masochism more broadly.

    The Power and the State: A Sketch of Common Interpretations of Fascination

    Non-psychoanalytic definitions of fascination typically refer to the same set of concepts. Steven Connor describes the phenomenon as a direct derivation of the Latin fascinare, “meaning to bewitch or enchant” (9): “until the nineteenth century and even beyond, the word retained this strong association with the idea of the maleficent exercise of occult or supernatural force” (9). Similarly, Brigette Weingart states that the Greco-Roman etymology of fascination both explicitly and implicitly “locates the notion within the history of magic (or, depending upon your perspective, superstition)” (74). Historically, the power of fascination, its transmission and experience, has characteristically been assumed to be the province of sight/looking, predicated on the Medusa-Perseus archetype in Greco-Roman mythology. According to Tobin Siebers, the head of Medusa fascinates because “its horrifying countenance spontaneously transforms its beholder to stone [and] yet the mask of Medusa also serves an apotropaic function, as do all masks, by protecting its wearer against fascination. The mask of Medusa once more presents a familiar paradox: the Gorgoneion both causes and cures the evil eye. Yet Perseus also carries and cures the disease of fascination” (58). Louis Marin notes that this central paradox, between elevation and the degeneration inherent in fascination, is also at the heart of the symbol of Medusa’s head: “we have, then, two Medusas in one: a horrible monster as well as a striking beauty: the fascination of contraries mixed together” (140). Jean-Pierre Vernant explicates the notion of fascination as a type of infection or psychologically viral power that entraps and ensnares, whose functioning also latently involves reciprocity, mutuality, and transference: “fascination means that man can no longer detach his gaze and turn his face away from this Power; it means that his eye is lost in the eye of this Power, which looks at him as he looks at it, and that he himself is thrust into the world over which this Power presides” (221).

    The understanding of fascination as a force of transmission and reception through an invisible but omnipresent substance or effluvium saw a revival in the nineteenth century’s preoccupation with the occult, spiritualism, hypnosis, and mesmerism. Connor notes that “the power of the mesmerist to fascinate or entrance his subjects was most commonly explained as the effect of magnetic or electrical forces originating in the body of the mesmerizer and passing across to his subjects” (11). The implication here is that the actions of the power of fascination, while seeming mono-directional, are in fact fundamentally governed by a bidirectional exchange between reciprocally fascinated subjects and/or entities. Alongside this nineteenth-century understanding of fascination as a pseudo-supernatural force, which produces alterations in the psyche that simultaneously liberate and enslave, is a decidedly aesthetic understanding of fascination. According to Hans Ulrich Seeber, the value of fascination, its “raison d’etre, [is to] be justified by the degree of intense admiration it can, by means of its beauty, provoke, both in the artist and the recipient. But intense admiration means simply that the work of art must be an object that fascinates, that lives from the radiant power of its suggestion, its ambiguous surface” (322; emphasis mine).

    Even if pursued from a purely aesthetic standpoint, psycho-sexual fascination can similarly have numerous modalities and flows: the body, its curves, sensuous movements, and lineaments, but also its scars, wounds, scents, and maladies. However, the psycho-sexual fascination of BDSM takes the purely aesthetic dimension of fascination further into (oftentimes radical) haptic zones, whereby fascination becomes sensationalized and not merely aestheticized. In sadomasochistic interactions, fascination is both seen and felt. It is brought into the body, into its climactic capacities and the ephemeral zones of the subconscious, the innenwelt, in which the play between desire, passion, fantasy, and ethical negotiations of trust and consent in domination and submissiveness occurs. Here, there is a distinct difference between interest (or liking) and fascination. The former connotes fleetingness, alterability, and even its antonym, boredom. The latter carries with it connotations of witchcraft and, at its most radical, obsession, fanaticism, and madness: “[w]hereas ‘liking’ designates a relatively mild feeling in the aesthetic sphere, ‘fascination’, like hypnosis, affects the whole personality perhaps to the point of unbalance” (Seeber 332). Due to its power to destabilize, inherent in fascination is always already the suggestion that it also “contains an admixture of something potentially disturbing and powerful which makes it impossible for the beholder to retain an aloof, aesthetic stance” (Seeber 329).

    The notion of being drawn forth in an irresistible manner despite or because of the intimated dangers of agential loss in fascination may suggest the inescapable negativity in/of fascination. However, this very negativity is also an essential part of the power and appeal of fascination. For sadomasochism it is important that the state of being fascinated “does not necessarily have to be experienced as an oppressive loss of self-determination, but can take the form of a readiness to be invaded and/or borne away by exterior forces” (Weingart 97). The fascinating experience does not, however, occur in isolation. Implied in this definition is also the notion of a transmission of emotions, a connective process between a subject and an exterior agency, which, by being fascinating, cannot be fully appropriated (Weingart 74).

    Verliebte Hörigkeit, Pleasure, Excess, and Death: On the Psychoanalytics of Fascination in Freud and Lacan

    My attempt to theorize fascination in relation to sadomasochism is indebted to psychoanalytic interpretations of fascination and its associated phenomena, which have been developed by Sigmund Freud and Jacques Lacan. In Group Psychology and the Analysis of the Ego, Freudian fascination takes as a part of its basic definition the etymological intimations of immobility, charm, dazzle, and enchantment outlined above. However, Freud draws these meanings together with the idea of the paralysis of the critical faculties of lovers, as well as the phenomena of (co)dependence, docility, submission, and psycho-emotional impressionability that occur when in love.1 Freud’s earliest considerations of the relationship between fascination, love, and hypnagogic states appear in his 1890 essay “Psychical (or Mental) Treatment.” Referring to the docility, obedience, and credulity of the hypnotized individual, Freud argues that a situation producing this type of “subjection on the part of one person towards another has only one parallel, though a complete one—namely in certain love-relationships where there is extreme devotion. A combination of exclusive attachment and credulous obedience is in general among the characteristics of love” (296). Freud returns to this reading in 1918 in his essay “The Taboo of Virginity,” in which he discusses the psychoanalytic aspects of love and sexual bondage. Here, “sexual bondage” refers to “the phenomenon of a person’s acquiring an unusually high degree of dependence and lack of self-reliance in relation to another person with whom he [or she] has a sexual relationship” (193). Freud goes on to posit that “this bondage can on occasion extend very far, as far as the loss of all independent will and as far as causing a person to suffer the greatest sacrifices of his [or her] own interests” (193). A basic affective tenet of Freudian fascination is that the fascinated individual is subject to psychological and emotional entrapment and to the perceptible and manipulable diminishment of the will and the faculties: a disadvantaging of the self that is the primary determinant of the value of being itself. It is important to note that the development of Freud’s thinking about fascination can be plotted on a rather steep incline, the antipodes of which centralize the oppositional states of passivity and activity. From a static state of psycho-emotional hypnosis to the forceful submission of the fascinated devotee, Freudian fascination indirectly contains within it the kernel of a sadomasochistic truth: namely, that to be fascinated is to occupy and/or be subject to a paradoxical force/subject position. To be fascinated is simultaneously to be all powerful and powerless, to be the enclosure of an empty space (metaphorically, like the cosmological phenomenon of the black hole); to be fascinated is to both be and to be subject to the seemingly insuperable power of absolute nothing.

    The principal functioning of fascination as a bidirectional exchange is seemingly absent from Freud’s thinking on the subject. It is an odd omission considering that inherent in the idea of binding one thing to another is the concept of cooperation, which, in turn, is implicit in Freud’s conceptualization of fascination as a state of amorous bondage (verliebte Hörigkeit). The most interesting and pertinent aspect of Freud’s and Lacan’s respective discussions of fascination is the relation to sadomasochism, the death drive, and jouissance. While Freud identifies fascination and/or fascinated states with the death drive and indeed amorousness and its devotions—as always already tending toward termination and repetition—he does not explicitly associate the death drive with sexual drives. In 1964, Freud and Lacan diverge on the status of the death drive, Lacan viewing the phenomenon as an irreducible aspect of every drive. In Seminar XI, Lacan states that “the distinction between the life drive and the death drive is true in as much as it manifests two aspects of the drive” (257). He underscores this position in his essay “Position of the Unconscious” (1960), stating that “every drive is virtually a death drive” for three reasons, two of which are relevant to my discussion of psycho-sexual fascination (275). First, every drive is a death drive because every drive pursues its own extinction. Second, every drive presents an attempt to go beyond the ideological prohibitions against the subject’s pursuit and eventual attainment of supra-moral pleasure—known in psychoanalysis as the pleasure principle. The subject seeks to transgress the stricture of the pleasure principle in relation to a psycho-sexual zone of excess, or jouissance, where pleasure/enjoyment is experienced as pain/suffering. The relationship between sexuality and excessive stimuli is succinctly summed up by Ruth Stein, who notes that excessive over and/or under-stimulation, including affective states of heightened anxiety, pain, and humiliation, can become or be experientially “transformed” into psycho-sexual pleasure (50).

    What is most interesting to note here is that both psycho-sexual fascination and the death drive operate through the action of a paradoxical undifferentiating ambivalence in the bondage of fascinated and fascinator to one another. While the essential bidirectional exchange that occurs between fascinator and fascinated—or for example between a dominant (dom) and a submissive (sub) in the context of a BDSM relationship—may suggest a mono-directional flow of power from f to f (dom to sub), both are ultimately fascinated by each other. Because the dominant ultimately submits to the submissive’s submission, the distinction between dominated and dominator, as with the distinction between the life drive and the death drive, is ultimately symbolic. Denuded of their “symbols of office,” both the fascination and desire of the dominant and the submissive tend toward the same terminus. While one might assume from observing the symbolic behavior of master and bondsman practiced in BDSM that it is only the submissive who somehow seeks transcendence from themself through the radical acquiescence of submission and the violence and degradation of domination (which are brought together in play to result in a symbolic death), the dominant is equally engaged in seeking symbolic death and transcendence in, through, and because of the submissive. The submissive “makes himself the instrument of the Other’s jouissance” just as much, albeit through different procedures, as the dominant (Lacan, Écrits 320). Both dominant and submissive, sadist and masochist, are fascinated by the same thing in their attempt to transgress the pleasure principle to its limit; both are ultimately trying to go “as far as [they] can along the path of jouissance” through, against, and because of one another (323). As Pansy Duncan rightly notes, fascination’s supra-subjective status ultimately suggests that “what fascinates [ … ] is always fascination itself” (89).

    From a psychoanalytic standpoint, sadism and masochism are both modalities of the drive for/of fascination, which underpins all human sexuality and is brought into stark relief in psycho-sexual relationships involving power play up to and including death. My understanding of sadomaschism derives from Gary Taylor and Jane Ussher’s definition: “SM is best understood as comprising those behaviours which are characterized by a contrived, often symbolic, unequable distribution of power involving the giving and/or receiving of physical and/or psychological stimulation. It often involves acts which would generally be considered ‘painful’ and/or humiliating or subjugating, but which are consensual and for the purpose of sexual arousal, and are understood by the participant to be SM” (301). Taylor and Ussher go on to note that reductive definitions of sadomasochism that emphasize pain do so at the risk of obfuscating the primacy of the experience of power differentials as erotic.2 BDSM practices that are considered “extreme” or “dangerous” are thus said to provoke the greatest risks of psychic and physical harm. As Downing suggests, the very notion of “edgeplay” suggests that such practices function precisely through their proximity to a limit, which simultaneously necessitates both their judicial and clinical prohibition and their transgressive pursuit.3 In the case of extreme psycho-sexual fascinations involving power play that potentiates death as an essential part of eroticism (symphorophilia, knife and/or extreme breathplay), Downing suggests that psycho-sexual extremes of this and lesser natures still hold fascination—as well as controversy—over death-driven sexuality in our contemporary milieu of so-called sexual liberalism because “it is more specifically that we have a problem with the idea of validating the right to consent to a sexually pleasurable death” (10).4

    The relationship between psycho-sexual fascination and sadomasochism starts with Freud’s interpolation of Krafft-Ebing’s 1893 coinage.5 In Three Essays on the Theory of Sexuality (1905), Freud’s usage of the term sadomasochism similarly posits an inherent link between sadism and masochism. Unlike Freud, who posits sadism as primary, Lacan argues that masochism is primary and that sadism is derived therefrom. In Seminar XI, Lacan states that “sadism is merely the disavowal of masochism” (186). Lacan gives special privilege to masochism among the drives, regarding it as the limit-experience in the subject’s attempt to transgress the pleasure principle through a preferred experience of eroticized, psycho-sexually fascinating pain (Écrits 778).6

    Lacan’s views on the nature of sexual relationships also help elucidate an interesting aspect of psycho-sexual fascination; namely, that successful, or sustained, psycho-sexual fascination is predicated on ignorance. According to Lacan, the sexual drives are essentially partial in that they are not directed toward a complete or whole person but towards what he calls part objects. In this sense, the psycho-sexual relationship is not between two subjects but rather two partial objects, whose partiality is not only reciprocal but also reciprocally fascinating. In order for fascination to maintain itself as long as possible for both fascinator and fascinated, each cannot fully know the other. The imprecise intimations of the mutual unknown are, paradoxically, precisely what compel the shared fascination produced and experienced between the two. Similarly, in a sadomasochistic arrangement, the fascination of the sub in the dom is partially based on the sub’s ignorance of the depth of what we could call the dom’s will or drive to death. It is this undisclosed potential, with all its connotations of danger, that excites the sub’s fascination, not necessarily in the dom themself, but in how far they are willing to go, how near death they are willing to push the sub. Equally, the depths of the sub’s submissiveness, that is, the sub’s potential will to submit to death, must also remain mysterious to the dom in order to excite their fascination in attempting to test this limit of death, both in themself and in/through the sub. While this position may seem extreme, Katherine Franke points out that psycho-sexual fascination is, in many ways and to many different degrees, a necessarily dangerous idea of what can be a necessarily dangerous feeling:

    Desire is not subject to cleaning up, to being purged of its nasty, messy, perilous dimensions, full of contradictions and the complexities of simultaneous longing and denial. It is precisely the proximity to danger, the lure of prohibition, the seamy side of shame that creates the heat that draws us toward our desires, and that makes desire and pleasure so resistant to rational explanation. It is also what makes pleasure, not a contradiction of or haven from danger, but rather a close relation. These aspects of desire have been marginalized, if not vanquished, from feminist legal theorizing about women’s sexuality. (207)

    The truly extreme (and, I argue, beautiful) aspect of the above proposition centers on the idea of the trust required not only to accept this potentially deadly ignorance, but to experience it as ecstatic pleasure, to pursue the inherent potential danger of psycho-sexual fascination—up to and including death—as an essential part of the rapprochement of sadomasochistic relationships, which should not be limned by either dom or sub. While the dom and sub are mutually undifferentiated by the supra-subjective force of psycho-sexual fascination, they are also mutually undifferentiated by the necessity of ignorance in its exploration and pursuit. Within the context of sadomasochistic relations, the notion of fascination helps us to think about the profoundly bidirectional exchange of bondage.

    Entangled Emancipation: Fascination, Sadomasochism, and Feminism

    The subject of sadomasochism, or power play, is fraught within feminist critical literatures in which its positional demarcations are clear. Each position attempts to negotiate the sociopolitical, cultural, and medical issues and debates that confirm and contradict what Jane Gallop describes as Western post-feminist sexual norms: “The norm for feminist sexuality is an egalitarian relation of tenderness and caring where each partner is considered as a ‘whole person’ rather than as an object of sexual fantasy” (107). Simultaneously, however, this norm, constructed as a response to oppressive heterosexist relationships, has its own oppressive moralizing force that “condemns pleasure that is not subordinate to it” (108). Within this discursive milieu, feminist perspectives on sadomasochism are generally bifurcated. On the one hand, one feminist position typically holds that sadomasochism is condemnable on account of its professed objectification of women and its eroticization of violence. On the other hand, sex-radical (sometimes known as sex-positive) feminists maintain that S/M is merely one aspect of its overarching pursuit of sexual pluralism and alternative sexualities. Maneesha Deckha describes sex-radicalism as a feminist position that champions “sexual practices such as pornography, sex work/prostitution, and sadomasochism as empowering practices for women and correspondingly characterize attempts to regulate sex as repressive” (430).7 For some, the type of psycho-sexual fascination represented in Secretary can be considered incompatible with feminist ideals of healthy sexuality. However, I argue that such a position must also and necessarily acknowledge a simple fact: in view of the vastly inexhaustible, powerful, complex, and indeed fascinating manifolds of human sexuality, “it would be too dismissive to immediately regard consensual rough or painful sex as unfeminist” (Deckha 435).

    The complexity pervading the interrelationships between pain and pleasure, morality and immorality, health and malady, social justice and patriarchal oppression defies facile categorization. There are two primary reasons for this. First, psycho-sexually sadomasochistic relationships have an interesting sense of radical play inherent in them, which simultaneously appears to affirm and negate the repressive power of heteronormative sexuality. In this way, S/M has an inherently subversive dimension where both men and women consensually (and often radically) exchange power for their own (mutual) erotic fascination. Even where women are masochists, the nature of sadomasochism contravenes the conservative fantasy of ideal romantic love, and the sacralized fetish-cum-norm of white female heterosexual innocence. More importantly, sadomasochism challenges any essentializing understanding of heterosexual masculine and feminine identities as fundamentally empowered or disempowered. In sadomasochistic encounters, it is typical for masochists to act as “dictatorial submissives” who, by and through their submission, determine the remit of play, which is another way of saying that they determine the distance from the limit that both dom and sub will reach during said encounters.

    The second reason these positions defy classification pertains to the nature of submission itself. Deckha argues that while the source of physical power may ostensibly reside with the sadist/dom—especially obvious in impact play scenarios in which the giver of violence is assumed to wield all power—the direction of its discharge is not only solely focused on but determined by the masochist/sub. Downing refers to this paradox as the “dialectical nature of S&M, the fact that it is the bottom, rather than the top, who calls the shots by setting the limits of the scene, making the demands, and having attention paid to his or her desires” (12). The implication here is that there is a more complex relationship between psycho-sexual submission and surrender. Following Deckha, I suggest that the psycho-sexual submissive does not lose (and in many ways actually accrues) agency as such: “the masochist’s intentions may be understood as a complete and active surrender to the activity and the sensations and effects it produces for the surrendered (rather than submissive or pornographic) subject” (438).8 Thomas Weinberg’s seemingly commonsense observation is important in terms of our approach to sadomasochism and other forms of non-normative psycho-sexual fascination. Weinberg argues that “if we wish to understand S/M motivations and behavior, we must look to the definitions provided by these people rather than attempt to impose our own preconceived notions upon this activity” (58). In my discussion of Secretary, the protagonists’ descriptions of their own sexuality are imperative to interpreting the nature of their respective psycho-sexual fascinations.

    Other feminist scholars have championed this sex-positive position of sadomasochistic plurality and both the causal and the participatory dynamism that approaches extreme psycho-sexual fascinations beyond pathological and judicial stigma, as well as the repressiveness of biopower. Martha Nussbaum, for example, states that consensual S/M acts can be empowering because the “willingness to be vulnerable to the infliction of pain, in some respects a sharper stimulus than pleasure, manifests a more complete trust and receptivity than could be found in other sexual acts” (280). Adjacent to this philosophico-ethical position is the problem of sadomasochism’s relationship with capitalism. More recent feminist perspectives see sadomasochism—perhaps the ur-representation of kink in the collective imagination—as having been systematically interpellated into the various ideological apparatuses of the state, from cinema to haute couture, advertising, pop music, and numerous other modes of commercialized mainstream representations of sexuality, as well as the expansion of both the ideology of sexual libertarianism and the sexo-industrial marketplace. It is right, therefore, to consider Alex Dymock’s point concerning the enervation of psycho-sexual fascination: “if kink is not protected from the normalizing effects of the commercialization of sex, it loses a validity and authenticity that it might have otherwise” (55). Issues concerning self-care and sexual health are also included in this institutionalizing movement. As a result, while capitalist enterprise often attempts to monetize the public’s ongoing fascination with their own psycho-sexual extremes, which are simultaneously prohibited and encouraged by the state itself, sadomasochism has also been claimed as a potent and effective means of encouraging self-discovery. Far from a tool for galvanizing record or movie ticket sales, many practitioners and non-practitioners alike argue that sadomasochistic psycho-sexuality represents a form of radical “safer” sex, and that it can also contribute to relaxation.

    With the above psychoanalytic and feminist understandings of the way psycho-sexual fascination involves power play, the main questions precipitating my exploration of Secretary are: does the text present the extreme fascinations of sadomasochism in a positive or negative light? And how does this text help to further elucidate the psychological and emotional subtleties of psycho-sexual fascination? Narrativized and consumed in media, the cases presented in Secretary also become a part of the Hollywood media-industrial machine. Commentaries on psycho-sexual fascination and its modalities emanate from this cultural and sociopolitical position, one that “still operate[s] as a kind of disciplinary mechanism, further marginalizing paradigms of female masochism that are cast outside the legal and clinical binary of health and harm” (Dymock 55). With that in mind, how does psycho-sexual fascination function in Secretary?

    “You Are Part of a Great Tradition”: Sadomasochistic Fascination in Secretary

    Secretary follows Lee Holloway (Maggie Gyllenhaal), the socially awkward youngest daughter of a dysfunctional family, as she adjusts to life outside of psychiatric care. The film’s opening reveals that Lee was institutionalized following a near-fatal incident of self-harm. Her reintegration into society involves her striking up an amorous relationship with a high school acquaintance named Peter (Jeremy Davies), learning to type, and endeavoring to find employment as a secretary. She is eventually hired by an idiosyncratic attorney named E. Edward Grey (James Spader), who is attracted to and ensnared by Lee’s social awkwardness, disheveled appearance, and technical over-qualification for the position. Their initial exchange acts as a prelude for the pair’s subsequent mutual, that is, bidirectional exchange of bondage, or fascination. Ostensibly, Grey is perturbed at first by Lee’s own quietly eccentric behavior as well as by the errors in her work. However, he is simultaneously psycho-sexually aroused by her unlimited submissiveness, drawn to the ostensibly unending space she makes of and within herself, which is presented as an unspoken invitation for Grey to occupy and fill, but also leads to his becoming ensnared by and bound to her. After discovering Lee’s propensity for self-harm, Grey commands her to cease such behavior entirely. She agrees and the pair begin a sadomasochistic relationship. Her submission to Grey precipitates a psychological, sexual, emotional, and identitarian awakening in Lee. In contrast, Lee’s power as a submissive creates heightened feelings of insecurity and vulnerability in Grey, most severely in the form of shame and self-disgust at his sadistic psycho-sexual fascinations. The bidirectional exchange of bondage and the phenomenon of the submissive’s power in being fascinating are precisely what fascinates Grey and what binds him to her radical acquiescence, ultimately causing him to submit to the power of Lee’s submission. Grey subsequently fires Lee, who then attempts to find other avenues for her burgeoning submissiveness. Alongside these failed attempts is her decision to pursue a more conventional relationship with Peter, who proposes to Lee. While Lee initially accepts the proposal, she later flees to Grey during a fitting for her wedding gown. She confronts Grey at his office, declaring her love for him. He commands her to sit in a chair, hands and feet planted firm, and to remain that way until he releases her, a test not only of her submissiveness, but of his fascination by it. Lee submits and maintains this position for three days and nights. Numerous individuals, including Peter, family members, and acquaintances, visit Lee, each attempting to either dissuade or encourage her in her submissiveness. Grey watches unseen, psycho-sexually fascinated—that is, bound to her binding to the bondage he imposes upon her—by the seemingly inexhaustible depths of Lee’s submissiveness. After the event that local media refer to as “The Lee Holloway Hunger Strike,” Grey returns to the office and takes the dehydrated and malnourished Lee to his home where he bathes and attends to her. The film concludes with the suggestion that Lee and Grey begin a happy sadomasochistic relationship following their marriage.

    A cursory glance at the critical responses to Secretary suggests a mixture of contentious and defensive positions. For example, reviewer Merle Bertrand writes that “Feminists Will Hate This Movie,” while Ed Gonzales of Slant Magazine writes, “Secretary May Fray Some Feminist Nerves.” More elaborate stances, marked by a latently defensive (and indeed male) sentiment, also emerge. Carlo Cavagna of AboutFilm argues that “[t]raditional feminist thinking, of course, would see Lee’s [Maggie Gyllenhaal] behaviour as incompatible with feminine equality. The analysis would be that Lee is objectified, used, and the repository of all Mr. Grey’s [James Spader] abusive male desires.” Cavagna goes on to claim that “if the roles were reversed, the gender politics of the relationship would not need to be discussed. The roles could easily be reversed. You could make almost exactly the same movie with male Lee and a Ms. Grey … or with two men … or with two women. Only when the male is dominant and the female is submissive do people insist on seeing the relationship as an expression of society’s patriarchal power structure.” Arguing that the film should not be viewed in intractably gendered terms—a difficult task considering the narrative and its subject matter—New York Times reviewer Stephan Holden suggests that “[s]ome may see Secretary [ … ] as a slap in the face to orthodox feminist thinking, since the concept of sexual harassment doesn’t seem to occur to anybody.”

    Perhaps the most vociferous critique of the film from a feminist perspective comes from Brenda Cossman. Cossman writes that, on the one hand, Lee can be construed as “an emotionally abused young woman (she comes from a dysfunctional family, with an alcoholic father), who first learns to abuse herself through self-mutilation, and then learns to redirect her abuse outward, by having someone else do it for her,” whereby her narrative is nothing but

    a story of abuse, self and other. And it is a story of the conventional exercise of heterosexual power and desire; a rescue fantasy in which the young woman is saved only to be abused again by her saviour (to say nothing of the sexual objectification of women for audience consumption). It is a film that celebrates the eroticizing of dominance and the submission of women, made all the worse by its tongue-in-cheek irony and its fantastical settings. This feminist narrative might also comment on the plot twist, in which Lee and Gray [sic] settle down into wedded, domestic bliss. The storybook ending is simply the story of the sexual subordination of all women—sexual dominance and submission within heterosexual marriage.(868)

    This position contrasts strongly with screenwriter Erin Wilson’s authorial position, which could be described as following sadomasochistic psycho-sexual fascination as a bidirectional exchange of bondage. As Wilson writes in commentary on the screenplay, Lee’s story engages with “the sexiest, strongest, and most empowering part of being submissive: that it can be an expression of strength of character to bow down and surrender to love and passion,” what Wilson describes as her “idea of feminism” (qtd. in Cossman 869).

    According to Cossman, the sex-radical position would, first, not view S/M practices, desires, and/or fascinations as invariably harmful to Lee. It acknowledges that these are, even if only potentially so, subversive and pleasurable practices, desires, and/or fascinations, and as such, bi-directional exchanges of power. The goal would be to countenance Lee’s complex of submission, domination, degradation, abuse, and fascination (that is, also a binding/being bound to) for/toward these areas of play as equally complex expressions of the inexhaustible flows of female sexuality. In view of the sex-radical acknowledgement that sex and sexuality are ambivalent, the focus of any critique launched from this position would focus on the fact that the sadomasochistic fascinations pursued by Lee and Grey are mutually consensual, bidirectional exchanges of psycho-sexual power and energy, each expressing agency and will in pursuit of exploring their respective and shared psycho-sexual fascinations (Cossman 869). From a sex-radical perspective, Lee and Grey affirmatively interpellate the psycho-sexual power and fascination of abjection, shame, danger, and potential death in both their respective and shared explorations of psycho-sexual fascination. Each seeks the self-annihilation and/or undoing of subjecthood and a merger with powerful forces beyond the self that are discussed by Leo Bersani, who suggests that the “sexual emerges as the jouissance of exploded limits” (217) and further that “sexual pleasure occurs whenever a certain threshold of intensity is reached, when the organization of the self is momentarily disturbed by sensations or affective processes somehow ‘beyond’ those connected with psychic organization” (197). This accords with Lee’s own description of her fascination, her entrapment by the potently alluring but also redemptive forces and ideas of sadomasochism distilled by an excerpt from the audio cassette book she listens to during one of her lunch breaks in the early part of the second act of the film titled, “How to Come out as a Dominant/Submissive”: “Most people think that the best way to live is to run from pain. But a much more joyful life…embraces the entire spectrum of human feeling. If we can fully experience pain as well as pleasure, we can live a much deeper and more meaningful life.”

    It could be argued by detractors of the film and its sex-radical message that the said message is already undermined by the film’s opening, when the viewer learns that Lee has just been released from psychiatric care. On the one hand, the criticism here would hold that any sex-radical hermeneutic concerning her sense of psycho-sexual growth and development must first take into account her pathological status and behavior; namely, the fact that the Lee ritually self-harms and keeps a self-harm kit (what I call a “masokit”) under her bed, full of sharp implements, such as scalpel blades and cuticle scissors, which she makes recourse to as a means of both expressing and nullifying her psycho-emotional turmoil. On the other hand, it could also be argued that Lee’s reliance on stricture, rule, and the rigidity of a schedule that offers her stability, order, and peace of mind (which she is reluctant to leave behind in institutional form) is not the only way she can attain these same effects. For Lee, regardless of method and safety, the ardent pursuit of pain acts as an emotional valve through which she can attain an emotional release. Her fascination, as well as her binding, is with/to the paradoxically psycho-emotionally ameliorative attributes of physical pain. In so many respects, an individual with a psycho-sexual fascination with pain and stricture is an ideal vessel/practitioner for the fascinating power of sadomasochism.

    The seemingly perfect union of Lee and Grey is announced in the introduction of Grey himself. He is shown to be a man both deeply obsessed and fascinated with order. During Lee’s interview, Grey is shown to be deeply drawn to her, predisposed to “fall” into her on account of how closed off she seems, and yet how open she is to accepting/acquiescing to power, instruction, and domination. This is confirmed early in the film when Grey cannot find a file of case notes. Without hesitating out of concern for odor, illness, or injury, Lee offers to jump into the garbage dumpster in order to try and locate them. Grey is subsequently entrapped, enfolded, invited, and drawn in by Lee’s willingness to debase herself for him. He watches secretly yet excitedly from the window as she rummages, having to resort to physical exercise to literally work off the bodily effects of his psycho-sexual fascination, his burgeoning binding to her, in what he observes. Interestingly, he throws away the very same notes she struggled so hard to find as a test not only of her submissive willingness, but the limits of her submissiveness. This preoccupation with the limit causes the dynamic and character of their relationship to deteriorate into cruelty for detractors of the film, and to bloom or intensify into cruelty for its supporters. Grey becomes increasingly critical and dismissive of Lee, giving her large amounts of unnecessary work to complete. Because she continues to obey, so too does his entrapment by/within the seeming limitlessness of Lee’s submissiveness continue, a directly proportional exchange of fascination that ultimately compels him further and further down a path of mutually binding psycho-sexual fascination.

    Perhaps the most devastating way Grey exerts power over Lee is by first removing her primary fascination, namely her self-harm, and replacing its affective aptitude with himself. Consider the following exchange:

    GREY:
    Why do you cut yourself, Lee?

    LEE: I don’t know.

    GREY:
    Is it that sometimes the pain inside has to come to the surface … and when you see evidence of the pain inside … you finally know you’re really here? Then when you watch the wound heal it’s comforting, isn’t it?

    LEE:
    I … that’s a way to put it.

    GREY:
    I’m going to tell you something. Are you ready to listen?

    LEE:
    Yes.

    GREY:
    Are you listening? You will never … ever … cut yourself again. Do you understand? Have I made that perfectly clear? You’re over that now. It’s in the past.

    LEE:
    Yes.

    GREY:
    Never again.

    LEE:
    Okay.

    [ … ] GREY:
    I want you to take a nice walk home … in the fresh air, because you require relief. Because you won’t be doing that anymore, will you?

    LEE:
    No, sir.

    GREY:
    Good.

    Grey takes Lee’s cutting and her fascination for and binding to it from her, a process she submits to as the most important, albeit subtle, symbol of her total submission to him. This substitution, and indeed exchange, of fascination comes to a climax during the first overtly sadomasochistic encounter between the two. After Grey spanks Lee for the first time, she staggers to the bathroom as if mesmerized and upon gaining some privacy, she inspects her bruised buttocks. She is shown to experience a moment of orgasmic relief. It is clear at this point that the fascination Lee had with the implements of her masokit was not contained by them, but was an effect of what they could produce, namely relief through pain. Unlike the inert cuticle scissors she uses to attain psycho-emotional relief, Grey has a will of his own. In taking the kit away and subjecting her to the release of acute physical pain, he becomes her relief and/or transfers or exchanges the power of her psycho-sexual relief through pain from the implements and her manipulation of them to himself. In so doing, he also becomes her primary implement, that is, means, of psycho-sexual fascination. This transfer or exchange of fascinating power is bidirectional and binds each to the other; it is formally and symbolically marked by the fact that after this initial beating, Lee discards her masokit. The bidirectionality or mutuality of this exchange cannot be stressed enough. While Grey succeeds in becoming her fascination and further stoking her need for it by denying her it, Lee also becomes his fascination. This exchange is symbolized most clearly by Grey’s discarding the symbol of his domination, which is not a whip, or collar, or chastity belt, as is common in sadomasochistic relationships. Instead, Grey disposes of his collection of red markers. In controlling her fascination, he controls her pleasure, sense of self, and raison d’etre but also simultaneously submits to its (re)discovery, development, and power.

    Born in the Absolute: The Limits of Psycho-Sexual Fascination as a Bidirectional Exchange of Bondage in Secretary

    While it would seem that Secretary concludes that the transfer of fascinating power between Lee and Grey is completely mono-directional, the most interesting subtext of Shainberg’s exploration of sadomasochism is the limit of the psycho-sexual power the sadist/dom exerts over the masochist/sub. The first instance of this limit is very subtle. After having engaged in various forms of sadomasochism, from pony play to food denial to psychedelic masturbatory fantasy sessions, Lee purposefully leaves a typing error uncorrected in the hopes that Grey will punish her for the infraction. Not only does he fail to spot it, he also appears too busy to notice her sensually and overtly licking an envelope in a direct attempt to coax his (des)ire. She offers to return later and is left frustrated by his limited attention. Here, something interesting begins to take shape whereby his normative reaction is seen as frustrating and hurtful to Lee, whereas non-normative behavior between the attorney and his secretary is not only a source of pleasure and identity for the latter, but also one of comfort.

    The removal of her means of relief but not the fascination that impels it (which is here the exigency of her binding to it) drives Lee to try and re-fascinate, that is, to re-bind and claim Grey. Her methods are both quaint and bizarre, and involve placing an erotic portrait of herself in a gilt frame on his desk, suggestively bending over it, and making deliberate errors in her work. After many attempts, she finally succeeds, by placing a dead earthworm in an envelope and mailing it to him. Upon receiving the dead worm, Grey has to perform crunches in his office to work off his arousal. Aside from the obvious phallic connotations of the worm, what fascinates, that is, re-captures, Grey most is the fact that it is a dead worm. For Grey, the dead worm is a symbol not only of Lee’s courage, but of her ostensible commitment to psycho-sexual explorations and play whose intensity and morbidity are not limited by death. Grey places the worm on a sheet of paper, retrieves the last red marker he keeps secretly in his desk drawer, and circles the carcass obsessively. Lee overhears, and, when called into his office, smiles, sighs, and enters, saying “finally.”

    The reciprocal nature of their fascination—the bidirectional exchange of bondage—may not be entirely disrupted or broken but it certainly is uneven, and it is intimately tied to the problem of commitment to sadomasochistic psycho-sexual fascination. This manifests most clearly in a scene in which Grey masturbates and climaxes on Lee’s back while she is bent over his desk with her skirt hiked up. While exposed, Grey states, “you’re not worried that I’m going to fuck you, are you? I’m not interested in that, not in the least. Now pull up your skirt.” Immediately afterwards, Grey tells her to straighten herself up and take her lunch break as if the level of intimacy in their shared fascination, in the power dynamics subtending and constituting their exchange of bondage, had not irrevocably changed. Lee locates precisely what it is that fascinates her, what compels her binding to Grey, in this scene. After wiping Grey’s semen off of her blouse and back with an error-filled page she typed, she enters a bathroom stall somewhat confused, ashamed, aroused, and fascinated, ensnared by a complex of paradoxical psycho-emotional affects. Despite being disappointed with the fact that Grey made no gesture to suggest that his commitment to his fascination in her has deepened following the encounter, she places the document on the wall of the stall and masturbates into it, sensually, if not desperately whispering to herself, “Mr. Grey. Cock. Place your prick in my mouth. Screw me. Oh shit. Fuck. Mayonnaise. Orchid. Oh, Mr. Grey … ! Edward.” While the camera focuses on the misspelled words on the page, she is intent on symbolically carrying out the theme of commitment to her fascination, her binding in and to the possibility of his commitment to her. Yet something more radical is also taking place. In a very real sense, Lee’s will to sadomasochistic psycho-sexual fascination has, in this scene, begun to outgrow Grey’s own, and what she brings to the exchange of bondage constituting their mutual fascination with one another cannot be matched by that which Grey offers in turn. The implication here is that she does not need Grey anymore as a means to activate either the psycho-sexual relief she needs or her fascination, that is, her binding to/in it or its affects. Grey has opened a door to her sexualized pain outside the pathological context of the clinic. In doing so, he in(tro)duces the fascination in(to) her. All she requires is a symbol of that key/trigger to achieve pleasure and relief for herself, by herself. It is true that his fluctuations of fascination and commitment to both his own relief as well as to hers do not undo the fact that Grey helped Lee discover her own sadomasochistic psycho-sexual fascination. However, this “selfish” act of pleasure does not diminish her power as a submissive but in fact increases it.

    After Lee leaves the office, Grey smashes all the error-filled pages he had framed and hung in his office hallway. This retaliatory act takes place after he notices a spot of semen on his pants zipper and tries to wipe it off. In essence, he realizes that Lee’s presence and his psycho-sexual fascination with her completely divert his attention to detail. Not only is the symbolic power of the male Gaze-in-observation here eroded by his total fascination in and by Lee, his ostensibly solipsistic focus is derailed by the fact that Lee has also become the only/primary object of fascination in his life. This very subtle and complex reciprocity of fascinating power encapsulates the power of submissiveness that the title of this essay refers to as the power of absolute nothing: the deceptive and subversive superiority that results from an apparently subordinate position. In becoming empty/open for him, Grey not only fills/falls into Lee, but is closed/caught in the gravity of her fascinating power. In short, the more willing and submissive Lee is shown to be, the wider and deeper the black hole of their fascinating power and the heavier its pull, which Grey is shown to be maddened, aroused, angered, and ultimately fascinated, that is, bound, by.

    Grey’s ultimate failure as an object of fascination for Lee occurs near the end of the second act of the film. Having destroyed his secret folder of Polaroid portraits of previous secretaries under his employ, Grey attempts to type a letter to Lee, which reads, “Dear Lee, This is disgusting. I’m sorry. I don’t know why I’m like this.” Grey’s shame in his own fascination, that is, his bondage to her, his submission to her submissiveness, interrupts his ability to provide the domination Lee is both fascinated by and needs. He shreds the letter, overturns his office, and fires Lee the following day. He tells her he is firing her because of her “very bad behavior”: for kicking off her shoes while working and having odorous feet, for listening to music on a Walkman at her desk while working, and for various other idiosyncrasies. In citing these idiosyncrasies as grounds for her dismissal, he inadvertently catalogues precisely what it is about her that has psycho-sexually fascinating power over him, yet that manifests outside the typical heteronormative bounds of overt sexuality. He ends the letter, “you have to go or I won’t stop,” to which Lee defiantly responds, “don’t [ … ] I want to know you.” Again, the fascinating power of absolute nothing emerges. Grey’s use of maximal disciplinary force in the context of his office represents his ultimate weakness and failure as a dom. He uses the power of his office to redress the power disequilibrium between himself and Lee, the latter of which has a total and demanding fascination over him. Here, Lee’s dismissal is tantamount to Grey’s admission of and reaction against his weakness and, more poignantly, his submission to her submissiveness.

    During the final scenes, Lee breaks off her engagement to Peter, flees to Grey, and confesses her love for him. He responds hesitatingly, “we can’t do this 24 hours, 7 days a week,” to which Lee responds, “why not?” What results is that Grey is completely overwhelmed by Lee’s willingness to completely submit to her fascination, pleasure, and self-identification as a masochist; a depth of fascination she assumes is reciprocal in Grey as well. In this sense, Lee’s hunger strike that follows is, on the surface, a display of submissive obedience, which Grey is fascinated, that is, bound, by. On a deeper level, however, like the wedding gown she wears while performing it, her display is actually symbolic of commitment, both to herself and to him, a final test she passes. She rejects Peter, who asks her if what she is doing is about sex, failing to grasp the fact that while ostensibly divided along clear lines of agency, sex is a deeply connective exchange of bondage within the context of BDSM, functioning as a main line of power that connects fascinated parties to one another. Without the predicate of psycho-sexual fascination in the mutual giving and receiving of this power, there is nothing to connect. Sex is just sex. It carries with it no commitment, revelation, intimacy, real power(lessness), vulnerability, or affirmation of that which lays in the ever-present umbra just beyond the pleasure principle. Not only does she proceed to turn away her mother, in-laws, local media, concerned citizens, and a feminist scholar—all of whom implore Lee to seek more conventional, and arguably less committed sources and expressions of affection—Lee is clearly willing to risk death, as after three days she is severely dehydrated and malnourished. In a statement to the press, Lee beautifully draws together her willingness to die for masochistic fascination and its nature as a bridge, as well as an exchange, between love and death in all their modalities, from commitment to isolation. When asked if she is willing to starve herself to death, she responds: “In one way or another, I’ve always suffered. I didn’t know why, exactly. But I do know that I’m not so scared of suffering now. I feel more than I’ve ever felt … and I’ve found someone to feel with, to play with, to love … in a way that feels right for me. I hope he knows that I can see that he suffers too … and that I want to love him.” In this sense, a part of Lee’s fascination in Grey is predicated on the assumed necessity of a mutual and/or exchanged joyful suffering.

    The film concludes with all of Lee and Grey’s “activities melting into an everyday sort of life until [they resemble] any other couple you’d see” (Shainberg). From being his secretary, Lee becomes Grey’s housewife, and she appears to have attained everything she thought she wanted. However, perhaps the most radical aspect of the film is its final shot, which lingers on Lee staring first down the street as Grey drives to work, then directly at the viewer with an ambiguous expression. Within this expression are subtle, essential, questions. Is this the life I want now that I’m awake? Is there something/someone/others whose limits of fascination are deeper and wider than his? There is seemingly nothing else to know about him. The implication is that their non-normative fascination, that is exchange of bi-directional binding in and to one another, ossifies to routine union, thus becoming the normative fantasy of domestic bliss and socioeconomic white upper middle-class stability. Ironically, Lee and the burgeoning power, identity, and the pleasure she feels through her psycho-sexually sadomasochistic fascination are brought to such a conclusive and stiffing terminus of non-fascination by fascination itself. The brilliant suggestion of this final shot is that while Lee seems to have fully satisfied Grey’s fascination, which amounts to a fascination with not being alone, he does not satisfy her masochistic fascinations in the last instance. While the fetters and tethers of spreader bar and collar liberate her, the trappings of a “regular” relationship are actual traps to her. The viewer is left to consider whether a mainstream film about BDSM like Secretary portrays BDSM in a positive light. In the last instance, I feel that this is beside the point. The most important aspect of the film, crystallized in this final scene, is the deceptively simple yet extremely radical insight that fascination, psycho-sexual or otherwise, is predicated upon the sustained ignorance in its own depths. The binding power of psycho-sexual fascination as an exchange of bondage ossifies and dies when its intimation of the absolute becomes fathomable or known.

    Conclusion

    Ostensibly, Shainberg’s exploration of sadomasochism subtends numerous dialectics: power/powerlessness, domination/submission, pain/pleasure, commitment/isolation. These dialectics are all embodied, reified, and ultimately countermanded by Lee’s journey as a submissive. While it appears that it is Lee’s submission to Grey and her initiation of the mysterious reliefs of power play that “heal” her, it is actually Lee’s submission to herself that, paradoxically, offers her not only psycho-sexual pleasure, but psycho-emotional relief. In the last instance, Grey presents Lee with a set of psycho-sexual tools that he himself enjoys at a remove and can only engage with as partial objects of psycho-sexual relief. He is ultimately shown to be uncertain (to the point of self-disgust) about his sadomasochistic fascinations, that is, his submission to their power over him. His reluctance does not, however, stop the said psycho-sexual fascinations from exerting their power over him, a power compounded by Lee’s open and honest acquiescence to the power of her own masochistic needs and self-identification as such. The fact that Secretary sees Lee occupy an ostensibly submissive subject position deconstructs the still pervasive assumption that there is an inextricable link between powerlessness and submissiveness. I have shown that through the psycho-sexually fascinating power of absolute nothing, sadomasochistic sexualities produce interestingly paradoxical modalities of love, death, violence, pleasure, and power. Moreover, I have attempted to illustrate that sadomasochistic psycho-sexual fascination does not necessarily recirculate phallogocentric reductivisms concerning female sexuality and that a psycho-sexual subject position assumed to be absolutely powerless is in fact all powerful because of it. Assumptions about sadomasochistic psycho-sexual fascinations ultimately express themselves in contempt of the paradoxical reality that they attempt to sublimate through the essentialisms of the law, the court of public opinion, and the pathological repressiveness of the clinic, all of which oversimplify or eschew entirely the play of power, pleasure, pain, and death in psycho-sexual fascination.

    Footnotes

    1. Freud refers to this aspect of fascination indirectly in Medusa’s Head (1922).

    2. For further discussion of agency and the eroticism of power differentials, see also Cross and Matheson, “Understanding Sadomasochism” and Langdridge and Butt, “Erotic Construction.”

    3. While there exists a limited corpus of theoretical scholarship exploring the critical implications of “extreme” BDSM practices described as gesturing “beyond safety” in praxis, far less empirical work is focused on “edgeplay” that does not make recourse to clinical pathologization. See Downing, “Beyond Safety”; Downing and Gillett, “Viewing Critical Psychology.”

    4. Symphorophilia is a diagnostic term used to describe a paraphilia that involves sexual arousal primarily derived from staging, observing, or participating in a tragedy, such as a fire or traffic accident. The term is formed from the Greek root συμφορά (“symphora,” event, misfortune) and first appears in John Money’s 1984 paper “Paraphilias.” I use the term as an example of extreme psycho-sexual fascination, not diagnostically in any clinical or judicial sense.

    5. The terms sadism and masochism were coined by Krafft-Ebing in 1893, with reference to the Marquis de Sade and Baron Sacher von Masoch. Krafft-Ebing used the terms exclusively in reference to the essentiality of practices of seeking sexual satisfaction through the infliction of pain (sadism) or receiving it (masochism) as perverse.

    6. The term limit-experience is a reference to Michel Foucault’s notion of the limit: “the point of life which lies as close as possible to the impossibility of living, which lies at the limit or the extreme.” See Foucault, Remarks on Marx, pp. 30-31.

    7. For arguments against S/M, see Linden et al., eds., Against Sadomasochism; Hanna, “Sex”. For arguments in favor of S/M, see SAMOIS editors, “Coming to Power”; Califia and Sweeney, eds. The Second Coming; Califia, “Feminism”; and Pa, “Beyond the Pleasure Principle.”

    8. For an exploration of masochistic submission out of desire as opposed to fear, see Benjamin, The Bonds of Love, esp. pp. 55-61.

    Works Cited

    • Benjamin, Jessica. The Bonds of Love: Psychoanalysis, Feminism, and the Problem of Domination. Pantheon Books, 1988.
    • Bersani, Leo. “Is the Rectum a Grave?” October, vol. 43, special issue on AIDS: Cultural Analysis, Cultural Activism, edited by Douglas Crimp, MIT P, Winter 1987, pp. 197-222. JSTOR, doi:10.2307/3397574.
    • Bertrand, Merle. “Feminists Will Hate This Film.” FilmThreat, filmthreat.semkhor.com/page.asp?content_id=7152. Accessed 6 June 2019.
    • Califia, Pat. “Feminism and Sadomasochism.” Public Sex: The Culture of Radical Sex, Cleis Press, 1994, pp. 168-80.
    • Califia, Pat, and Robin Sweeney, editors. The Second Coming: A Leather Dyke Reader. Alyson Publications, 1996.
    • Cavagna, Carlo. “Secretary.” AboutFilm, www.aboutfilm.com/movies/s/secretary.htm. Accessed 6 June 2019.
    • Connor, Steven. “Fascination, Skin and the Screen.” Critical Quarterly, vol. 40, no.1, 1998, pp. 9-24. Wiley Online, doi:10.1111/1467-8705.00142.
    • Cossman, Brenda. “Sexuality, Queer Theory, and ‘Feminism After’—Reading and Rereading the Sexual Subject.” McGill Law Journal, vol. 49, no. 4, 2004, pp. 847-76. EbscoHost, www./search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&AuthType=ip,uid&db=keh&AN=15351163&site=ehost-live.
    • Cross, Patricia A., and Kim Matheson. “Understanding Sadomasochism: An Empirical Examination of Four Perspectives.” Journal of Homosexuality, vol. 50, no. 2/3, 2006, pp. 133-66. Taylor & Francis, doi:10.1300/J082v50n02_07.
    • Deckha, Maneesha. “Pain, Pleasure, and Consenting Women: Exploring Feminist Responses to S/M and Its Legal Regulation in Canada through Jelinek’s The Piano Teacher.” Harvard Journal of Law & Gender, vol. 30, no. 2, 2007, pp. 425-59. HeinOnline.
    • Downing, Lisa. “Beyond Safety: Erotic Asphyxiation and the Limits of SM Discourse.” Safe, Sane, and Consensual: Contemporary Perspectives on Sadomasochism, edited by Darren Langdridge and Meg Barker, Palgrave MacMillan, 2007, pp. 119-32.
    • —. “On the Limits of Sexual Ethics: The Phenomenology of Autassassinophilia.” Sexuality and Culture, vol. 8, no.1, 2004, pp. 3-17. EbscoHost, doi:10.1007/s12119-004-1002-5.
    • Downing, Lisa, and Robert Gillett. “Viewing Critical Psychology through the Lens of Queer.” Psychology and Sexuality, vol. 2, no. 1, 2011, pp. 4-15. Taylor & Francis, doi:10.1080/19419899.2011.536310.
    • Duncan, Pansy. The Emotional Life of Postmodern Film: Affect Theory’s Other. Routledge, 2015.
    • Dymock, Alex. “But Femsub is Broken Too!: On the Normalization of BDSM and the Problem of Pleasure.” Psychology and Sexuality, vol. 3, no. 1, 2012, pp. 54-68. Taylor & Francis, doi:10.1080/19419899.2011.627696.
    • Foucault, Michel. Remarks on Marx: Conversations with Duccio Trombadori. Translated by R. James Goldstein and James Cascaito, Semiotext(e), 1991.
    • Franke, Katherine M. “Theorizing Yes: An Essay on Feminism, Law, and Desire.” Columbia Law Review, vol. 101, no. 1, 2001, pp. 181-208. JSTOR, doi:10.2307/1123512.
    • Freud, Sigmund. “Medusa’s Head.” 1922. Standard Edition, vol. 18, pp. 273-74.
    • —. “On Psychotherapy.” 1905. Standard Edition, vol. 7, pp. 255-68.
    • —. “Psychical (or Mental) Treatment.” 1890. Standard Edition, vol. 7, pp. 281-302.
    • —. The Standard Edition of the Complete Psychological Works of Sigmund Freud. Edited by James Strachey, Hogarth Press, 1953-1974. 24 vols.
    • —. “The Taboo of Virginity.” 1918. Standard Edition, pp. 191-208.
    • Gallop, Jane. Thinking Through the Body. Columbia UP, 1988.
    • Gonzalez, Ed. “Review: Secretary.” Slant Magazine, 25 Jul. 2002, www.slantmagazine.com/film/secretary/. Accessed 6 June 2019.
    • Hanna, Cheryl. “Sex is Not a Sport: Consent and Violence in Criminal Law.” Boston College Law Review, vol. 42, no. 2, March 2001, pp. 239-290. Law Digital Commons, lawdigitalcommons.bc.edu/bclr/vol42/iss2/1.
    • Holden, Stephen. “An Office Disciplinarian Gets His Way in the End.” The New York Times, 20 Sept. 2002, www.nytimes.com/2002/09/20/movies/film-review-an-office-disciplinarian-gets-his-way-in-the-end.html. Accessed 6 June 2019.
    • Lacan, Jacques. Écrits: A Selection. Translated by Alan Sheridan, Tavistock, 1977.
    • —. “Position of the Unconscious.” 1960. Translated by Bruce Fink. Reading Seminar XI: Lacan’s Four Fundamental Concepts of Psychoanalysis, edited by Richard Feldstein, Bruce Fink, and Maire Jaanus, 1995, pp. 259-282.
    • —. The Seminar of Jacques Lacan: Book XI. The Four Fundamental Concepts of Psychoanalysis. 1964. Edited by Jacques-Alain Miller, translated by Alan Sheridan, Norton, 1977.
    • Langdridge, Darren, and Trevor Butt. “The Erotic Construction of Power Exchange.” Journal of Constructivist Psychology, vol. 18, no. 1, 2005, pp. 65-73. EbscoHost, doi:10.1080/10720530590523099.
    • Linden, Robin Ruth, et al., editors. Against Sadomasochism: A Radical Feminist Analysis. Frog in the Well Press, 1982.
    • Marin, Louis. “To Destroy Painting.” The Medusa Reader, edited by Marjorie Garber and Nancy J. Vickers, Routledge, 2003, pp. 137-61.
    • Money, John. “Paraphilias: Phenomenology and Classification.” American Journal of Psychotherapy, vol. 38, no. 2, April 1984, pp. 164-79. PubMed, doi:10.1176/appi.psychotherapy.1984.32.2.164.
    • Nussbaum, Martha C. “Objectification.” Philosophy & Public Affairs, vol. 24, no. 4, 1995, pp. 249-91. JSTOR, www-jstor/stable/2961930.
    • Pa, Monica. “Beyond the Pleasure Principle: The Criminalization of Consensual Sadomasochistic Sex.” Texas Journal of Women and the Law, vol. 11, no. 1, Fall 2001, pp. 51-92. EbscoHost, search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&AuthType=ip,uid&db=keh&AN=6859565&site=ehost-live.
    • SAMOIS, editors. Coming to Power: Writings and Graphics on Lesbian S/M. 3rd ed, Alyson Publications, 1987.
    • Seeber, Hans Ulrich. “The Fascination of Beauty and of Evil in Oscar Wilde’s The Picture of Dorian Gray.” 1891. But Vindicate the Ways of God to Man: Literature and Theodicy, edited by Rudolf Freiburg and Susanne Gruss, Stauffenburg, 2004, pp. 321-38.
    • Shainberg, Steven, director. Secretary. Lions Gate Films, 2002.
    • Siebers, Tobin. The Mirror of Medusa. U of California P, 1983.
    • Stein, Ruth. “The Otherness of Sexuality: Excess.” Journal of the American Psychoanalytic Association, vol. 56, no. 1, 2008, pp. 43-71. Sage, doi:10.2277/0003065108315540.
    • Taylor, Gary, and Jane Ussher. “Making sense of S&M: A Discourse Analytic Account.” Sexualities, vol. 4, no. 3, 2001, pp. 293-314. Sage, doi:10.1177/136346001004003002.
    • Vernant, Jean-Pierre. “Frontality and Monstrosity.” The Medusa Reader, edited by Marjorie Garber and Nancy J. Vickers, Routledge, 2003, pp. 210-32.
    • Weinberg, Thomas. “Sadomasochism in the United States: A Review of Recent Sociological Literature.” The Journal of Sex Research, vol. 23, no. 1, 1987, pp. 50-69. JSTOR, www.jstor.org/stable/3812541.
    • Weingart, Brigitte. “Contact at a Distance: The Topology of Fascination.” Rethinking Emotion: Interiority and Exteriority in Premodern, Modern, and Contemporary Thought, edited by Rüdiger Campe and Julia Weber, De Gruyter, 2014, pp. 72-100.
    • Wilson, Erin Cressida. Secretary: A Screenplay. Soft Skull Press, 2003.
  • Circuits of Fascination and Inspiration:Blanchot, Bellour, Grandrieux

    Calum Watt (bio)

    Abstract

    This essay offers a commentary on the French experimental director Philippe Grandrieux’s shooting diary for his film Malgré la nuit (2016). Grandrieux’s quotations from Maurice Blanchot and the diary’s appearance in the journals Trafic and Mettray activate intertextual references relating to Blanchot’s ideas about fascination and inspiration. The essay argues that Grandrieux and film theorist Raymond Bellour are contemporary inheritors of these notions, which they develop in relation to filmmaking practice, cinema spectatorship, and film analysis. Through their work, fascination, often associated with passivity, can be seen to actively inspire new works.

    Introduction: Blanchot, Fascination and Malgré la nuit

    French experimental film director Philippe Grandrieux opens the shooting diary for his film Malgré la nuit (Despite the Night; completed in 2015 and released in 2016) with an epigraph from Maurice Blanchot (1907-2003): “Every art draws its origin from an exceptional fault” (“Tout art tire son origine d’un défaut exceptionnel”; Blanchot, Livre 148, Book 107). The diary was published in 2016 in two parts in the French journals Trafic and Mettray. It describes the difficulties experienced by Grandrieux while filming and reflects on the process by which the film came into existence. Why cite Blanchot here? What does Blanchot’s literary criticism from the 1950s have to do with a contemporary arthouse film?

    In this essay I theorize the Blanchotian concepts of fascination and inspiration through a commentary on Grandrieux’s diary. I discuss the significance of Blanchot’s ideas about what is at stake in the creative work of the literary writer. While his work in general has been an inspiration for Grandrieux, Blanchot’s collection of essays Le Livre à venir (The Book to Come) and L’Espace littéraire (The Space of Literature) emerge as key intertexts for the diary.1 Most of the topoi on which Grandrieux expounds or to which he alludes are treated in these texts by Blanchot: dream, night, sleep, fatigue, light. Blanchot’s theoretical lens is crucial for understanding the significance of the diary in Trafic and Mettray.2

    In the context of Trafic and Mettray, the quotations from Blanchot activate a set of intertextual references that I explore in the second part of the essay. Despite Blanchot’s apparent lack of interest in film, he is an important reference for the film critics and theorists Raymond Bellour (1939-) and Serge Daney (1944-1992), the two most influential figures associated with the film journal Trafic.3 I discuss the allusions to Blanchot in Le Corps du cinéma (The Body of Cinema), in which Bellour extends Blanchot’s account of fascination by conceptualizing the fascination of cinema in terms of hypnosis and the reopening of primordial childhood experience. Childhood also provides Grandrieux with a central figure for thinking about his practice. Like Blanchot’s “literary space,” Bellour’s “body of cinema” refers to a virtual space of fascination that links the creative work and its audience. Given the clear influence that Blanchot has on Bellour and Grandrieux, and their close friendship with one another,4 I suggest that they can be thought together as the contemporary inheritors of Blanchot’s concept of fascination, which they redefine in relation to cinema.

    Blanchot’s concept of fascination names an experience of profound passivity that occurs when things seem to a viewer to give way to their “image” (Espace 267; Space 255). Blanchot conceives this experience of the image primarily in relation to literary language (when words take on this imaginary quality), but it can also take place in lived events or in relation to artworks.5 This experience in which things sink into a fascinating image of themselves plays a role in the genesis of new artworks. What Blanchot calls inspiration is the process by which fascination starts to yield a work. Grandrieux refers indirectly to Blanchot’s account of inspiration to think about how an experience of passivity lies at the heart of his filmmaking practice, while for Bellour, Blanchot’s account of fascination accurately describes the condition of cinema spectatorship, which I will call cinematic fascination. Bellour tries to evoke cinematic fascination through film analysis that blurs the boundary between the theoretical and the literary. One can never recreate an experience of fascination, but it can be rekindled and perpetuated in writing. Taking these modalities of fascination together—fascination as part of the process by which an art work comes about, which then engenders fascination among viewers, which then gives way to new writing—we can see how fascination tends to multiply itself in circuits.6 The powerful attraction that Blanchot exerts for certain French film theorists and filmmakers demonstrates how Blanchotian fascination, characterized by radical worklessness or inoperativeness, has been productive for cinema.

    Malgré la nuit is set in Paris and is loosely structured around the young man Lenz’s (Kristian Marr) search for an elusive woman, Madeleine.7 At the same time, he is romantically involved with Hélène (Ariane Labed), a nurse with masochistic tendencies; Léna (Roxane Mesquida), a nightclub singer; and Léna’s father, Vitali (Johan Leysen), who appears to run a snuff movie ring. The film’s protagonists all seek extreme experiences (through drugs, sex, encounters with death). Malgré la nuit is, at two-and-a-half hours, the longest of Grandrieux’s films and is, as Bellour notes, “a bit mad” (“un peu déjanté”; Pensées 230). The film’s plot (such as it is) is not easy to follow due to Grandrieux’s use of blurring and a tendency to let the narrative give way to a pure aesthetic of the image, issues to which I return below. The film is Grandrieux’s fourth feature and is contemporaneous with a trilogy of installation works (the Unrest trilogy, 2012-2017) that takes his formal experimentation to an even further extreme. While I will discuss selected moments in the film, this essay takes as its primarily object Grandrieux’s account of his experience of filming and its relation to the notion of fascination as conceptualized in the work of Bellour and Blanchot, rather than the film itself.

    An “Exceptional Fault”: Grandrieux’s “Journal de tournage”

    Grandrieux’s “Journal de tournage” or “shooting diary” was published in 2016 in two parts: the first in Trafic and the second in Mettray.8 The first part runs from 6 to 18 October 2014 and the second from 15 October to the last day of shooting on 14 November (there is a little overlap, but the entry for 18 October is significantly longer in the Mettray extract), with a few additional entries through 20 December that describe Grandrieux’s trip to Montreal to edit the film (a trip that he cuts short due to difficulty with the editing process). The shoot takes place largely in Paris with a few excursions outside the city. In addition to this diary, a second, unconnected document, written by Romain Baudéan, a young camera assistant or focus-puller (pointeur) who was brought in to work on the film at the last minute, also describes the shoot. While this document is less poetic, it offers useful technical details about the shoot and an outside perspective on Grandrieux’s somewhat eccentric filming practices, highlighting the difference and relation between his psychological approach and the details of where and how the scenes were shot.

    The night before he starts shooting, Grandrieux describes feeling “suddenness” inside him, an intimation of something coming (“Journal 1” 16). Immediately before shooting begins the following night, he feels intense weakness, as if he knows nothing; he feels, and will repeatedly feel, “annihilated” (anéanti) (16). This sense of fatigue becomes more intense and he writes about it in almost every entry. During the first night, Grandrieux evokes how involved he feels as he begins the shoot: “I am in the image, in the light, in the frame, in the faces, in the rhythm that it demands, in the face of things” (17). At the end of the entry recounting the first night’s shoot, Grandrieux quotes from L’Espace littéraire, specifically the very last lines of the short appendix “Sommeil, nuit” (“Sleep, Night”): “The dream touches the region where pure resemblance reigns. Everything there is similar; each figure is another one, is similar to another and to yet another, and this last to still another. One seeks the original model, wanting to be referred to a point of departure, an initial revelation, but there is none. The dream is the likeness that refers eternally to likeness” (L’Espace 362; Space 268). Although attributed to Blanchot, the quotation is simply given in italics, set out from the main text without a gloss. In the film, resemblance is suggested by the way the characters’ names resemble each other in their liquid “l” sounds: Lenz, Léna, Hélène, Lola, Madeleine, Vitali, Louis, Paul.9 More explicitly, resemblance is thematized during a scene about forty-five minutes into the film, following Léna’s performance of a musical number in a nightclub. She meets her father Vitali afterwards, who is flanked by another young woman carrying a small dog. Léna introduces Vitali to Lenz. The scene takes place in a dark, reddish light and the camera, trained on Vitali’s ridged facial profile in close-up, moves in and out of focus and thus prevents any clear identification of the scene’s location (perhaps in a basement room of the nightclub). The walls are covered in what looks like graffiti, while the rumbling of distant music can be heard as well as a rattling sound, like that of a malfunctioning fan. Vitali and the woman talk about a synthetic amphetamine called “cannibal,” which is said to throw users into a primitive state. Switching between French and English, the woman whispers, “I think it’s fascinating,” and Vitali immediately echoes her, “we think it’s fascinating, don’t we?” Vitali then shifts from the topic of the fascinating substance and its effects to note that he is sure he has already met Lenz or someone who very much resembles him. “That happens in life, resemblance,” he says in a gravelly, somewhat sinister voice. The idea of resemblance, present in the quotation from Blanchot, is echoed thematically in the film, suggesting the effect of L’Espace littéraire on Grandrieux as he films.

    In the second part of the diary, Grandrieux develops a connection between his film and dreaming:

    To make the film with what is there, that’s what I wanted, that’s what I want intensely, it’s what I’m doing. To let the film come into my hand, against my closed eyelids. It’s for this reason that I don’t want to see anything during the shooting, no rushes, no images. I want to be able to sink into the film, into the memory that I have of it, in its memory. Day after day I go further into it. I lose myself in it when I shoot. It is this nocturnal meandering that I desire and which guides me. The scene from yesterday ends each time by a slow fade to black, by the disappearance of forms, the disappearance of light. It’s this effacement, these slow fades to black which must lead the editing of the sequence.… I would like to slow down these endings, more and more, in a long ending which never ends, an end in tatters, an end which is a collapse of the light and of the figures, in the breath of their sleep, in their exhaustion. To construct the sequence in this fatigue, in this movement which goes towards the night of the body, its burial.… It’s the curve [courbe] of the film, effacement. The scenes come with nothing preparing them. A dream. (3)

    Indicating a passive dimension to the act of filming, this notion of “sinking” into the film (s’enfoncer)—”I want to be able to sink into the film”—is used repeatedly in the diary. As Grandrieux says, the use of fades is indeed typical of the way the film’s sequences connect to each other, as if the film were the reverie of someone drifting in and out of consciousness. Immediately following this passage, Grandrieux cites one of the first notes he made about the film, in 2009: “One enters into the film by fear and as if fainting [l’évanouissement], like in a dream. Receptive [Disponible]” (4). The term “one” leaves it unclear whether Grandrieux is referring to the viewer or to himself. In these quotations, Grandrieux evokes both his relation to making the film and the effect it should have on the viewer. The experience of creating and viewing are strikingly blurred: in both cases the film should be hypnotic and have the structure of a dream. It is through this approach—of “losing himself” in a “nocturnal meandering”—that the film’s material or matter becomes a “dreamed matter” or “dream material” (12).

    Blanchot’s lines about dreams come from an appendix that refers back to the section of L’Espace littéraire on inspiration and “the night” (L’Espace 215, Space 164), which are motifs strongly resonant with Grandrieux’s evocation of the creative process as a dreamlike, fascinated state. When Blanchot writes that inspiration is fundamentally “nocturnal,” he invokes the concept of the “other night” (L’Espace 213, Space 163): while the “first night” is the obverse of the day’s action, the night in which one rests after the work of the day (L’Espace 219, Space 167), the “other night” is “the long night of insomnia” (L’Espace 244, Space 184), a non-dialectical, paralysed passivity. The experience of inspiration, then, is like being in a sleepless, fascinated state. Grandrieux says elsewhere that he does not want to see the rushes during shooting because he wants the film to “deposit itself in [him], to become a nocturnal movement, my sleep in some way” (“Journal 2” 12). In other words, he wants to enter into a blind relation with the film as it is being made. The effect of this approach is evident in the first few sequences of the film, where silence, slow motion, and fades in and out establish the oneiric aspect. The first thirty seconds of the film depict a young woman spinning and throwing her arms in the air. Seemingly illuminated by a bright spotlight, her hair is bleached white hair and she wears a short silver dress. The brief, unnerving sequence is silent and has been sped up, rendering the woman a white silhouette against a black night. It is presented apropos of nothing and sets the film’s tone. About seven minutes into the film, after another somewhat elliptical sequence, the camera fades in slowly from black to Hélène’s head, framed almost horizontally across the screen in extreme close-up. The camera drifts close by, gently moving slightly up and down, and goes lightly in and out of soft focus. The muffled sound of tracks and the passing lights in the background make clear that she is sleeping on a train, her mouth bobbing open with the train’s rolling movement. The film cuts to Lenz, standing over her; the shot has a slowed, slightly blurred effect of long exposure. In the third shot Lenz sits down beside Hélène and the film fades slowly to black.

    On 10 October, Grandrieux’s sixtieth birthday, he writes that he begins shooting at three in the morning and already feels “exhausted” (exténué), noting that the film is a “struggle” (combat) with “fatigue”: “everything seems threatened to me, leading to ruin, to a ruined film, to a ruined beauty” (“Journal 1” 17). While there are certainly trials (notably the departure two days prior of his principal actor, the musician Pete Doherty, which throws the schedule off-course), the fatigue seems disproportionate. This seems to be an unavoidable consequence of responding to the exigency of the work. In the entry for 18 October in the second part of the diary, the shoot increasingly becomes a physical and moral ordeal. Again, Grandrieux is suffering from “a nameless fatigue”; he is “drunk with fatigue” (2), “totally worn out” (exsangue) (9); it is an “ordeal” (épreuve) (9). He writes: “The fatigue is indescribable. I’ve never been so exhausted in my life. A fatigue that rest cannot diminish, a profound fatigue of the body” (6). To be sure, the shoot is physically gruelling for all concerned: not only Grandrieux, but also his focus-puller and director of production will develop lumbago during the shoot (Baudéan 21). However, for Grandrieux this fatigue sometimes takes the form of “a sort of asphyxia,” of feeling “literally asphyxiated” (“Journal 2” 6), as he is “carried away by [the film’s] power, its strength, that which it imposes, the rhythm of the shooting” (“Journal 1” 21). This asphyxia becomes another recurring motif in the diary: “the film is that enigma in which I move, blinded, too close, too asphyxiated by the force of the shoot, its rapidity, such that I am in a deep obscurity” (“Journal 1” 21). When filming, Grandrieux is taken over or hypnotized by the film; his assistant writes that he is “as if possessed, in a trance. Excited, supercharged, in heat” (Baudéan 3). Grandrieux constantly talks of trying to “access” the scene he films; it is as if he is rejected by the film. In other words, he is caught in the struggle between inspired passivity and the actual realization of the work. While Grandrieux has previously described the exhaustion and strange physical symptoms that result from filming (“La Vie nouvelle” 31), these seem particularly intense with Malgré la nuit. He often needs days of convalescence after shooting.

    These physical ailments are the symptoms of a powerlessness, a loss of knowledge and of self that takes place during the conception and execution of the work. The experience Grandrieux describes in his diary resonates strongly with Blanchot’s descriptions of some of the “risks of artistic activity” (L’Espace 57, Space 52):

    Every writer, every artist is acquainted with the moment at which he is cast out and apparently excluded by the work in progress. The work holds him off, the circle in which he no longer has access to himself has closed, yet he is enclosed therein because the work, unfinished, will not let him go. Strength does not fail him; this is not a moment of sterility or fatigue, unless, as may well be the case, fatigue itself is simply the form this exclusion takes. This ordeal is awesome. What the author sees is a cold immobility from which he cannot turn away, but near which he cannot linger. It is like an enclave, a preserve within space, airless and without light, where a part of himself, and, more than that, his truth, his solitary truth, suffocates in an incomprehensible separation. (L’Espace 59, Space 53-54)

    Note that while Blanchot’s work is normally closely or even exclusively associated with literature, he makes it clear that his discussion appertains to artists in general (albeit always gendered as male). These remarks come in the section that prepares and immediately precedes his discussion of Kafka’s diary. Juxtaposing this section with Grandrieux’s diary, we can see how the fatigue and asphyxia (echoed in Blanchot’s use of the terms “airless” and “suffocation”) are the symptoms of being in the “space” of the work. Blanchot’s “literary space” is a paradoxical space that is not strictly anywhere. It is a metaphorical space of profound solitude that the artist enters when producing a work. While Grandrieux is not literally “solitary”—he is working with a small crew—he is the one making the decisions and he reports feeling lost and alone. These themes have been present for some time in Grandrieux’s writing. In a short text for Trafic about the process of conceiving and writing another film, Grandrieux describes this experience of inspiration, of being engaged in a struggle with something enigmatic that makes him write, as “more than an obsession”: it is like being an occupied country (“Troisième film” 122). In an earlier document published in Trafic on the preparation of his second film, La Vie nouvelle (2002), Grandrieux uses a formulation very similar to those in the Malgré la nuit text: he feels that he can no longer act, that the film is destined for ruin and disaster (“La Vie nouvelle” 25). Like Grandrieux’s intuition that his film is headed for “ruin,” Blanchot writes that the work is tied to its ruin and unworking; as if pure inspiration would be not to produce anything, would consist of pure worklessness, even as it demands a work be produced (L’Espace 240, Space 182). This is why, for Blanchot, inspiration is a trap (L’Espace 219, Space 167).

    Grandrieux writes his journal because he fears losing himself in this condition. A subsection of L’Espace littéraire explicitly theorizes this relation. This subsection, “Recours au Journal” (“Recourse to the ‘Journal’”), comes immediately before the subsections “La fascination de l’absence du temps” (“The Fascination of Time’s Absence”) and “L’image” (“The Image”), two of the crucial sections on fascination. When the writer starts a work he starts to lose himself, and the journal is how he maintains “a relation to himself” (L’Espace 24, Space 28). Thus

    the truth of the journal lies not in the interesting literary remarks to be found there, but in the insignificant details which attach it to daily reality. The journal represents the series of reference points which a writer establishes in order to keep track of himself when he begins to suspect the dangerous metamorphosis to which he is exposed. … The journal indicates that already the writer is no longer capable of belonging to time through the ordinary certainty of action, through the shared concerns of common tasks, of an occupation, through the simplicity of intimate speech, the force of unreflecting habit. He is no longer truly historical; but he doesn’t want to waste time either, and since he doesn’t know anymore how to do anything but write, at least he writes in response to his everyday history and in accord with the preoccupations of daily life. It happens that writers who keep a journal are the most literary of all, but perhaps this is precisely because they avoid, thus, the extreme of literature, if literature is ultimately the fascinating realm of time’s absence. (L’Espace 24-25, Space 29-30)

    Later in L’Espace littéraire, Blanchot discusses Kafka’s diary in detail, a paradigmatic document recounting the experience of inspiration and the struggle of writing (L’Espace 63-101, Space 57-83).10 Like Kafka, Grandrieux simultaneously complains of an oppressive imperative to realize his work and of the unfavorable conditions in which he must do it: he repeatedly laments a lack of time, a lack of permission to film in certain locations (sometimes he resorts to trespassing), a lack of money (the film was made for a mere 480,000 euros), and generally “atrocious conditions.” He films in spaces borrowed from friends or friends of friends; told to hurry up, he feels like a beggar. While Blanchot describes the danger for the writer of losing track of everyday life and of one’s occupation in the 1950s, Grandrieux’s diary shows that the contemporary economy of efficiency does not give a cent for fascination.

    Grandrieux gives precise details about his filming practice at a shoot in the Bois de Vincennes, a large park in east Paris, where he films an orgy in a harsh bright light. The scene takes place about nineteen minutes into the film; directly before, we see Hélène leaving her sleeping partner and putting on makeup. The scene begins with a long shot of figures walking slowly through the woods at night. We hear twigs snapping underfoot. The film moves seamlessly to these figures undressing and making love directly on the wet fallen leaves and undergrowth, which gleams in light that seems to come from the camera. Individual hairs on the heads of the actors, like branches of the bare autumn trees, stand out in fine detail in the foreground of the shots. The illuminated skin is unnaturally pale, as if extraterrestrial. Close-ups of the faces of three onlookers offer indifferent expressions. Meanwhile, Hélène is approached by a man (Sam Louwyck) identified in the credits only as “the man with the metallic voice”.11 She seemingly submits, with a vacant look, to a sadomasochistic ritual in which she is choked and has her hair pulled and her clothes torn before having violent sex with him.. In this otherworldly scene, Hélène is pressed against the leaves and twigs near the orgy, which is silent and oblivious to Hélène and this man. In the next scene, Hélène wakes in a clearing in the morning and walks home. Grandrieux reflects on the shoot:

    When I think again about the material that was shot, I say to myself that there is there an exhausting beauty, but also the feeling of a lack. I say to myself also that the speed with which we shoot gives access to things in a strong way, strong and full of holes [forte et trouée], a dazzled way [une manière éblouie] of being in the images, in the violence of the film, in its savagery.(“Journal 1” 18)12

    The film’s principal actors come from the world of dance (with the exception of Marr), and the other “extras” are his friends. Grandrieux continues about the scene:

    That which was written in the script as a particularly sordid situation transforms into a strange purity, unattainable, an absolute strangeness. Everything is in this excessively white light, strong and white, this light which never stops varying and which gives me so much desire. The material we shot stays in my memory, shards of sensation that go well together, deep movements, a sort of rising tide which comes into me, the feeling of having achieved something well beyond that which was written or wished-for; yet also the feeling that something is missing and that in this lack a greater truth has been kept, an intimate truth which drives my gestures, my rhythm. (18)

    Generally, Grandrieux makes shooting decisions on the set quickly. In a repeated formulation, he writes that the shots are “torn” (arracher) from reality: “Everything goes quickly, everything is torn from the night, from fatigue, from the despondency that we feel shooting in this deaf violence, this instinctive brutality” (18).13

    The shooting diary shows how the filmmaker turns abstract ideas into images. For Grandrieux, the execution violently transforms the initial conception of the work: “The shooting tears from the script its unconscious material” (“Journal 2” 9). Reflecting on the scene again later, he notes what is missing: a shot of Hélène’s face, which would somehow, perhaps impossibly, simultaneously express pleasure, suffering, fatigue, fragility, and weakness. Grandrieux has stated that Hélène wills and seeks out this extreme experience of passive exposure (even though she spits and provokes the man to continue) (“Dossier”; Grandrieux and Jefferson Selve). The passivity that he figures through Hélène is like the experience of passivity that he tries to reach himself in inspiration and which Blanchot considers the work’s origin. That this is always “lacking” expresses Grandrieux’s constant search for an impossible limit; it is “that by which my film constitutes itself. In a way, a film full of holes” (“Journal 1” 19).

    In Trafic, the shooting diary appears alongside an essay on the film by Bellour, who has admired Grandrieux’s work since his first feature, Sombre (1998). Bellour focuses on light in Grandrieux’s film: “Light—its lack, its retreat just as much as its excess—has always been the torment of Philippe Grandrieux” (Pensées 227). This has been clear since Sombre, which, as its title suggests, plunges us into the nocturnal, obscure world of its violent, wretched protagonist. The film’s dominant motif of darkness is thrown into relief by well-lit scenes that represent the “ordinary dream of the anonymous social order” (227). What is new in Malgré la nuit, says Bellour, is that there are not two but three distinct lights. The first is the “extraordinary night,” typical of Sombre, in which the filmmaker plunges his “creatures” in order to extend and distend their “states of body and soul.” The second light is that of ordinariness, the light of the day: for example, the scenes in Malgré la nuit of Lenz and his friends cavorting by the Seine. There is more of this in Malgré la nuit than in Grandrieux’s previous films. The third light is “the dazzling light of cinema,” which pierces the “experimental night” in which the scenes in the Bois de Vincennes are shot, where bodies are illuminated to the point of abstraction (228). To create these moments, Grandrieux attaches a strong ring light around the camera’s lens (Grandrieux and Jefferson Selve 89). Bellour associates this excess of light with a principle of delicacy taken close to the point of unreality (Pensées 230). In other words, Grandrieux undercuts the violence in the scene with a sensual focus on the caresses and foliage under an unreal light. The term “experimental night” refers to Jean Louis Schefer’s L’Homme ordinaire du cinéma (The Ordinary Man of Cinema), a crucial text of for Bellour, Daney, and Gilles Deleuze.14 The “experimental night” is one of Schefer’s poetic characterizations of the cinematic situation: an artificial night (the darkness of the cinema hall) in which the viewer watches a screen illuminated by an unseen beam of light. In this sense, Bellour hints at the idea that the formal properties of the scene in the Bois de Vincennes figure the cinematic situation. This accords with his argument in Le Corps du cinéma that fascinating scenes in cinema tend to figure or redouble the cinematic dispositif (82). Bellour does not refer to Grandrieux’s diary in this essay, but reading his essay together with the diary helps us to see how scenes in Malgré la nuit can be interpreted as staging Grandrieux’s instinctive and animating fascination with the “experimental night.”

    The extract of the shooting diary in Trafic ends with a few remarks on the epigraph taken from Blanchot. Grandrieux writes that the film finds its strength in the same place as its greatest weakness: “This is what Blanchot says: ‘Every art draws its origin from an exceptional fault’. And what is it, this exceptional fault? Precisely of not being able to ‘represent’” (22). Grandrieux explains that his producer told him that during the shoot, the image became so blurred that it was no longer possible to follow the scene’s narrative and emotion: one was lost in the pure sensation of an image. He writes: “It is very precisely in this place that my exceptional fault is situated. This line which opposes emotion and sensation is also that by which passes the greatest strength and the greatest weakness of the film. It is between these two shores, these two irreconcilable tensions, opposing plasticity and narration, that cinema must pass” (22).15 As several scholars have demonstrated, Grandrieux’s cinema is indeed marked by this privileging of sensation over narration.16 Grandrieux goes so far as to refer to narrative as a kind of “nuisance” getting in the way (encombrement): he suggests that the dialogues and the narrative structure are conditions that he had to “accept” during the various rewritings of the script in order to obtain sufficient financing for the film (“Journal 2” 4). The fiction or representation is a kind of “weight” on the scenes, on their pure sensation (9), and the scenes must be “undone” (défaire) to find their truth (10). Grandrieux chooses relatively long focal length lenses (often 85mm or 100mm) precisely to lose himself in the pure sensation of the close-up image (Baudéan 5). Holding the camera himself, Grandrieux films extremely close to his actors, between one and five feet away from them, closely orbited by five assistants, such as the focus-puller (“Journal 2” 3, 5). The underexposed, blurry close-up effects that typify his films are already present in Sombre. As Martine Beugnet writes, the experimental use of blurring in contemporary auteur cinema evokes a sense of chaos or Bataillean formlessness beneath the visible world (L’Attrait 103-104). While this excess of sensation over narrative and the slippage of things into a formless imaginary are clearly on the side of fascination, it does perhaps explain why some critics found Malgré la nuit overwrought and the story difficult to take seriously.17

    However, there is more at stake in this reference to Blanchot. This is the third reference to Blanchot in the text and thus places the reflection under the sign of Blanchot. Again: why cite Blanchot? What place does Blanchot have in the shooting diary of a contemporary film? The full sentence of the quotation in the original context—in the essay “A toute extrêmité” (“At every extreme”)—reads: “Every art draws its origin from an exceptional fault, every work is the implementation [la mise en œuvre] of this original fault, from which come to us a new light and a risky conception of plenitude [l’approche menacée de la plénitude]” (Livre 148, Book 107). For Blanchot, every artist is in an intimate relation with a particular “mistake,” and Grandrieux identifies his as the temptation to lose himself in a pure sensation of the image. Blanchot tells us that this error is not some superficial failing but rather what animates the process. In a formulation that resembles Grandrieux’s in his diary, Blanchot writes: “an artist cannot be too mistaken or link himself too much to his mistake, in a serious, solitary, perilous, irreplaceable embrace in which he hurls himself, with terror, with delight, at the excess that, in himself, leads him outside himself and perhaps outside of everything” (Livre 148, Book 108). Crucially, “this link with error” is described as a “relationship so difficult to attain, more difficult to sustain, which clashes with a doubt, with a disavowal in the very one whom the mistake holds under its fascination, this passion, this paradoxical progress” (Livre 148, Book 108; my emphasis). To be inspired and to execute the work is to labor under the fascination of error. Being inspired to make a work is a mistake in the sense that it is to be drawn by fascination outside of oneself at great risk to oneself and the work. Grandrieux’s diary thus develops Blanchot’s concept of fascination by describing it in detail in the first person and from the point of view of a filmmaker. This experience of error is what Grandrieux describes in the shoot at the Bois de Vincennes as the “lack”—the missing image of Hélène’s expression—that draws him on like a mirage in the desert. At the core of the error that animates Grandrieux’s film is a species of fascination, the fascination at the heart of inspiration. If the finished work turns out to be fascinating for the viewer (as Bellour’s essay suggests), then it reproduces something of its condition of possibility and perpetuates this meandering, fascinating error.

    Bellour, Childhood, and Cinematic Fascination

    To date, Grandrieux has produced ten texts for Trafic and six for Mettray. Founded by Serge Daney in Paris in 1992, Trafic is the home of a particular form of cinephilic fascination in France, offering a space for reflections that “cannot be published anywhere else” (that is, texts which are too speculative or personal for academic, journalistic or other film publications).18 The inclusion of texts by filmmakers (including documents relating to filming and reflections on practice or literary texts) has been a hallmark of Trafic from the beginning.19 As the title suggests, Trafic is a space of passage and a circuit between different forms of cinematic fascination. Trafic is about images in a broad sense and is not restricted to cinema, even if that is the primary focus. In conceiving Trafic, Daney was inspired by literary revues such as La Nouvelle Revue Française and Jean Louis Schefer’s Café (Maison 235). Named after the penal colony for delinquents where Jean Genet resided during the 1920s, Mettray was created in 2001 in Marseille by the photographer and filmmaker Didier Morin and usually publishes works-in-progress, archival materials, and reflections by writers, photographers, and filmmakers. Bellour and Bertrand Schefer (one of the writers of Malgré la nuit) have contributed texts, and other regular contributors include the photographer Bernard Plossu.20 Grandrieux’s texts for these revues include reflections on his film practice (“Troisième film”); interviews (“Un lac,” “Unrest: Entretien”); commentaries on other films (“Sous le ciel“); extracts from his films’ “scripts” (“Meurtrière,” “Unrest”), including as-yet unfinished films (“Congo”); correspondence to do with the films or shooting diaries (“La Vie Nouvelle“); and short, oneiric fictional texts and other occasional writings (“La voie sombre”, “L’emprise”, “Incendie”). In one brief paragraph-long text that reads like the account of a nightmare, Grandrieux describes the experience of someone trapped underneath a huge putrefying beast (“Untitled [1]”). Another work features simply a pair of drawings of birdlike creatures (“Untitled [2]”). While we do not have the script for Malgré la nuit, Baudéan notes that it is poetic, like a novel with chapters rather than scenes and, in that respect, we can speculate that it is very much like the fictional texts and the scenarios for the other films (2). Baudéan compares Grandrieux’s script to those of Bruno Dumont, for whom he has also worked. This is significant because it means that Grandrieux’s film practice stems from a practice of literary writing. Grandrieux states that he could not make a film that did not start life as a text that he had written (with or without others in collaboration) (Grandrieux and Jefferson Selve 93).

    Grandrieux’s references to Blanchot in the shooting diary take on added resonance by appearing in Trafic. Both Bellour and Daney have said that Blanchot was for them an ideal critic: Daney refers to Blanchot as “his master” (Pensées 310), while Bellour writes that Blanchot permitted the republication of his essay “La Condition critique” in the second edition of Trafic, a text that Bellour cut out from a newspaper when he was a young boy in 1950 (Dans la compagnie 13). This is not to say that Blanchot was a model, says Bellour, because he is “inimitable” (21). Grandrieux’s affinity with Blanchot’s account of the work of the artist enters into intertextual play with the estimation in which Blanchot is held by key figures at Trafic. Blanchot’s critical insights into the creative process in L’Espace littéraire—surely among the most profound studies of the psychology of the literary writer—come no doubt in part from his own practice as an experimental writer. Bellour’s own literary writings (simply referred to as “texts”) have strong echoes of Blanchot’s récits, novels, and fragmentary texts: the enigmatic and often elliptical collection of texts Oubli (1992), for example, cannot but evoke Blanchot’s L’Attente, l’oubli. Bellour’s Partages de l’ombre (2002) similarly features key themes of childhood, the nature of the image, and other topics. A strong Blanchotian literary sensibility infuses Bellour’s understanding of the critical task of writing about film. In other words, critical work would here seem to demand the supplement of experience of literary practice. Bellour notes that for him film analysis is “an art of evocation” rather than a task of description: that is, it is about using written “style” to capture “an active shadow of the unfolding of the film in the movement of the phrase” (Pensées 12). This kind of film “analysis” is about capturing something of cinematic fascination through a practice of writing. What exactly happens in this “capture”? One is inspired to respond to a moment of spectatorial fascination by putting to work the memory of that moment in a literary practice (a practice that for Blanchot starts with fascination). Creative work stemming from fascination is always a work of memory, a renewed inspiration working from traces of an irrecuperable instant in the past (even if that past is a very recent past, for example, as one reflects on a film one has just seen while leaving the cinema). As Bellour hints at and as Elsa Boyer makes explicit, Bellour’s film analysis is “indissociable from fiction” (Boyer 110).21 Writing that begins with fascination is always partly fictive. The film analysis associated with Bellour is a hybrid form of writing inspired by an experience of cinematic fascination, a movement of writing that reanimates, transforms, and necessarily fictionalizes the memory. Underscoring the importance of writing in the revue, Trafic contains no images or illustrations.22 Even if it is an “error,” as we saw in the previous section, fascination can be seen as productive because it has the potential to activate a circuit and inspire new works. If cinema opens an interior world, then writing is a way of prolonging the fascination of cinema. As Jean Louis Schefer puts it: “Writing on cinema would here be nothing else but going further into this darkness lit by changing points, and reaching the moment where this [“experimental”] night is made in us” (95).

    Bellour’s Le Corps du cinéma, which remains untranslated, is one of the great books on the fascination of cinema. The book’s subtitle offers three core conceptual terms: hypnoses, emotions, and animalities. Fascination is a crucial additional term, along with infant and child, whose significance I sketch below. The importance of the term fascination for Bellour is clear: it “commonly serves in general terms to express most vividly the experience induced by cinema. Let us reserve for the moment this word, so full, which asks to be clarified itself, and of which this book is also in a sense the unfolding” (114). Bellour approaches fascination through a discussion of hypnosis. For Bellour, film induces a hypnotic state through the rhythms of time and movement in individual films and also through the cinematic apparatus (dispositif) itself (82). The filmic state is about maintaining a passage between two stages of hypnosis: induction and the state of hypnosis itself, in which the spectator falls into a pre-sleep state (63). The film makes “suggestions” and the spectators respond with their emotions. The dispositif is set up in such a way as to ensure this capture and “force of persuasion.” The darkness of the cinema hall individualizes the relation between spectator and screen. (Like Blanchot’s and Grandrieux’s accounts of fascination, Bellour’s cinematic fascination is essentially nocturnal.) Hypnosis as a paradigm has, of course, a long history in cinema, psychoanalysis, and film theory, and throughout the book Bellour connects these to pre-cinematic forms of hypnosis and magnetism, such as the work of Mesmer and the fascination of the guillotine during the French Revolution.

    Fascination does not seem to refer to a stage or aspect of hypnosis; rather, Bellour says, it refers to the work of art and its effects. He continues: “At most one could say, in order to distinguish the two terms while associating them, like an echo of the duality of the process of induction and the hypnotic state, that if hypnosis, in the cinema, is that which sends the spectator to sleep, fascination is that which wakes him up” (294).23 At a crucial moment in the text, Bellour turns to Blanchot, noting that the subsection of L’Espace littéraire titled “L’image” (L’Espace 28-31, Space 32-33) “seems to describe the cinema situation” (294).24 Bellour then quotes key lines on hypnosis:

    Hypnosis, however, consists not in putting to sleep, but in preventing sleep. It maintains within concentrated night a passive, obedient light, the point of light which is unable to go out: paralyzed lucidity. The power that fascinates has come into contact with this point, which it touches in the separated place where everything becomes image. Inspiration pushes us gently or impetuously out of the world, and in this outside there is no sleep, any more than there is rest. Perhaps it must be called night, but night—the essence of night—does not, precisely, let us sleep. (L’Espace 244, Space 185)

    Like Grandrieux’s evocation of his film as a dream, fascination is figured as being captured by a light in the midst of darkness. Bellour notes that while Blanchot’s discussion pertains to the notion of inspiration, that is, to the work of the artist, it also provides a way of thinking about spectatorship: “These words, beyond the solitude of the creative experience which suggests them, touch also with a strange exactitude the situation of the dark cinema hall and projection and the freely captured spectator in this apparatus” (Corps 295). Inspiration links both creation and reception in an underlying experience of fascination.

    Bellour goes on to note that for Blanchot childhood is “the moment of fascination, is itself fascinated” (295; L’Espace 30, Space 33), which is why childhood and our own childhood fascinate us: “It is because the child is fascinated that the mother is fascinating” (L’Espace 30, Space 33). Bellour draws on Blanchot’s revision of psychoanalytic doctrine in order to conceptualize cinematic fascination. Ten years after the publication of his book, Bellour returned to this idea in a seminar, noting that he is still “fascinated” by these lines.25 Bellour also develops his theory of cinema spectatorship in relation to the developmental theories of Daniel Stern, writing that “the child [infant] of Stern is the cinema spectator” (Corps 151; see 151-177). Bellour argues that when we are fascinated by cinema, we reawaken the fascination that typified our earliest childhood: the child is the “originary infra-spectator” (121-122). While Bellour develops this most extensively in relation to Stern, ideas connecting childhood to cinema are also associated with Daney and Schefer.26 The important point is that there is a bridge between “the spectator’s current state and a state of childhood that the film reanimates by conjugating occasional and renewed fascination with a primordial fascination” (en conjuguant à une fascination primordiale des fascinations ponctuelles et renouvelées) (297). Here, as throughout Le Corps du cinéma, film form is said to hypnotize and fascinate the viewer and this experience is supposed to reopen a “primal scene” characterized by fascination. Bellour’s text sometimes dramatizes this fascination through fragments that seem partly autobiographical and partly fictive (Corps 116-117)—as if to reach the deepest levels of spectatorship it would be necessary to move from an analytic approach to cinema to a speculative or fictional form. These fragments echo Blanchot’s “primal scenes” in L’Écriture du désastre (The Writing of the Disaster), which can be interpreted as representing “infant figures” (Fynsk), that is, immemorial moments of childhood exposure to nothingness.27 These “primal scene” sections are doubtless an influence on Bellour’s L’Enfant (2013), a collection of enigmatic poetic fragments, written between 1994 and 2009, that imaginatively describe the early experiences of a child.28 In one of the fragments, Bellour evokes a “child of cinema” enveloped by the screen image (74). Bellour’s work suggests that closely watching the child (one supposes it is his grandchild), perhaps like the practice of child observation in psychoanalytic training, is a form of research into fascination. Bellour thus extends Blanchot’s concept of fascination by theorizing it in relation to cinema, prolonging Blanchot’s insight that it is related to childhood, and developing forms of writing appropriate to it.

    Bellour caps his long discussion of hypnosis with a brief reading of two early moments featuring children in Grandrieux’s Sombre (Corps 122-123). Sombre begins with a series of shots that follow a car driving through the French Alps at sunset. The next sequence begins abruptly with screams of children. We see children sit on red seats in the dark, possibly in a theatre or cinema, watching a show. The camera faces them and does not show what they are watching. The children are highly animated by what they are watching, shrieking and shouting. Their eyes are wide and rapt. As this short sequence goes on, an eerie ambient music gets louder and the children’s cries are muted. Shortly before the end of the sequence, the children’s agitated and excitable movements are accelerated. About four minutes after this, after a scene in which the film’s protagonist is seen for the first time in a hotel room with an individual we might surmise is a prostitute, another elliptical sequence shows a young blindfolded boy in a field with his arms outstretched before him. As he advances in small steps, the image goes in and out of focus. A crane shot shows that he is walking away from a large barn. Together, these two sequences function somewhat ambiguously as prefatory matter for the main story. Bellour sees these “real-conceptual children” (123) as figurations of the fascinated cinema viewer.

    Bellour returns to this theme in his essay on Malgré la nuit, describing the film as “an attempt to bring to an obscure clarity, despite the night, images which would be images of childhood” (Pensées 229). As with Sombre, childhood is more a conceptual motif than a primary plot feature in Malgré la nuit, one deployed only a couple of times. At the very end of the film, as Lenz lies dying, we see two superimposed images: one of Lenz walking through a field and another of a woman cradling a young child. This echoes an earlier moment in which Lenz explores a house by candlelight and finds a polaroid of the same woman and child, which he claims is a picture of himself and his mother. In a film that follows the logic of a dream more than the logic of a story, Grandrieux thus inscribes a vanishing point. Grandrieux has elsewhere suggested this motif of childhood figures of fascination: “I’ve always thought that one accesses images more with our hands than our eyes. The images that I’m talking about are those which constitute for each of us the dream in which we live. […] It’s a world of images without light that we hold in ourselves and which we traverse like a sleepwalker who cannot escape its vision. This world is childhood, early childhood, when things are linked in us without us ever being able to know anything of them” (Grandrieux and Jefferson Selve 87). The figure of the sleepwalker resonates with the blindfolded child in Sombre. Both echo Grandrieux’s practice of carrying the camera with his own hands, advancing blindly within the “enigma” of the film (“Journal 1” 21). In this way, the circuit of fascination linking Blanchot, Bellour, and Grandrieux, each in his singular way, ultimately tends to resolve itself in the image of a fascinated child.

    Conclusion: What Remains of Fascination?

    Filming is in Grandrieux’s account firstly an active relation: it is always “I film” (je filme). And yet, this filming is a search for a way of letting oneself “be taken” (se laisser prendre) by the film. Grandrieux wants to become the void where, in Blanchot’s terms, the impersonal affirmation of the work asserts itself (L’Espace 61, Space 55). By holding the camera himself Grandrieux has a direct relation through the viewfinder to the image at the moment of its inception. It is partly for this reason that he refers to himself as the film’s “first spectator” (Grandrieux and Jefferson Selve 90). For Blanchot, the genesis of a work of art is a struggle between power and impossibility, which, in the case of literature, finally resolves itself in physical form through the figures of the reader and writer (L’Espace 263-264, Space 198); it is thus that the spectator is in some sense already in the artist (L’Espace 265-266, Space 199-200). The violence of this combat is suggested by Grandrieux’s use of arracher, discussed above, and the various physical ailments he suffers in the course of the project. Yet Grandrieux’s diary also demonstrates how fatigue and a feeling of suffocation become the substance and movement of the work, even if they are also at the same time symptoms militating against its realization. The diary thus suggests the possible political stakes of fascination’s irreducible passivity in a contemporary economy of incessant activity. As Josh Cohen has recently noted, afflictions such as burnout, which typify the Western world of work today, testify to how the creative act often consists precisely in sustaining an inactive state such as exhaustion (xxxvii).

    Just as Bellour’s filmic fascination requires passage through its own kind of writing (which elicits a second fascination), Grandrieux’s affinity with a book about the “space of literature” gestures towards the common indissociability of the literary and the cinematic today, having a common source in an experience of fascination. Theorizing the passages between these forms, Bellour and Grandrieux are two of the principal inheritors or guardians of Blanchotian fascination working today. Circuits of fascination are thus often at the same time circuits of artistic influence. As we have seen, Trafic has historically thought of fascination in Blanchotian terms. As a literary space without images, Trafic responds to what already in the 1990s was perceived to be a saturation of the world by images brought about by a marketized postmodern screen culture. While this condition has developed enormously over the last thirty years, Trafic may still be seen as a space that protects and circulates the pure fascination of cinema, away from an ambient absorption in forms of spectacle and what Daney called “the visual.”29 If Bellour and Grandrieux point to worldly forces militating against the “error” of fascination, they both nonetheless draw primal scenes testifying to it as a vital temptation of the human.

    Footnotes

    1. See for example Greg Hainge’s discussion of a 1994 documentary by Grandrieux on the Normandy landings, in which Grandrieux reads an extract from Blanchot’s L’Attente, l’oubli (Awaiting Oblivion; 1962) (Hainge 52-53).

    2. For example, Adrian Martin reads Malgré la nuit via Antonin Artaud. In his study of Grandrieux, Hainge draws notably on Deleuze and is somewhat critical of the concept of fascination (264). My account of fascination, however, is not that far from Hainge’s reference to the Levinasian il y a and his argument that Grandrieux’s cinema is about returning us to “our own ontological base condition as sensory beings receptive to sensations that traverse us in their raw immediacy” (261).

    3. On Blanchot’s relation to cinema, see Watt 1-9.

    4. Bellour mentions his “profound” friendship with Grandrieux in Dans la compagnie 129.

    5. For a discussion of fascination and the image in Blanchot, particularly as they pertain to cinema, see Watt 23-53.

    6. For different perspectives on fascination within a broader historical French context, see Declerq and Spriet. Although beyond the scope of this article, one could trace the literary sensibility associated with fascination and Blanchot back to German Romanticism; see McKeane and Opelz.

    7. The name Madeleine of course recalls Hitchcock’s Vertigo (1958), a film that could be read as a study in fascination. The name Lenz is a reference to Georg Büchner’s fragment “Lenz” (1836). Kristian Marr was explicitly chosen by Grandrieux for his ghostly, Romantic pallor (“Dossier de presse”). Grandrieux also evokes Dostoyevksy’s The Idiot (1868-69) and the question of evil as inspiration for the film. The film’s title is a reference to a poem by Saint John of the Cross. On allusions to Rilke in the film (also the subject of a significant part of Blanchot’s L’Espace littéraire), see Bellour, Pensées; Leroy.

    8. As of 2009, when the second series was launched, Mettray has no pagination; page numbers given for the Mettray “Journal de tournage” (1-14) are hence my own. Unless otherwise indicated, all translations from this and other French texts are my own.

    10. Grandrieux quotes Kafka’s diary in “Sur l’horizon.”

    11. This appears a Scheferian touch—compare the phrase “voix métallique” in B. Schefer 24.

    12. When asked why his films involve so much sexualized violence, Grandrieux states that he does not know, but that his desire to make films depends on such imagery (Bellour, Pensées 229).

    13. Baudéan confirms Grandrieux’s regular use of this word arracher on set in his instructions to actors and assistants (18).

    14. Bellour describes it as “the book of a generation” (Corps 16). For the “experimental night,” see J. L. Schefer 6, 92. For a discussion of this book and its context, see Ffrench. Schefer has contributed to Trafic throughout the life of the revue and currently serves on its advisory committee.

    15. In the Mettray extract, Grandrieux writes that it is between these two shores that “the film” must pass (3).

    16. Discussed in Hainge 75. On the broad body of contemporary French cinema in which Grandrieux’s work fits, see Beugnet, Cinema and Sensation.

    17. See for example Maillard.

    18. Remark made by Patrice Rollet at the Trafic roundtable, conference “Changer, échanger: Serge Daney au milieu du gué,” Institut national de l’histoire de l’art, Paris, 28 Sept. 2018. On Trafic‘s genesis, see Daney, Maison 23-49 and Pageau. Bellour has stated that he is the only academic on the board of Trafic—remark made at the conference “Penser les revues de cinéma et audiovisuel aujourd’hui,” Sorbonne Nouvelle Paris 3, 16 Dec. 2019.

    19. On this topic, see Fiant.

    20. Malgré la nuit was written by Grandrieux in collaboration with Bertrand Schefer, Rebecca Zlotowski, and John-Henry Butterworth.

    21. For a discussion of the French tradition of film analysis as a kind of “writing” (écriture) and Bellour and Daney’s place within this, see Costa and Maury. For a recent discussion of Bellour’s career see Radner and Fox, which contains an extract in translation of the long recent interview with Bellour, Dans la compagnie.

    22. Daney refers to a writerly eschewing of images as the “Blanchot effect” (99).

    23. For a recent reading of the connection between cinema and sleep, which we could compare with Bellour’s, see Gorfinkel.

    24. See Bellour’s discussion of Blanchot, 291-97. Bellour also discusses this text in “L’Image.”

    25. “Fragments d’une archéologie du regard romantique,” Université Paris Diderot, 3 Apr. 2019.

    26. See Jean Louis Schefer’s line “the films which watched our childhood” and Daney’s repeated formula “cinema is childhood,” both discussed in Bellour, Corps 296.

    27. Compare Grandrieux’s reference to the “infans” in “Sur l’horizon” 88.

    28. An extract was published in Mettray, vol. 10, Spring 2006, 6-9.

    29. See Bellour’s article on the history of the cinema spectator in Pensées, 353-366.

    Works Cited

    • Baudéan, Romain. “Perdre point: Journal de bord d’un pointeur sur le tournage de Malgré la nuit, un film de Philippe Grandrieux.” Romain Baudéan, Jun. 2016, www.romainbaudean.files.wordpress.com/2016/06/perdre-point.pdf. Blog. Accessed 28 December 2019.
    • Bellour, Raymond. Dans la Compagnie des œuvres: Entretien avec Alice Leroy et Gabriel Bortzmeyer. Rouge Profond, 2017.
    • —. Le Corps du cinéma: Hypnoses, émotions, animalités. P.O.L., 2009.
    • —. L’Enfant. P.O.L., 2013.
    • —. “L’Image.” Maurice Blanchot: Récits critiques, edited by Christophe Bident and Pierre Vilar, Editions Farrago, 2003, pp. 133–141.
    • —. Oubli. Éditions de la Différence, 1992.
    • —. Partages de l’ombre. Éditions de la Différence, 2002.
    • —. Pensées du cinéma: Les Films qu’on accompagne, le cinéma qu’on cherche à ressaisir. P.O.L., 2016.
    • Beugnet, Martine. L’Attrait du flou. Yellow Now, 2017.
    • —. Cinema and Sensation: French Film and the Art of Transgression. Edinburgh UP, 2007.
    • Blanchot, Maurice. The Book to Come. Translated by Charlotte Mandell, Stanford UP, 2003.
    • —. “La Condition critique.” Trafic, vol. 2, Spring 1992, pp. 140-42.
    • —. L’Écriture du désastre. Gallimard, 1980.
    • —. L’Espace littéraire. 1955. Gallimard, 1988. Collection “Folio essais.”
    • —. Le Livre à venir. 1959. Gallimard, 1986. Collection “Folio essais.”
    • —. The Space of Literature. Translated by Ann Smock, U of Nebraska P, 1982.
    • Boyer, Elsa. “Raymond Bellour, de L’Analyse du film au Corps du cinéma: une théorie sensible.” Écrire l’analyse du film: Un enjeu pour l’esthétique, edited by Fabienne Costa, et al., = Théorème, vol. 30, 2019, pp. 103-111.
    • Cohen, Josh. Not Working: Why We Have to Stop. Granta, 2019.
    • Costa, Fabienne, and Corinne Maury. “L’analyse de films est écriture.” Introduction. Écrire l’analyse du film: Un enjeu pour l’esthétique, edited by Fabienne Costa, et al., = Théorème, vol. 30, 2019, pp. 7-16.
    • Daney, Serge. La Maison cinéma et le monde: 4. Le moment Trafic (1991-1992). Edited by Patrice Rollet with Jean-Claude Biette and Christophe Manon, P.O.L., 2015.
    • Declercq, Gilles, and Stella Spriet, editors. Fascination des images, images de la fascination. Presses Sorbonne Nouvelle, 2014.
    • “Dossier de presse: Malgré la nuit” (2016). UniFrance, medias.unifrance.org/medias/118/125/163190/presse/malgre-la-nuit-dossier-depresse-francais.pdf. Accessed 28 December 2019.
    • Ffrench, Patrick. “Memories of the Unlived Body: Jean Louis Schefer, Georges Bataille and Gilles Deleuze.” Film-Philosophy, vol. 21, no. 2, 2017, pp. 161-187. Edinburgh UP Journals, doi:10.3366/film.2017.0042.
    • Fiant, Antony. “De la caméra au stylo: Les écrits des cinéastes dans Trafic.” La Revue des revues, vol. 33, 2003, pp. 69-77.
    • Fynsk, Christopher. Infant Figures: The Death of the Infans and Other Scenes of Origin. Stanford UP, 2000.
    • Gorfinkel, Elena. “Cinema, the Soporific: Between Exhaustion and Eros.” Kracauer Lectures in Film and Media Theory, Goethe Universität, 12 Dec. 2017, www.kracauerlectures.de/en/winter-2017-2018/elena-gorfinkel/. Accessed 30 December 2019.
    • Grandrieux, Philippe. “Congo.” Trafic, vol. 83, Autumn 2012, pp. 138-142.
    • —. “L’emprise.” Trafic, vol. 38, Summer 2001, pp. 17-22.
    • —. “Incendie.” Trafic, vol. 16, December 1995, pp. 14-22.
    • –. “Un lac: Entretien.” Mettray, vol. 1, Winter 2009.
    • —. “Journal de tournage [1].” Trafic, vol. 98, Summer 2016, pp. 16-22.
    • —. “Journal de tournage [2].” Mettray, vol. 9, September 2016.
    • —. “La Vie nouvelle. Correspondance par Philippe Grandrieux et Eric Vuillard.” Trafic, vol. 44, December 2002, pp. 25-38.
    • —. “La voie sombre (Mal vu mal dit de Samuel Beckett, 1981).” Trafic, vol. 100, Winter 2016, p. 146.
    • —. “Meurtrière.” Mettray, vol. 6, September 2013.
    • —. “Les morts.” Trafic, vol. 84, Winter 2012, pp. 134-137.
    • —-. “Sous le ciel de Dwoskin. A propos de The Sun and the Moon.” Trafic, vol. 76, Winter 2010, pp. 57-59.
    • —. “Sur l’horizon insensé du cinéma.” Cahiers du cinéma, hors-série: Le siècle du cinéma, Nov. 2000, pp. 88-92.
    • —. “Troisième film.” Trafic, vol. 50, Summer 2004, pp. 122-123.
    • —. “Unrest.” Trafic, vol. 104, Winter 2017, pp. 80-86.
    • —. “Unrest: Entretien avec Didier Morin.” Mettray, vol. 11, September 2018.
    • —. “Untitled [1].” Mettray, vol. 9, Autumn 2005, p. 20.
    • —. “Untitled [2].” Mettray, vol. 12, September 2019.
    • Grandrieux, Philippe, and John Jefferson Selve. “Malgré la nuit: Philippe Grandrieux.” Possession Immédiate, vol. 5, 2016, pp. 84-95.
    • Hainge, Greg. Philippe Grandrieux: Sonic Cinema. Bloomsbury, 2017.
    • Leroy, Alice. “Stupre et châtiments.” Débordements, 2016, debordements.fr/Malgre-la-nuit-Philippe-Grandrieux. Accessed 30 Nov. 2019.
    • Maillard, Florence. “Malgré la nuit.” Cahiers du cinéma, vol. 724, Jul.-Aug. 2016, p. 61.
    • Martin, Adrian. “A Magic Identification with Forms: Philippe Grandrieux in the Night of Artaud.” Image [&] Narrative, vol. 17, no. 5, 2016, pp. 30-40.
    • McKeane, John, and Hans Opelz, editors. Blanchot Romantique: A Collection of Essays. Peter Lang, 2011.
    • Pageau, Simon. “L’Esprit Trafic (1991-1992). Création d’une revue: Lecture des premiers numéros.” Université de Rennes, 2019. HAL ID: dumas-02370211. Master’s Thesis. Radner, Hillary, and Alistair Fox. Raymond Bellour: Cinema and the Moving Image. Edinburgh UP, 2018.
    • Schefer, Bertrand. L’Âge d’or. Éditions Allia, 2008.
    • Schefer, Jean Louis. L’Homme ordinaire du cinéma. 1980. Cahiers du cinéma / Gallimard, 1997.
    • Watt, Calum. Blanchot and the Moving Image: Fascination and Spectatorship. Legenda, 2017.

  • A Moving Which Is Not a Moving: Michael Snow’s Wavelength

    E. L. McCallum (bio)

    Abstract

    Michael Snow’s canonical experimental film Wavelength is commonly understood to model cinematic apparatus theory. This essay reads Wavelength through a different apparatus, one used in physics’ well-known double-slit experiment to demonstrate the wave theory of light. Reading the film via this quantum apparatus orients us to a different mode of spectatorship than cinema’s apparatus theory—a mode of fascination. Reading Wavelength through fascination decenters the human subject, questions the tacit humanism of even materialist interpretations of the film, and opens up a new vantage on both the animacy in the film and its critical readings.

    “He sat and stared at the sea, which appeared all surface and twinkle, far shallower than the spirit of man. It was the abyss of human illusion that was the real, the tideless deep.”—Henry James, “The Middle Years” (335)

    Michael Snow’s film Wavelength may be best misremembered as the story of a 45-minute zoom shot across a New York City loft to a photograph of waves that fills the screen. Except that it’s not a continual zoom but a montage of reframed space, and it’s not a story but a flattening, a Steinian geography of layers. While it has also commonly been taken as a staging of cinematic apparatus theory,1 Wavelength is arguably fascinated with another apparatus that toys with waves and particles. This essay reads Wavelength through the light-conducting apparatus that is used in physics’ well-known double-slit experiment to demonstrate the wave theory of light.2 This apparatus has subsequently been developed to confirm a range of queer phenomena at the quantum level, from Louis de Broglie’s discovery of the quantum duality of particle and wave to the curious problem of entanglement. This essay builds on the implications of such experiments for rethinking being and knowing, subject and object elicited by Karen Barad’s queer feminist quantum theory. Moreover, reading the film through/as this quantum apparatus orients us to a different mode of spectatorship than cinema’s apparatus theory—a mode of fascination. For a range of reasons, but hinging primarily on the relation of the object and subject, this fascinated spectatorship’s distinction from apparatus theory has been obscured by the very fascination of film theorists with Wavelength.

    The zoom-story impression of Wavelength is likely due to Annette Michelson’s influential reading of the film, which explicitly links it to narrative:

    as the camera continues to move steadily forward, building a tension that grows in direct ratio to the reduction of the field, we recognize, with some surprise, those horizons as defining the contours of narrative, of that narrative form animated by distended temporality, turning upon cognition, towards revelation. (“Toward” 175)

    This sense of “revelation” seems to undergird the way the film captures story; that is, the turn towards revelation makes it narrative, though the narrative features Michelson calls out emphasize not only temporal transformation but the experience of it. There’s a phenomenological component to the story in this movement from cognition to revelation. Yet I’m also struck by the way Michelson evokes perspective, as the horizons defining narrative’s contours. In a different essay, she doubles down on both narrative and perspective, positing that “Snow made of the slow and steady optical tracking shot or zoom the axis of a displacement whose perceptual solicitations and formal resonance are those of narrative action” (“About” 113). If Wavelength is a story of a zoom, it’s a story of our experience of film, a recognizably apparatus theory account that emphasizes the perceptual engagement—and disengagement—of the spectator.

    In other words, Michelson’s account is based on the perspectival or apparatus theory reading of the film as much as on the narrative lens; the two are imbricated in a way that reinforces their collusion to produce a discrete, individualist subject. Contextualizing the zeitgeist of the film’s making, Michelson observes: “Not narrative form, but the space in which it takes place, was the object of radical assault. For the gaze of fascination, the filmmakers of the late 1960s were to begin substituting analytic inspection” (“About” 116). Michelson’s sense of Wavelength‘s formal return to narrative thus charts a turn away from fascination and towards analysis. Wavelength‘s own analysis, however, consists of its particular cutting together of space to create an experience that seems narrative but isn’t, while the narrative effect of the film reinscribes it in a familiar paradigm of centered spectatorship, articulated through apparatus theory’s contemporaneous discussion of monocular perspectival space.3 But while it reinscribes that centered spectator, it also displaces her. For just as the narrativity of the film is a fiction, an imposition of a familiar framework, so too is its appeal to a centered and discrete subject. As Michael Sicinski observes,

    By placing Wavelength within the narrative tradition, albeit as a metacommentary on that tradition (a film whose ‘story’ is the purely temporal cognitive process of watching films), Michelson locates Wavelength within a temporal humanism, implying that the film proposes a spectatorship which posits ‘humanity’ (or more precisely, a specific, historically determined notion of what being human means) as both centered subject and represented object of any filmic experience. (67)

    Michaelson’s reading of Wavelength, then, not only glosses the film with narrative, but situates it as the model for cinematic apparatus theory, which surged into critical discourse between the film’s 1967 creation and Michaelson’s 1978 discussion. While apparatus theory underscores the ideological power of cinema, relying on a largely Marxist understanding of ideology, its reliance on a tacit humanism has been less fully appreciated.

    As one of the most insightful critical analyses to shift us away from that humanism to emphasize the materiality of the film, Sicinski’s argument attends to the way the film produces space, as “each disclosure is the creation of a new space, all the more palpably material due to the compression established by the zoom” (82). In that shift from time to space, Sicinski leverages us away from a narrative reading and into an ontological one. This ontological turn invites further consideration of the materiality of the space and of the question whether and how that materiality could represent itself. The turn to space also directs us away from a human-centered focus or a centering of the human. Yet at the same time, Sicinski’s focus on “dwelling” in the Heideggerian sense loses the aspect of the visual, and of fascination in particular.4 Because fascination holds important implications for subject/object relations (not unlike Heidegger’s reconfiguration of subject/object relations through dwelling and bridging), I aim to build on the ontological understanding laid down by Sicinski and bring it to bear on a new understanding of fascination. I suggest that the “gaze of fascination” is not so easily shaken from Wavelength, even as narrative falls short of accounting for the film’s analytic inspection not only of the loft space, but of the cinematic apparatus itself. However, when read through an apparatus other than the cinematic, that “gaze of fascination” can be understood differently. As the contestations of Michelson’s readings make clear, the imbrication of the human and the nonhuman, the problem of narrative, and the place of fascination lie at the heart of critical engagement with Snow’s film.

    I. From cinematic to quantum apparatus theory through the animacy of space

    Apparatus theory appears to account for both the uncommon experience that Wavelength presents its spectators and the persistence of phenomenological accounts of the film. Elizabeth Legge asked of Wavelength,

    Does it restore a ‘transcendent subject’ with mastery over the perceptual field, both as author and as viewer, or does it block that suspect entity? Does it somehow enact consciousness by provoking an intensified phenomenological experience in the viewer or does it interfere with our sensory immersion by stimulating a disruptive undertow of self-awareness? (18)

    The short answer—revealed by attending to the camera’s position in the loft space—is “yes, both.” And yet both are two sides of the same coin, for to block or disrupt “that suspect entity” is to constitute it, to affirm its being blocked and disrupted. What other subjects or modes of viewing might this film precipitate once we give up on its narrativity and perspectivism?

    The film begins from a conventionally transcendental perspective, from a high angle up in what seems to be the loft’s back corner. As spectators we cathect to an impossible locus of vision, an angle that Snow “[d]iscovered … to have lyric God-like above-it-all quality” (Snow, “Letter” 5). As the film proceeds, the framing shifts not only horizontally across the loft and toward the windows at the far side, but downward until the camera is situated at human eye-level. It then leans into the fullness of the wave image posted on the wall, ultimately ending in a nonhuman vantage as the full shot of waves fills the screen, with no horizon in sight to orient us in space or scale. The instability of the human vantage over the arc of the film is notable. Or rather, the fleetingness of a human vantage over the arc of the film should be notable, but our identification with the camera is such that we may readily overlook it, absorbed in the conventions of the cinematic apparatus.5 The human interest in what happens with the people who come and go onscreen is relentlessly sidelined by the framing that focuses the zoom’s attention on the opposite wall, reinforcing our identification with the camera. We come to realize that the four human events in the film are not plot but distractions. Curiously, and at the same time, the materiality of the film itself, both visually and sonically, comes to the fore in a way that counters the primacy of the camera, thus posing its own challenges to narrativizing Wavelength‘s experiment.

    One reading that quickly emerges from attending to the narrative decentering of the human in Wavelength—how Snow grants agency to the nonhuman aspects of the film—is the sense that the film produces meaning that seems to center on the mechanism of the camera as itself the action of the film. Indeed, as Martha Langford put it:

    The camera, surely the main protagonist, is a presence sensed over the course of the film, as it sometimes stutters in its cinematic language while making its way to the conclusion, a journey ruled and intensified by the sound of a rising sine wave. The colours of light (achieved through the use of gels), the artisanal quality of Snow’s ghostly montage, and elements of pure chance, such as sound drifting up from the street, offer escape and consolation to the spectator who is inexorably drawn to the watery depths of the final scene. (“Wavelength 1966”)

    Langford’s luscious description of the camera as protagonist and of film stocks, gels, and flashes as collaborators resonates with what Jean Baudry identifies as “the transcendental subject whose place is taken by the camera which constitutes and rules the objects in this ‘world’” (“Ideological” 45); here too the camera dominates the apparatus. Arguably then, Langford’s description—like Michelson’s—is still enframed in a narrative temporality that inscribes the familiar subject/object relation of linear perspective, because these ancillary collaborators serve to console the subject for the loss, presumably, of humancentered narrative, or possibly of conventional meaning in favor of a play of surfaces. Langford’s reading suggests that the real consolation offered by the gels and film stocks and ambient sound and sine wave is that they’re outside the camera—these are aspects of the film at odds with the dominance of the camera. On this view, the tension between the human/nonhuman becomes multiple, as a boundary between the subject-identifying convention of the camera and the non-objectifying sensory experiences of other materialities in film. These materialities are not producing a centered subject, a coherent identification, or a conventionally bounded sensory experience.

    Why would we necessarily identify with the camera and not with the flashes of color and light or textures of film onscreen?6 This question presents us with another angle on the intransigent projection of the human onto this film, and raises the problem of how humans might identify with nonhuman others, even machinic elements that do not stand in for them.7 As Baudry tells us, identification works because “it is to the extent that the child can sustain the look of another in the presence of a third party that he can find the assurance of an identification with the image of his own body” (“Ideological” 45). The gels offer no body, even synecdochally, for the spectator; they, the exposures, or the stutter, and especially the superpositions instead offer, in what might be seen as a Lacanian regression, le corps morcelé. We—insofar as there is a “we” here—identify part with part rather than whole with whole, projecting an imaginary composite or multiplicity. The oscillation between identifying as the transcendental subject and as a located human gives rise to the mental appeal of the film: it seduces us to mastery via a conventional perspectival framing, even as it uses that perspective to quell identification with any characters.8 While not exactly fragmentation, this oscillation creates its own form of continuity to cross the gap it limns, rendering our subjectivity necessarily incomplete. As Baudry observes, “continuity is an attribute of the subject” (“Ideological” 44); the film challenges us to retain our centeredness within the linear progress of the zoom, which produces our oscillation between attachment and resistance to the film. In watching Wavelength, we are constantly called to the present moment of what is before us in a way that throws us on our own resources of memory, experience, and attention; we are absorbed and bored, focused and distracted simultaneously or serially. Watching Wavelength tests our patience, unless we can lapse into that hypnotic zone of inattentive attention that suspends our desire for narrative in favor of enthrallment with the changing image, a play of surfaces rather than depths.

    Exacerbating this oscillation some two-thirds of the way through the film, however, is a series of superpositions of images, double exposures of what we have seen layered onto what we are seeing now.9 The linearity of narrative and spatial trajectory is disrupted by this superposition, as is the subject’s continuity: Where are we in time and space? What are we seeing? The superposition means that spectators oscillate between then/now and between being attentive and being diverted. The splitting in the image returns us to the surface of the image, resisting the referent. However, because this superposition is crucial for opening up the vector to consider the quantum apparatus in/for the film, the better question may be how are we seeing, and who is this we? The superposition goes beyond the earlier visual effects of the film—the gels, the exposure changes, the stutter—which can nonetheless be resolved into familiar perspectival relations. Baudry himself argues that the ideological efficacy of the cinematic apparatus relies on the exclusion of the instrumentation of cinema from the film; its incursion onto the screen disrupts our repression of its seaming us into ideological smoothness: “Both specular tranquillity and the assurance of one’s own identity collapse simultaneously with the revealing of the mechanism, that is of the inscription of the film-work” (“Ideological” 46). Such a collapse of identity is precisely what opens up the possibility for a spectatorial relation of fascination. If the superposition of images serves to reveal the mechanism of the apparatus, cinematic or otherwise, it also invites a collapse of the centered subject, which relies on an ideology of depth.

    There is, no doubt, an apparatus displayed in Wavelength through its apparent use of perspective as the zoom crosses the loft space. But the cinematic apparatus is not the only one at work here. The problem of superposition not only troubles the spectator’s tranquility when it erupts onscreen in Wavelength, but also yields a connection to quantum physics, since superposition is a mode of being inherent to the quantum world, where a quantum object can be in two states at the same time. This view builds on Sicinksi’s ontological shift to reading the film, but changes the ontological stakes. To clarify those stakes, let us consider Barad’s quantum-physics-based notion of the apparatus. Barad uses the double-slit experiment not simply to illustrate the wave/particle indeterminacy, but to question humans’ separation from that observation. Discussing the intricacies of an experiment that sends atoms through a two-slit apparatus that registers them as waves (rather than as particles), Barad notes that the experiment reveals that “wave and particle are not inherent attributes of objects, but rather the atoms perform wave or particle in their intra-action with the apparatus. The apparatus is an inseparable part of the observed phenomenon” (“Diffracting” 180). Key for Barad is the experiment’s performative aspect and the apparatus’s role in producing that performance: there is no essential underlying mode of being (particle or wave). Instead, an atom is either a particle or a wave depending on how apparatus and atom interact. As physics experimenters essayed to understand why the diffraction pattern (indicating waves) resulted rather than a scatter pattern (indicating particles), they found that changing the apparatus affected the outcome. More curiously, even if the experimenter went back and erased any information that indicated which slit an atom would go through (and thus, whether it would be particle or wave), “the finding of this experiment indicates that it is possible to determine after the particle has already gone through the slits whether or not it will have gone through one slit or the other (as a proper particle will do) or both slits simultaneously (as waves will do)!” (Barad 180). Perhaps even weirder but more germane, Barad extrapolates from this example that “There is no ‘I’ that exists outside of the diffraction pattern, observing it, telling its story” (181). Bringing Barad’s quantum apparatus into consideration troubles the human center of the cinematic apparatus, and invites us to consider how this queer quantum apparatus destabilizes ontology and subjectivity in ways relevant to a film called Wavelength.

    That relevance hinges on the linearity of time, the animacy of the object under investigation, and the separability the spectators from—or rather, their implication in relation to—the object observed in Wavelength. This turns us to two interrelated questions: 1) Must we buy the depth model of the film’s action, whether in terms of the geometry of perspective or perspective’s precipitation of the (phenomenal) subject? 2) How does Wavelength then reconfigure the subject/object relation? I have suggested that the film unworks the transcendental subject of apparatus theory precisely through the unraveling of perspective, narrative, and phenomenology to induce fascination as a relation of superposition.10 To do so, it must unwork perspective. Snow says of Wavelength that “It’s all planes, no perspectival space” (“Letter” 5), and Legge corroborates his reading in observing that “the floorboards of the loft may seem to mark out a perspective-like linear recession into depth, but they are only a reference to perspective as content or subject matter, not as a structuring system, since the zoom compresses and flattens as it goes” (49). Perspective is a reference on a flattened surface, just as narrative is a metaphor or dynamic form. Let us take seriously for a moment Snow’s claim that perspective is not a subject of the film; what if Wavelength has no linear perspective?11 At best there is only the viewer’s belief in perspective, cued by the initial realism of the scene—an afterimage of depth persisting across an increasing flatness of the image. The zoom marks interrupted and arrested movement; the camera stays still as the image expands to fill the frame (in what is conventionally called mobile framing). The trajectory through the loft comes not as a dolly shot but from a repositioning of the camera, which was packed away at the end of each shooting. You could say this film is a series of repeated reframings through the zoom. In mobilizing the frame without moving the camera, Wavelength formalizes the tension between arrest and movement that is the essence of fascination.

    If there is no perspective, what does that do to the subject who is the interlocutor for the horizon’s vanishing point (or he who contemplates the surface and twinkle of the sea)? Jacob Potempski argues that “the event that the film constitutes does not function as a mirror of experience; it effectuates a rupture with the world as it is experienced by a subject” (16). Potempski’s Deleuzian argument that the film’s time-image directness shatters the subject certainly diverts us away from a projection of wholeness in the image in favor of embracing the fragmentation that it displays. Yet he does not fully engage the fragmentation Wavelength presents when he argues that “the coherence of the subject, its identity across time is broken. … If there is a unity between consciousness and its object, the camera eye and the photograph, it lies in the continuity that the zoom establishes” (14). The zoom’s continuity is, on another view, a series of expanding, stretching fragments, cut together into a composite. The zoom’s “continuity” stitched together into a whole film marks not only the undoing of the subject, but the undoing of the object as well.

    Or rather, it marks the freeing of the object to its animacy. What if we consider Wavelength as composing an animate space? This would be a lesson from Barad’s queer quantum view that sees matter as animate, even performative. Consider that the loft is not a static, inert object of the camera but an active participant in the filming. What if instead we see Wavelength as letting the space articulate itself—join itself together as well as express itself—as it moves in for its closeup? The animacy of the camera is clear enough in film theory’s negotiation of the intricacies of cinema’s imbrication of human and technological. The animacy of the filmed object is also a thread in film theory, ever since Louis Delluc’s introduction of photogénie—an indefinable, vital quality taken on by a filmed object—and Kracauer’s insistence on the indeterminacy of natural objects and their psychophysical correspondences. Supporting this view, Sicinski argues that “Snow foregrounds the activity of seemingly ‘passive’ space” and that “one becomes aware that ‘spaces,’ and the ‘things’ within them, are not solid but rather in a constant state of flux” (79). Sicinski singles out the yellow chair, which “pops into deep greens only to burst into a white flare of light” (79)—a description that casts this chromatic activity as the chair’s performance. Might the cuts, on this view, indicate moments when the light or the loft either completes its scene or even possibly somehow fails in its role? In short, might the cuts mark the limits of the space’s performance? Is this scene a dialogue between space and light? Consider how some of the cuts also limn the limit of the medium—the moment for change in stock or filter so as to alter the light, or the traces of the end of shooting for that day. If we see the filmmaker as responsive to the performance of the space in the light of the mise en scène rather than as master over that space, we come closer to the sense of Baradian apparatus theory, in which the observer and the entity observed co-constitute one another (to put it schematically, if reductively). Moreover, if the space of the loft is actively engaging the film, then the superpositions refract how that space may engage with itself over time, responding to itself or to others in the space. If this seems preposterous, consider Barad’s contention that matter is animate, always coming into being and engaging with itself: “in a breathtakingly intimate sense, touching, sensing, is what matter does, or rather, what matter is: matter is condensations of responses, of response-ability” (“Transmaterialities” 401). Indeed, Barad’s elaboration of superposition sheds new light on the distinctive turn Wavelength makes in its doubled exposures, notable because it happens as the camera height reaches the human scale. These moments perform the imaged objects’ response-ability to one another.

    The fictionality of Snow’s 80-ft. zoom, moreover, underscores the film’s reliance on montage. As William Wees reminds us, nearly all zoom lenses are subject to side-drift, where a defect in the zoom lens “causes the image of an object in the center of the frame to gradually slip off-center during a zoom-in” (190n18). Wees elicits a different angle on the machinic aspects of Wavelength, positing that “the richest visual experience provided by Snow’s films comes from his manipulation of the ‘machine-ness’ of cinema” (154); indeed, Wavelength‘s “mechanical eye of the zoom lens creates a perceptual experience that cannot be duplicated by the human eye” (157). While the very nature of cinema is to produce perceptions that cannot be replicated by the human eye, this perceptual experience is unique in the way it animates the space. Because Snow was changing the camera position each day of shooting, and because shooting did not happen in sequence from long shot to closeup, he could recalibrate the center of the image. In my reading, Snow becomes the agent of the loft’s, chair’s, and photograph’s collaboration against the camera lens’ distortion. Wees observes that

    By imposing its narrow angle of vision on the space of the room, the zoom makes the wall seem to approach the viewer, rather than the viewer approach the wall. The wall seems to come forward exactly as the buildings across the street seem to advance until they look like flat images pressed against the windows of the room. (157)

    This flatness not only facilitates the layering of spaces; it also solicits fascination.

    Attending to the animacy of the filmed space reveals that, insofar as the film does center a spectator—and it does produce the illusions of cinematic apparatus and of perspective—we are the object of the film’s fascination, created by the space’s pursuit of an audience. Or possibly, we are the object of the photograph’s fascination as it stretches out the edges of its film image to bring itself into the fullness of the screen. To display itself. This is a nuance on the illusion of humanity in my epigraph, which constructs a series of linked binaries: shallow vs. depth, the sea vs. human, the surface vs. abyss. While we might initially read “the abyss of human illusion” to refer to the illusions that humans hold, I suggest instead that it is a claim about the illusion of being human: that the illusion of humanness is also an illusion of depth. If we dismiss the animacy of the loft in its approach towards us, its transformation from room to sea, we seek to reassert the illusion of human mastery over space and objects within it, and thus the very illusion of depth, of staring into the abyss, limned by cinematic apparatus theory. Because Wavelength is invested and engaged in fascination rather than classical fiction film spectatorship, it precipitates a subject differently—a fascinated subject, if you can even call it a subject. To acknowledge the animacy of the filmed entities, to turn from classical cinematic apparatus to a Baradian apparatus, is to turn towards an understanding of fascination as a reconfiguration of the subject/object relation. As Iris van der Tuin remarks, “Barad comes up with an onto-epistemology according to which knower, known, and laboratory instrument act and come into being simultaneously, in their mutual entanglement” (31). Barad’s apparatus theory necessarily shifts our understanding from the apparatus as producing discrete entities—however bound together in a system of projection, image, and spectatorship—to an understanding of phenomena. For Barad, “We do not uncover preexisting facts about independently existing things as they exist frozen in time like little statues positioned in the world. Rather, we learn about phenomena—about specific material configurations of the world’s becoming” (Meeting 90-91). She describes phenomena in terms of cutting-together apart. To think through how the spectator becomes fascinated with the animacy of the filmed space—that is, how the subject who will come to be the spectator encounters the object that is arguably the matter of the film in a relation that we will call fascination—let us turn to consider what fascination means.

    II. fascination

    To return to the epigraph: “He sat and stared at the sea, which appeared all surface and twinkle, far shallower than the spirit of man.” This describes the spectatorial experience of Wavelength, only we don’t know at the outset that we are staring at the sea. Or, for that matter, at the abyss of human illusion. We think we are staring at a New York loft, but in fact we are looking at a picture of the sea that we cannot yet see, and overlooking the space in which we dwell. Moreover, the photograph of waves on the far wall of the loft anchors the center of the image on screen across the film’s whole trajectory, and arguably its action clears out the rest of the loft so it can take center stage.12 The agency of the photograph, or the animacy of the mise en scène, bears on the question of fascination insofar as fascination posits an inversion of the conventional subject/object relation that privileges the human subject who subordinates an inert object world to his mastery (and it is a specifically gendered human subject). From the vantage of fascination, if this film has a centered subject, it is the photograph, not the cinematic apparatus-precipitated spectator.

    Because of the way Wavelength displaces or decenters the human, recutting the subject/object relation across human/nonhuman distinction, it stages fascination rather than identification or any other dominant mode of spectatorship (e.g., fetishistic scopophilia). Noting “the strangely dehumanizing state of fascination” (86), Pansy Duncan argues that the form of this affect is triangulated: “I experience fascination when the glossy surface’s hermeneutic and thus emotional bounty magnetizes me with the promise of an other ostensibly possessed of the emotional immediacy I conceive myself as lacking” (100). In Duncan’s view, fascination becomes a relation for negotiating lack by substituting another’s fullness or plenitude. She derives this understanding in a discerning reading of David Cronenberg’s Crash, a film in which she would like us to “consider the image as an aesthetic surface rather than as a representation of a spatially and psychologically rounded world” (77). I find Duncan’s description quite hospitable to reading Wavelength. The film’s subject is not a room we enter but a series of surfaces we confront or encounter. This is why I have been at pains to lay out but also question the intransigent phenomenological and narrative readings of the film, which hinge on the human, and turn instead to the flatness, the surfaces, and the mechanical, objectal, and spatial agencies it offers. However, I am troubled by Duncan’s investment in an overly familiar paradigm of plenitude and lack, even as she allows a certain dynamism between the self and other in terms of who lacks and who possesses. Duncan’s view seems to rewrite fetishism’s substitution of lack with an other’s plenitude without the epistemic ambivalence. There is fetishism in Cronenberg’s film, to be sure, but on behalf of the characters, who are car-crash fetishists. Duncan argues that the film itself refuses identification through its relentless emphasis on flatness: “its flatness and depthlessness leaves Crash stubbornly impervious to identification and emotional engagement” (78). And yet, she suggests, this flatness produces a richness of texture that should not go unheeded: “its riot of texture equally precludes an interpretation that would reduce it to mere surface lack” (78). In emphasizing the fullness of the image via texture, Duncan’s reading renders surface and flatness as curiously sufficient, if not plenitudinous.

    Fetishism has been identified as a classic mechanism for cinema: a bright surface with no depth or interiority, an absent presence, a signifier whose plenitude the spectator knows to be imaginary, but nonetheless accepts the world of the screen as full.13 Christian Metz has charted

    a few of the many and successive twists, the ‘reversals’ (reduplications) that occur in the cinema to articulate together the imaginary, the symbolic and the real … in order to work, the film does not only require a splitting, but a whole series of stages of belief, imbricated together into a chain by a remarkable machinery. (71)

    Metz incorporates Octave Mannoni’s discussion of knowledge and belief in theatrical fiction to say that “Any spectator will tell you that he ‘doesn’t believe in it,’ but everything happens as if there were nonetheless someone to be deceived, someone who really will ‘believe in it’” (72). Fascination operates through a similar splitting and oscillation, but on the axis between stillness and movement, fixity and animacy, which is also an organizing trope of cinema. Duncan remarks on “fascination’s strange synthesis of fixity and animation, stasis and excitement” (81). Fascination is similar to but not the same as fetishism. Both entail a transformation in conventional subject/object relations that subordinates a presumed-inert object to the subject’s control. But where the fetish privileges the object in order to negotiate a threatening absence,14 fascination submits the subject to the object without ambivalence. The subject’s experience of the object in fascination may be as a threatening presence that overwhelms the self, or even potentially affirms loss of self, but this does not pit belief against knowledge. Steven Shaviro, drawing on Blanchot,15 emphasizes the loss of a proper distance to the object and the radical passivity that cinematic fascination entails:

    I do not have power over what I see, I do not even have, strictly speaking, the power to see; it is more that I am powerless not to see. The darkness of the movie theater isolates me from the rest of the audience, and cuts off any possibility of ‘normal’ perception. I cannot willfully focus my attention on this or on that. Instead, my gaze is arrested by the sole area of light, a flux of moving images. I am attentive to what happens on the screen only to the extent that I am continually distracted, and passively absorbed, by it. I no longer have the freedom to follow my own train of thought. (47)

    For Shaviro, this dispossession leads to a counterparadigm for film spectatorship, “a radically different economy/regime/articulation of vision” that dispenses not only with film theory’s formulation of fetishism (as fetishistic scopophilia or as the imaginary signifier), but also with dominant models of spectatorship founded in voyeurism and identification in favor of masochism and fascination (49).

    Where Shaviro sees fascination as a mode of being transformed, even energized, by involuntary participation in watching highly affective scenes like blatantly prurient and pornographic scenarios (49), Duncan picks up on fascination’s formation in postmodern theory (Jameson, Harvey) as emotionally lacking. Fascination is seen as an antiemotional experience, fake, inauthentic, or apparitional, from which Duncan argues that we should appreciate its function as an undiminished emotion, albeit one of stasis and narcolepsy rather than animation. Like Shaviro, Duncan underscores the stillness of the fascinated spectator: “Fascination, that is, may be an emotion in which we are moved, paradoxically, to stop moving” (87). What’s key for me in Duncan’s reading of fascination is its “oddly depthless object” (87). The depthlessness of the object and the stasis of the subject put the energy, movement, emphasis on the relation between the two, a relation mediated by an other, a projection who is equally entranced. Moreover, Duncan establishes a certain reversibility between the one who is fascinated and the one who fascinates: “the definition of fascination moves from denoting a generalized intransitive condition (‘the state of being fascinated’) to indexing a particular transitive power (‘the state of being fascinating’). What fascinates, it seems, is always fascination itself” (89). Both Duncan and Shaviro develop their theories of fascination from fairly mainstream narrative films (Crash, Blue Steel, A Clockwork Orange). While they risk reintroducing narrative, their readings avoid doing so by focusing on the perceptual experiences offered by the films rather than on the phenomenological ones.

    How does this understanding of fascination apply to an experimental film like Wavelength? I argue it adapts well; read as a zoom-story or as the eruption of an abyss of time or as a photograph’s search for screentime, Wavelength is all about perceptual experience. Duncan’s and Shaviro’s specimen films afford a kind of limit test—as narrative fiction films, they could solicit identification, but both critics read them as working against this. Fascination is beyond identification and its depth model of subjectivity. The flatness that Duncan insists on in Crash‘s texture might be considered in light of Shaviro’s assertion that “the body is a flat surface of inscription and reflection, comprising all the image layers that are incised or overlaid upon it” (227). Although Shaviro is discussing drag queens here (Warhol’s filmed Superstars in particular), this view complements his insistence on the radical passivity of the fascinated spectator and the problem of emptiness, absence, lack, or loss in the subject’s experience of fascination. The loss of classical perspective and the subject precipitated by that quattrocento visual organization also entails the loss of the ideologies that subtend such perspective and its individualist paradigm. Fascination cannot be sustained under the template of individual experience; to individuate the fascinated subject is to take the viewer out of the relation to the object that is fascination. Similarly, because the fascinating object relies on being just close enough, if not a little too close, the looming proximity of the object can be reined in by putting it into proper perspective, reasserting distance and resolving the surface into a depiction of depth. In short, without the apparatus of linear (quattrocento) perspective, the outcome of Snow’s experiment is different, going beyond the centered subject/image relation of Baudry’s apparatus theory. The change in apparatus, from quattrocento to fascinated, also accounts for the persistence of a sense of “loss” or absence in the theorizations of the fascinated observer. Without perspective, or even with diminished or undone perspective, Snow’s film also challenges identification. Beyond the fact that we are constantly refused identification with humans in the film—they are, like the Walking Woman on the wall, only images—we are also refused identification with the camera. We may be deluded into thinking we identify with the camera moving through the loft’s space, or with the wholeness embodied in the artist’s intention, as in Michelson’s phenomenological reading. But the recentering of the image evokes the loft’s pressure and/or the photograph’s will to overcome the camera’s activity.

    Shaviro’s and Duncan’s models for fascinated spectatorship help us better articulate what makes this film so moving. But bearing in mind Barad’s apparatus theory, we may come to the realization that how we watch the film—how we dispose ourselves in relation to it or cultivate our attention to the screen—materially affects the outcome. Fascination, in short, is the apparatus that affords observational stasis in the face of animacy of the nonhuman.16 With the loss of linear perspective, we can no longer dominate the image or objects onscreen. While a range of viewing positions exists for all kinds of films (especially experimental nonnarrative ones), the turn to fascination acknowledges the animacy of the filmed objects, opening up space for the active participation of the nonhuman element via the apparatus of observation. Whether consciously or inadvertently, we viewers set ourselves aside to be fascinated by this activity. This is also and necessarily different from the way in which narrative functions, if we understand narrative itself as an apparatus for observation that arrays before us—in relations that may not be human-dominant—an understanding of causality and ordering that is only one possible cutting-together apart of the events observed. In this sense, I’m not attempting to overturn Michaelson’s narrative and phenomenological reading so much as to diffract it through fascination. Fascination is one way to talk about Wavelength‘s relation between subjects and objects, inviting us to embrace its animacy of spaces and things (photograph, chair, loft). In lieu of identification and its subject/object configuration, fascination offers spectators an affective attachment to the object, an inhuman narcissism. Consider it a nonhuman self-finding, where our “self” or subjectness fades in the face of the object, creating space for another to occupy or act—to inscribe itself. Fascination’s diminishment of the subject in favor of attention to the object’s force allows us to acknowledge the agency of the loft, the yellow chair, the photograph, but more importantly, the animacy of the light that is the real subject of the film. The light facilitates our sense that we, unconsoled spectators bereft of character, narrator, and ostensible meaning, lack what Duncan calls the emotional bounty or immediacy promised by an other. We are held, transfixed in contemplation of the object, subject to it rather than over it, but that relation is sustained as light.

    III. a quantum apparatus

    To elaborate this other apparatus theory, let me focus on the queer animacy posited by Barad’s discussion of quantum mechanics, picking up on Wavelength‘s wave to bring in particles. This animacy necessarily challenges any notion of discrete, stable identity. Here I would like to superimpose the discussion above about superposition, in which an entity—say, a photon—can occupy two different states at the same time until a human measures it or its angle of polarization and determines it to be a particle or wave. As van der Tuin puts it in her diffraction of Barad and Bergson and feminist epistemology, Barad is asking scientists and philosophers to “account for the ‘cuts’ they enact in the world’s becoming” (8). Our way of studying things brings them into being in a particular mode, whether by creating a film or by formulating an interpretation of it.

    To delve into the possibilities of a Baradian apparatus theory, let’s look again at the apparatus and experiment—the phenomenon—on which she builds her onto-epistemology. Here’s how Barad describes a two-slit experiment to determine waves from particles, an experiment at the heart of our understanding of quantum physics:

    [E]lectrons passing through a diffraction apparatus fail to behave like proper particles. Rather they behave like waves. Indeed, it seems that each individual electron is somehow going through both slits at once. … To make matters worse, each individual electron arrives at one point on the screen just like a proper particle. Now add a which-slit detector to the apparatus (to watch an electron going through the slits) and the electrons behave like particles. Impossible they say, but this is the electron’s lived experience. (“Diffracting” 173)

    This appears to be a straightforward description of the double-slit experiment until Barad avers, “but this is the electron’s lived experience,” which seems a charming but extraneous flourish. We may be struck by the animacy afforded to the electron by her turn of phrase, but the wording also recalls how often marginalized peoples’ experiences are not given credence if they don’t conform to dominant patterns of what experiences are. The rhetorical appeal to someone’s lived experience is often used to translate, with sympathetic intent, a marginalized experience to an audience thinking only in dominant paradigms. In other words, this is not a neutral description that reasserts the nonhuman on par with the human, but a specific politics about whose experiences count or are intelligible, and who lives experiences.

    The particle/wave dichotomy that the double-slit experiment describes thus brings us back to the question of superposition. The weirdness of superposition—where both states uncannily obtain—is lost by measuring the particle’s state in passing through the slit. Beyond that, superposition also affords a weird wrinkle in time at the quantum level.17 This temporal paradox is part of the reason Barad draws on superposition to undermine any sense of essence or singularity of being. She claims that “[s]uperpositions – here and there, now and then – are not a simple multiplicity, not a simple overlaying or a mere contradiction. Superpositions aren’t inherent; they are the effects of agential cuts, material enactments of differentiating/entangling” (“Diffracting” 176). What she means is that there is no thing, no quality, called superposition, but that it emerges as a feature of a particular arrangement of the experimental setup and presents complex effects or interconnections.18 The agential cut, which she also describes as a “cutting together-apart,” is one way to arrange the material. It may be visualized by Snow’s cinematic superpositions, which cut together along the z-axis shots we have seen separately; at the same time, it holds them apart because we can recognize them as separate shots. The temporal kick is that we see some of those shots later in the film, and we may recall others from our prior experience of this screening; the linearity of before/after is disrupted in this simultaneous display. Arriving as the film arrives at human height from its initial Archimedean vantage, the superpositions shift from a spatial perspective to a temporal one that nonetheless disorients our linear experience of time. The photon, like the loft, is out there doing what it does; the physicist or filmmaker registers it and produces the phenomenon. The eruptions of superpositions in Wavelength cut together-apart the very ordering of the zoom’s fiction to fascinate us with the loft’s intra-actions. Barad’s notion of the cut seems remarkably like film’s: a separation that also brings together. But where cinema’s cut produces montage (a shot interrelated with other shots to create meaning), Barad’s cutting together-apart produces an entanglement rather than bounded, autonomous entities. Where the cut in film enables the generative meanings that montage produces along the x-axis, the cutting-together-apart of quantum physics coimplicates the very things being separated: “Quantum entanglements are not the intertwining of two (or more) states/entities/events, but a calling into question of the very nature of twoness, and ultimately of one-ness as well. Duality, unity, multiplicity, being are undone” (Barad 178). This is why it is crucial to recognize the montage along the zaxis—heightened or amplified at the moment of superpositions, but structural to the film as a whole—in order to understand Wavelength‘s ontological disruption.

    Barad holds that the key epistemological cuts we make at the macro level—such as the distinctions between animate and inanimate, between subject and object, and between matter and energy—have led us astray in thinking about difference, rendering it, harmfully, as polarity rather than relationality. By turning to diffraction, by thinking through the way diffraction invites a performative rather than substantive or essential sense of an entity, she opens up new paths for thinking relations as entangled phenomena, brought into existence in the moment of observation. For Barad, diffraction offers one way to cut-together apart, to combine without relying on notions of difference or identity. I juxtapose with her diffraction the phenomenon of fascination, to shift the nuance from the object (the photon as particle or wave entangled in diffraction) to observer (who is holding whom in this fascinated relation?).

    What would fascination entail when understood via diffraction if subjects and objects are held together through its performative relation, if they are not preexisting subjects or objects in the classical metaphysical sense but provisional ends of a triangulated affective relation of one to an other, both animate? And not even opposed, or negated; as Barad says, “Subjectivity and objectivity are not opposed to one another; objectivity is not notsubjectivity” (“Diffracting” 175). Such ends would precipitate the subject and the other, but that subject could be the wave photograph’s fascination with us as it presses forward through its ever-changing field of the flat image. Entanglement, curiously, means that we can be the object of the photograph’s fascination because the two of us are co-constituted—cut together-apart—through Wavelength. As Barad works towards a sense of entanglement, she lays out a different kind of relationality beyond opposition or contradiction, a bringing together simultaneously with separating: “double movement, this play of in/determinacy, unsettles the self/other binary and the notion of the self as unity. The self is itself a multiplicity, a superposition of beings, becomings, here and there’s, now and then’s. Superpositions, not oppositions” (176). Shaviro’s reading of the body as a performed surface layered with meanings resonates with Barad’s and with Wavelength‘s superpositions, disorienting a sense of the distinctions primary/secondary, before/after. We see simultaneously the loft as we have already seen it and the loft as we have not yet seen it, a folding in time (and here not just Wavelength but also the radically recut WVLNT should come to mind, which is even more vividly entangled).19 Fascination is thus a particular mode of cutting together-apart. Fascination recognizes entanglement between subject and object that reorients their relation in a tension between stasis and movement, and defuses the ontological distinction between the two. In Barad’s queer quantum world and in the light of Wavelength, fascination gives us an experience that recognizes how provisional is our illusion of humanity—separateness, individualism, depth, object-domination—in a world of entangled surfaces. Fascination reveals to us our entanglement with the material world that undoes the boundaries of the subject/object relation and/or the perspectival relations of quattrocento habits of seeing. Fascination suspends our causal and linear interpretation of time, much as the quantum double-slit experiment does.

    To further think through this question of subject/object relation—or subject/object/other relation—in fascination, let me shift also from its visual dimension (long central to fascination’s appeal and conceptualization) to its oral dimension. Steven Connor remarks on “a more general association between the optical and the oral, looking and consumption, in the history of fascination” (11). Along similar lines, Duncan suggests that “fascination traffics in the physiological suspension of stilled breath and interrupted movement” (91). Fascination may be seen as the stilled anticipation of the mouth breather, the stopped breath as blocked consumption, not taking it in, the movement of the flow of air interrupted from the nasal trajectory to the oral, mouth agape. In other words, fascination offers a trajectory across a face, across the facialized entity: the face as experienced, not as viewed. This view suggests a reading of Wavelength as oral consumption by room rather than phallic penetration of it. The orality of the loft space is its yawning grasp of us, assimilating the viewer to its self in the same way that the image of the sea is already assimilated to its surface, on its wall. Connor’s attention to orality recalls that classical apparatus theory has a curiously oral component to it. The baby at the breast is analogous to the spectator at the screen because both figure the same effect: “it expresses a state of complete satisfaction while repeating the original condition of the oral phase in which the body did not have limits of its own, but was extended undifferentiated from the breast” (Baudry 117).20 Baudry uses oral regression to figure “a more archaic mode of identification, which has to do with the lack of differentiation between the subject and his environment, a dream-scene model which we find in the baby/breast relationship” (120). While Baudry focuses on the simulation of the subject through the cinematic apparatus, the orality of apparatus theory hinges on the lack of distinction between the subject and its surroundings, a regression to the phase of development where one has no boundaries. Connor discerns a certain opposition between flatness and perspective that hinges on the shift to oral from visual, respectively: “the dream screen is the effect of a merging of identities centred specifically on the mouth, and on a substitution of orality for perspective, of eating for seeing” (15). His insights suggest that a shift to the oral works in conjunction with the move to surfaces, superpositions.

    Barad’s model of entanglement offers a non-psychoanalytic way to think through the lack of differentiation that cinematic apparatus theory presents as a regression because of its investment in individualism. Rather than be inscribed within a psychoanalytic scene of regression, this particular lack of differentiation of the subject/environment can be realized in a diffracted configuration that delineates the entangled relation between (human) subject and environment, spectator and materiality; the former is only precipitated out of the latter through a process of observation that establishes the relations among, and even existence of, the phenomena. Barad’s queer quantum theory moves us away from thinking of this mode of differentiation/sameness as lack, or on a lack/loss paradigm. The oral provides a figure for apprehending the loss of bounded individuality as a gain or fullness of entangled relations. As it opens and closes, the mouth is another site for Barad’s cutting together-apart, mediating our relation with the external world, transforming the external into the internal, macerating our comestible material into particles that provide energy. The mouth is not only the boundary between the baby and breast, but also the site for regressing to the un-cutting that such a boundary enables. In cinematic apparatus theory’s view, this returns to the psychoanalytic claim that the oral phase is one of the paths for the development of sexuality, and thus of the desiring subject. If we give up on a model of regression, are we also giving up on this paradigm of desire?

    Barad’s model also moves us beyond this subject-based desire, and although a fuller account of Barad and desire is beyond the scope of this essay, let me offer a short sketch of where this could go in conclusion. If cutting together-apart is one way to look at the way relations constitute entities (with perhaps a tacit underscoring of the “apart”), Barad imagines another model in a less cutting set of relations:

    The notion of a field is a way to express the desires of each entity for the other. The attraction between a proton (a positively charged particle) and an electron (a particle with negative charge) can be expressed in terms of fields as follows: the proton emanates an electric field; the field travels outward in all directions at the speed of light. When the electric field of the proton reaches the electron, it feels the proton’s desire pulling it toward it. Likewise, the electron sends out its own field, which is felt by the proton. Sitting in each other’s fields, they feel a mutual tug in each other’s direction. (“Transmaterialities” 395)

    Here attraction is not the familiar metaphor for eroticism. Instead, it offers an account that takes us out of the psychoanalytic model of desire that underpins cinematic apparatus theory. The desire at work in fascination might be better understood as such a field. In redirecting us from the humans, Wavelength stages this Baradian mode of desire, moving from a formation of attachment to particular individuals (whether out of curiosity or eroticism or identification) to the space, to the layers of the space, to the way the loft itself is cut together apart along the z-axis. The interplay of surfaces dispels our individualism and entangles us in a collective gathering of observers, loft walls, chairs, images, windows, etc. It cuts the observer together with the space and apart from it (those moments when we’re watching this film and are acutely aware of watching this film, maybe averting from watching this film). Even as we face the desire to flee the screening of Wavelength, that is when we are most held in place, fascinated, cut together into it.

    Footnotes

    The author thanks Lyn Goeringer, Ken Harrow, and the members of the Moving Image workshop at MSU for their insights on an earlier version of this essay.

    1. Apparatus theory was a dominant film theory in the early 1970s accounting for the way that spectators view film from a position centered on the vanishing point of linear perspective (also known as quattrocento perspective because it emerged as a system of representation in late 14th century Italian art). Apparatus theory combined psychoanalytic theory of the subject with Marxist ideological critique to argue for the way film reproduces a sense of reality by centering the spectatorial subject, a centering at once ideological, psychological, and a feature of how camera lenses work to create an illusion of depth in a flat image. The theory accounts for the dream state of film spectatorship, the sense that everything unfolds for the spectator, who identifies primarily with the camera and then secondarily with the character(s). Jean Baudry is a key apparatus theorist.

    2. Two centuries before quantum physics, Thomas Young developed an experiment that reveals an interference pattern that can only be accounted for if light is a wave: a beam of light passes through a barrier with two slits cut into it; on the other side of the barrier is a screen that registers any light that passes through the slits. The screen reveals an interference pattern in which the waves may combine together to produce a peak or cancel each other out to produce a trough. As Amir D. Aczel observes, “The Young experiment has been carried out with many entities we consider to be particles: electrons, since the 1950s; neutrons, since the 1970s; and atoms, since the 1980s. These findings demonstrated the de Broglie principle, according to which particles also exhibit wave phenomena” (21).

    3. Michael Sicinski’s critical reading of the film’s criticism breaks this out in detail, as I will discuss shortly.

    4. Sicinski describes Heidegger’s notion of dwelling, from “Building, Dwelling, Thinking,” as

    profoundly dialectical; by attending to a space, one recognizes that the space exists as a space by differing from other spaces around it. We create the space, in effect, by focussing on it, allowing it to presence. But this process is not only subjective. The presencing of the space involves an assertion of its material presence, and our role as beholders and dwellers within that space is one also of being held within or shaped by that space. (76)

    I cite Sicinski’s description rather than Heidegger’s because it renders the notion of dwelling in a way more aligned with this reading of Wavelength. Heidegger aims to show that dwelling is not a settled thing for humans but that we must continually search for it in our learning. His conception is centered on a human subject, Dasein, for whom dwelling is an ongoing practice, a relationality. While this notion does transform subject/object relations, it still centers human subject in a way that I argue fascination does not.

    5. Quite a few readings of this film argue for our identification with the camera, which bolsters classical cinematic apparatus theory. See David Sterritt, as well as Langford and Michelson.

    6. One answer, of course, is synecdoche. The camera stands in for the filmmaker in a way that gels or exposures cannot; these are the more inhuman aspects of the film.

    7. There is a large literature on the film’s balance between human and machine, much of which tacitly tips the balance towards the human (which makes sense if you’re reading it on the cinematic apparatus level, but less so on the quantum apparatus level). For instance, David Sterritt recoups the human behind the camera:

    the ‘imperfections’ are essential to the film, since they reveal the presence of the artist who operates the camera, transforming what might have seemed a detached mechanical exercise into a work with manifestly human meanings and sensibilities.(103)

    Craig Sinclair finds the nonhuman in the soundtrack, arguing that

    Wavelength proves itself an experiment in sound above vision. Indeed, one can only describe Wavelength phenomenologically, because the soundscape is presented in a raw mathematical form that is alien to the ear and that forces experiencers to think for themselves rather than be dictated to by the eye.(20)

    Sinclair has a point, because the tensions among sine wave and ambient noise and human voices should be read in relation to the tensions among camera action and film event and mise-en-scène depictions.

    8. As a structural film, which P. Adams Sitney defines as “a cinema of the mind rather than the eye” (370), Wavelength seems to offer the perfect illustration of apparatus theory.

    9. The first superposition flashes briefly onto the screen at 19:48, but it’s only after the 30-minute mark that the frequency of double exposures picks up, shifting in its patterning from a flash of superposition within a single shot to the doubling of the image over a cut.

    10. Such a view goes against a debate raging in the 1980s, when “Stephen Heath argued with Michelson, suggesting that the film’s implied narrative and linear perspective prevents [sic] it from questioning how the apparatus of cinema constitutes the subject in the first place” (Potempski 13n3). Both readings prevent them from questioning how the film questions cinematic theory.

    11. Potempski further recalls Heath’s argument that Michelson’s reading “makes it complicit with a certain ideology of the (all-powerful) subject. Snow, for his part, claimed that neither narrative nor perspective were the true subjects of the film” (13n3).

    12. Wees’s description situates the photograph as the subject of the verb actions, underscoring its agency:

    the center of the projected image on the screen is occupied by the photograph of waves pinned on the far wall of the room. Throughout the zoom, the photograph holds its central position, and as it expands toward the borders of the projected image, everything around it gradually disappears. (156).

    Sicinski corroborates this animacy of the loft and its collaborators:

    Sight and sound are nothing more than reactions to light and air, material subatomic particles in motion. In Wavelength, it is not that everything is ‘alive,’ in some sort of fantastic realm. … it is that everything is active and in motion, including the viewer him/herself. (80)

    13. In a slightly different approach from Mulvey’s well-known reading of the image of woman, Metz argues that the apparatus of cinema is itself the fetish:

    As strictly defined, the fetish, like the apparatus of cinema, is a prop, the prop that disavows the lack and in doing so affirms it without wishing to. … The fetish is also the point of departure for specialized practices, and as is well known, desire in its modalities is all the more ‘technical’ the more perverse it is. (Imaginary 74)

    14. Classically, this absence is lack, but as I have argued elsewhere, it is also loss.

    15. “But what happens when what you see, even though from a distance, seems to touch you with a grasping contact, when the matter of seeing is a sort of touch, when seeing is a contact at a distance? What happens when what is seen imposes itself on your gaze, as though the gaze had been seized, touched, put in contact with appearance?” (Blanchot 75, qtd. in Shaviro 46).

    16. Metz argues that the fetish is necessarily material, that “insofar as one can make up for it by the power of the symbolic alone one is precisely no longer a fetishist” (75). I am arguing that fascination offers a different material relation between spectator and film and filmed object.

    17. John Wheeler refined the double slit experiment to give the experimenter the option of deciding whether or not to insert the beam splitter; even if the experimenter decides the position of the beam splitter (in or out of the setup) after the photon has done its travel, it still determines what route the photon will have taken. This quantum phenomenon seems to reverse time. Wheeler notes that

    in a loose way of speaking, we decide what the photon shall have done after it has already done it. In actuality it is wrong to talk of the ‘route’ of the photon. For a proper way of speaking we recall once more that it makes no sense to talk of the phenomenon until it has been brought to a close by an irreversible act of amplification. (qtd. in Aczel 93)

    18. Or as she puts it elsewhere, “properties are only determinate given the existence of particular material arrangements that give definition to the corresponding concept in question” (Meeting 261).

    19. Snow recut the original film as a digital version in 2000 called Wavelength for Those Who Don’t Have the Time or WVLNT. It is all superpositions, and turns the axis of montage from a horizontal linearity to a layered, z-axis orientation, making us realize that the space in the film is always already layered. Not just the images pinned to the wall, but the windows framing the street space and even the spaces within the opposite buildings seen through their windows manifest this layering. In this sense, the temporal superpositions of shots we have just seen over shots we are seeing now or shots we will see disrupt the illusion of linearity in the progress across the loft and call attention to the dynamics of this layering, that some moments in the film present highly compressed layers while others—seemingly unsuperimposed, a single shot—present. But these are all just different modes of planar division.

    20. Legge also notes the Medusa-like image of the screen in this contemporaneous theory (54).

    Works Cited

    • Aczel, Amir. Entanglement. Plume, 2003.
    • Barad, Karen. “Diffracting Diffraction: Cutting Together-Apart.” Parallax, vol. 20, no. 3, 2014, pp. 168-187. Taylor and Francis Online, doi:10.1080/13534645.2014.927623.
    • —. Meeting the Universe Halfway: Quantum Physics and the Entanglement of Matter and Meaning. Duke UP, 2007.
    • —. “Transmaterialities: Trans*/Matter/Realities and Queer Political Imaginings.” GLQ, vol. 21, no. 2–3, 2015, pp. 387-422. doi:10.1215/10642684-2843239.
    • Baudry, Jean-Louis. “Ideological Effects of the Cinematographic Apparatus.” Film Quarterly, vol. 28, no. 2, Winter 1974-1975, pp. 39-47.
    • Connor, Steven. “Fascination, Skin and the Screen.” Critical Quarterly, vol. 40, no. 1, 1998, pp. 9-24.
    • de Lauretis, Teresa. Alice Doesn’t: Feminism, Semiotics, Cinema. Indiana UP, 1984.
    • Duncan, Pansy. The Emotional Life of Postmodern Film: Affect Theory’s Other. Routledge, 2016.
    • James, Henry. “The Middle Years.” Complete Stories, 1892-1898, edited by John Hollander and David Bromwich, Library of America, 1996, pp. 335-355.
    • Kracauer, Siegfried. Theory of Film. U California P, 1962.
    • Langford, Martha. “Wavelength 1966.” Michael Snow: Life & Work, Art Canada Institute, https://www.aci-iac.ca/michael-snow/key-works/wavelength.
    • Legge, Elizabeth. Michael Snow: Wavelength. Afterall Books, 2009.
    • McCallum, E. L. Object Lessons: How to Do Things with Fetishism. SUNY P, 1999.
    • Metz, Christian. The Imaginary Signifier: Psychoanalysis and the Cinema. Translated by Celia Britton et al., Indiana UP, 1982.
    • Michelson, Annette. “About Snow.” October, vol. 8, Spring 1979, pp. 111-125.
    • Michelson, Annette. “Toward Snow.” The Avant-Garde Film: A Reader of Theory and Criticism, edited by P. Adams Sitney, New York UP, 1978, pp. 172–183.
    • Potempski, Jacob. “Revisiting Michael Snow’s Wavelength, after Deleuze’s Time-Image.” Acta Univ. Sapientiae, Film and Media Studies, vol. 6, 2013, pp. 7–17. doi:10.2478/ausfm-2014-0001.
    • Shaviro, Steven. The Cinematic Body. U Minnesota P, 1993.
    • Sicinski, Michael. “Michael Snow’s Wavelength and the Space of Dwelling.” Qui Parle, vol. 11, no. 2, Fall/Winter 1999, pp. 59-88. JSTOR, http://www.jstor.org.ezproxy.library.uvic.ca/stable/20686096.
    • Sinclair, Craig. “Audition: Making Sense of/in the Cinema.” The Velvet Light Trap, no. 51, Spring 2003, pp. 17-28. doi:10.1353/vlt.2003.0009.
    • Sitney, P. Adams. Visionary Film: The American Avant-Garde 1943-1978. Oxford UP, 1979.
    • Snow, Michael. “A Statement on Wavelength.” Film Culture 46, Autumn 1967, p. 1.
    • —. “Conversation with Michael Snow.” Interview with Jonas Mekas and P. Adams Sitney, Film Culture 46, Autumn 1967, pp. 1-4.
    • —. “Letter from Michael Snow.” Film Culture 46, Autumn 1967, pp. 4-5.
    • Sterritt, David. “Wrenching Departures: Mortality and Absurdity in Avant-Garde Film.” Last Laugh, edited by Murray Pomerance, Wayne State UP, 2013, pp. 93-108.
    • van der Tuin, Iris. “‘A Different Starting Point, A Different Metaphysics’: Reading Bergson and Barad Diffractively.” Hypatia, vol. 26, no. 1, 2011, pp. 22-42.
    • Wees, William. Light Moving in Time: Studies in the Visual Aesthetics of Avant-Garde Film. U California P, 1992.
  • The Violence of a Fascination with* a Visible Form (on Martyrs, Cruelty, Horror, Ethics) [*on and vs. with vs. as]

    Eugenie Brinkema (bio)

    Abstract

    This essay argues that Pascal Laugier’s 2008 new-extremist horror film Martyrs generates a formal violence coextensive with the aesthetic fascinations that structure it, rendering an account of violence that is monstrative and creative. Reversing theoretical presumptions that horror is a mixed sentiment comprised of fascination and disgust, or that horror names a fascination with violence, the essay positions Martyrs as part of an alternative philosophical lineage that posits a fascination with form itself constitutes a mode of violence. Martyrs cinematically demonstrates the impersonal, non-embodied violence of a fascination with formal possibility, one shared by horror and metaphysics.

    The imperfect is the tense of fascination: it seems to be alive and yet it doesn’t move: imperfect presence, imperfect death; neither oblivion nor resurrection; simply the exhausting lure of memory. From the start, greedy to play a role, scenes take their position in memory: often I feel this, I foresee this, at the very moment when these scenes are forming.—Roland Barthes, A Lover’s Discourse: Fragments

    Fascination is neither knowledge nor ignorance: It is an enigmatic relation to what we do not know, a response to other imaginaries, other musics, other strange gods. We can call it, in a first approximation, a paracritical mode of attention.—Ackbar Abbas, “Dialectic of Deception”

    Yeah, I like you in that like I like you to screamBut if you open your mouth, then I can’t be responsibleFor quite what goes in or to care what comes outSo just pull on your hair, just pull on your pout—The Cure, “Fascination Street”

    Fascination and [X]

    and, conj., adv., and n.
    from the Old English ond, ‘thereupon, next’
    I. Coordinating. Introducing a word, phrase, clause, or sentence,
    which is to be taken side by side with, along with, or in addition to,
    that which precedes it.
    * Connecting words.
    1. a. Simply connective.

    Almost all discussions of the aesthetic-affective mode called horror arrive at some point at the foundational assertion that horror is a mixed sentiment comprised of fascination and negative affect. Sometimes this formulation is given as a dialectic of fascination and disgust, fascination and revulsion, fascination and abhorrence, fascination and anxiety, even fascination and boredom. In The Philosophy of Horror, or, Paradoxes of the Heart, Noël Carroll insists that fascination is the affect most central to “art-horror”; what mitigates the fear and disgust that the ontological impropriety of the monster compels is that “this fascination can be savored, because the stress in question is not behaviorally pressing” (190). In Powers of Horror Julia Kristeva describes her theory of abjection as “a discourse around the braided horror and fascination” (209) that names a seductive yet rejected and oblique meaning for the constitutively incomplete yet speaking subject. In volume two of The Accursed Share, Bataille writes that one’s fascination is ethically bound to what most disgusts, most horrifies: “If they horrify us, objects that otherwise would have no meaning take on the highest value in our eyes” (104). This critical genealogy insists that horror turns on a dialectical oscillation between a negative affective pole or cluster and an undertheorized placeholder given by the name fascination. That oscillation is asymmetrical and nonreciprocal: the fascination and the mixed sentiment comprise an overwhelming compensatory pleasure that, each time, without fail, compromises, redeems, mitigates, colors, accents, domesticates, supersedes, even obliterates the negativity of whatever X stands in the place of that negative affective pole or cluster.

    The bond between revulsion and fascination is not a recent phenomenon or structure of thought—it dates back at least as far as the founding texts of metaphysics. Consider the story of Leontius in Plato’s Republic: “on his way up from the Piraeus under the outer side of the northern wall, becoming aware of dead bodies that lay at the place of public execution at the same time felt a desire to see them and a repugnance and aversion, and that for a time he resisted and veiled his head, but overpowered in despite of all by his desire, with wide staring eyes he rushed up to the corpses and cried, There, ye wretches, take your fill of the fine spectacle!” (682). The Greek description of the spectacle uses the term kalon, which means “fine or beautiful,” “admirable or noble.” It confers a worthiness of being-attended-to that is simultaneously reproached, presenting an ironic juxtaposition of the language of the ideals of beauty and the appetitive lure of what is ugly or base, at once debased and debasing. Fascination in relation to violence thus comes to name an attraction that draws affective, aesthetic attention towards something while also compelling critical if not kinetic retreat. Fascination as a type of conscripted curiosity names an epistemological drive (to know, to know more) that functions against a revulsion marked as naming epistemic reluctance or resistance (the drive above all not to know, the flailing impossible wish to unlearn); in a final rotation, fascination recursively comes to name the sticky Western philosophical fascination with the capacity of fascination to coexist with an empty placeholder for negative affectivity as such and in general.

    The conceptual bond between fascination and bad feelings points to a meta-textual experience lodged at the origin of philosophical aesthetics itself: a critical fascination with the question of how negative affect can be pleasurable under certain aesthetic constraints or in certain aesthetic contexts. Is tragedy corrupting or purgative, inciting or pedagogical? Why spectators would seek out occasions for unpleasurable feelings is a question fundamental to the broader aesthetics of the negative affects, including Kant’s 1790 prohibition on Ekel (disgust) in The Critique of Judgment—for that which arouses loathing is an ugliness that “cannot be represented in a way adequate to nature without destroying all aesthetic satisfaction, hence beauty in art” (190)—and Freud’s opening rejoinder in his 1919 essay “The Uncanny,” that “As good as nothing is to be found upon this subject [the uncanny] in comprehensive treatises on aesthetics, which in general prefer to concern themselves with what is beautiful, attractive and sublime—that is, with feelings of a positive nature—and with the circumstances and the objects that call them forth, rather than with the opposite feelings of repulsion and distress” (194). In 1757, Hume formulated what has become a general model for this problem: “It seems an unaccountable pleasure which the spectators of a well-written tragedy receive from sorrow, terror, anxiety, and other passions, that are in themselves disagreeable and uneasy. The more they are touched and affected, the more are they delighted with the spectacle” (433). More than two hundred years later, Hume’s formulation still has currency as the starting point for aesthetic treatments of horror; James Twitchell follows this blueprint to the letter in Dreadful Pleasures, which asks “why we have been drawn to certain images in art and popular culture that we would find repellent in actuality” (9).

    Noël Carroll brings the most robust thinking about Hume’s tragic structure to horror, orienting his exploration in Paradoxes of the Heart around the foundational question: “why would anyone want to be horrified, or even art-horrified?” (158). Carroll repeats this question, “Why horror?” throughout his text with variations: “Why are horror audiences attracted by what, typically (in everyday life), should (and would) repel them?” (158) and “How can horror audiences find pleasure in what by nature is distressful and unpleasant?” (159). Though he revives the Humean aesthetic meta-concern, Carroll’s preferred interlocutor, and the source of his book’s title (that “paradox of the heart”), is the lesser-known poet Anna Laetitia Aikin, author of the 1773 meditation, “On the Pleasure Derived from Objects of Terror”; for Aikin, “well-wrought scenes of artificial terror” are not themselves pleasurable, but engage “the pain of suspense, and the irresistible desire of satisfying curiosity,” which “once raised, will account for our eagerness to go quite through an adventure, though we suffer actual pain during the whole course of it. We rather choose to suffer the smart pang of a violent emotion than the uneasy craving of an unsatisfied desire” (32). Aikin uses the word “fascination” to extend the affective range of displeasures that are aesthetically endurable, from boredom to extreme sympathetic suffering in cases of representational cruelties:

    And it will not only force us through dullness, but through actual torture—through the relation of a Damien’s execution, or an inquisitor’s act of faith. When children, therefore, listen with pale and mute attention to the frightful stories of apparitions, we are not, perhaps, to imagine that they are in a state of enjoyment, any more than the poor bird which is dropping into the mouth of the rattlesnake—they are chained by the ears, and fascinated by curiosity.(32)

    Aikin the poetic critic is, of course, in a manner, fascinated by this capture of fascination and curiosity—turning from aesthetic law to metaphor to put to her reader’s imagination the death-dealing snares in which the pale, mute children are caught; the chaining by the ears of these pale, mute children, these children who will reappear not as children in general but as specific, particular children—as Anna, as Lucie, as traumatized little running naked things in the course of this article when I turn to the film Martyrs (but it is not the proper conjunction for this; not yet). Aikin concludes with a hierarchy of aesthetic evaluations, according to which the highest promise of the gothic text, she submits, is the good feeling offered by “surprise from new and wonderful objects,” such that, stimulating the imagination, “the pain of terror is lost in amazement. Hence, the more wild, fanciful, and extraordinary are the circumstances of a scene of horror, the more pleasure we receive from it” (32). Likewise, Carroll resolves his paradoxical presumptions in favor of the deeply pleasurable fascination with and curiosity about the category admixtures that constitute the provocative object of fear and loathing. Ultimately, the reason the analytic philosopher’s theory of art-horror requires a monster—conceptually it fails without one—is that that figure is the non-arbitrary site of revulsion, disgust, and fear that simultaneously constitutes a riveting attraction and curiosity, itself enhanced and sustained through narrative structures related to disclosure.

    And yet, the form of these questions—Why spectators find horror and its many violences endurable yet pleasurable? Why that fascination? How can fascination mitigate or supersede or suspend or trouble the general unpleasure of negative affect?—cannot, it seems, be left behind: it is the tic of a nervous criticism. So Alex Neill responds to Carroll in an article entitled “On a Paradox of the Heart,” while Berys Gaut quibbles with, and ultimately nullifies, the paradox in “The Paradox of Horror”; years later, considering both of those essays, Katerina Bantinaki pens “The Paradox of Horror: Fear as a Positive Emotion.” Offering a titular interrogatory that crystallizes the emotional puzzle, “Why Horror?: The Peculiar Pleasures of a Popular Genre,” Andrew Tudor turns his version of the query into a meta-inquiry—”precisely what we are asking is far from clear”—and then into endless iterations of the question, insisting finally that the question should be “why do these people like this horror in this place at this particular time?” (461). The classical paradox of tragedy, and its contemporary update as/in the paradox of horror, pose a dilemma: paradoxes tense a field; they like to be resolved. In place of aporetic thinking-with undecidability and irresolvability, this affective puzzle of fascination and some negative affect is constantly solved and resolved. Each time, the verdict forgoes and forgets the very negativity of negative affects, supplants it with forms of attentive, attracted fascination that reassert the dominance of pleasure or at least the neutralization of displeasure. This is, in itself, a judgment of value, a way of reviving a priority of the good, the establishment of noncontradiction at the cost of failing to read the negativity of negative affect as such and thereby obliterating the very object one would contemplate.

    The insistence on slotting fascination into structures in which it names the general positivity of positive affects, and is always available to mitigate the general negativity of negative affects, makes the history of fascination into a form of violent eradication in which fascination’s ancient bond to wounding, violence, transfixion, and the denaturing work of force is erased or at least suspended—a bond both etymological (fascinare: to bewitch, enchant, with evocations of witchcraft) and mythological-critical, as in Sibylle Baumbach’s summation of the privileged trope of fascination, the petrifying gaze of Medusa, as “a double image of fascination and counter-fascination: she also resembles an unspeakable event, functioning as both a symbol of and a talisman against trauma in a myth that deals with physical and visual assault” (67). Instead, the captivations of fascination (its modern, and accelerating, discursive bond to sublimity, awe, wonder, attraction, desire) supplant those etymological and mythological links to bewitchment, occult forces, the exercise and direct action of maleficence—in other words all performances of harm. In this way, the vicissitudes of fascination are not so unlike the transformations of the word passion, which transitioned in just a few centuries from the early medieval sufferings of Christ on the cross to a seventeenth-century absorption into the episteme of the sentiments—what Diderot dubbed “penchants, inclinations, desires and aversions carried to a certain degree of intensity”—rendering passion akin to “enthusiasm,” or “strong liking,” and even figuring it as the lusty core of erotic love. Fascination, paradoxically, despite its etymological, intellectual-historical, and mythological debts to transfixion and stasis—to what stuns and stills—is thereby put to work for the busiest of philosophical labors: it names the frenetic machine of sublation, defending against the losses and risks of the negative as such. Fascination takes on the speculative burden of a positive project of the negative affects, thereby erasing its own debt to forms of violence. In the long history of an aesthetic philosophy of horror, violence is the constant companion of fascination—and my argument here does not attempt to cleave the two so much as to insert a rotation and infidelity at the heart of their intimate relation. In place of the conventional understanding of horror as comprising a fascination and X combined in a sentimental structure, and in place of assuming that horror narrates fascination with violence, positions shared by the diverse theoretical camps named at the outset, my claim is that horror, rather, is an attestation of a logic of the violence of fascination, or, rather, of a specific type of fascination, a fascination with an eidos or a visible form, a fascination that is to be thought as itself a mode of violence. Horror will come to name the aesthetic mode that attempts to literalize what it is for fascination not to mitigate violence or make violence tolerable, even pleasurable, but to constitute a mode of violence that is coextensive with textual form. And by literalize, in relation to a mode of violence coextensive with textual form, I specifically mean formalize. In formalizing a mode of violence that is coextensive with a fascination with textual form, horror becomes a privileged site for testing formalism’s own aporias, ultimately bearing out something of a law for an ethics of formalism: a formalism that refuses to linger with visible forms, continually relocating itself with what undoes visible form, but formally so. Rejecting foundational presumptions about the relation of horror to form, such as Twitchell’s claim that “the experience of horror is first physiological, and only then maybe numinous” (11), figuring horror as an immanent experience of the body such that “the instructions embedded in horror resist literary, especially formalist, interpretation” (17), I argue that horror constitutes an ultraformalism, that it puts on display form’s own (terribly) risky and unavoidable bond to violence. This ultraformalism does not require that we renounce formalism but, in fact, that we pursue it through the maze as far as we can.

    Fascination with [X]

    with, prep., adv., and conj.
    from the Old English wið, against, opposite, toward or by or near
    I. Denoting opposition and derived notions (separation; motion towards).
    1. a. In a position opposite to; over against
    b. In exchange, return, or payment for
    2. Of conflict, antagonism, dispute, injury, reproof, competition, rivalry, and the like:
    In opposition to, adversely to
    5. a. Towards, in the direction of
    II. Denoting personal relation, agreement, association, connection, union, addition.
    * Senses denoting primarily activity towards or influence upon a person or thing.

    While it now means space, means towards or near, with used to mean force,
    meant against or opposite: the Old English
    wið færstice meant
    against a sudden, stabbing, violent pain

    And so which is it, really? What is against, as in battle, as in what injures, directs force,
    or what is in
    exchange for, as in reciprocity or barter; what is asunder as in
    what moves farther and farther apart, or as in what inches
    towards
    or in the direction of,
    as in friendship, as in love?

    Push-pull: the separation and the conjunction at once.
    A tension that could tear some, any form apart.

    Pascal Laugier’s 2008 film Martyrs, sometimes awarded the mantle of “New Extremism” or considered “torture porn” (itself a designation and denigration of what ostensibly ought (a moral judgment) to count as an object of spectatorial, critical, or fannish fascination), is a privileged testing ground for the way horror speculatively grapples with the violent logic of fascination. First and foremost, the film’s narrative obsessively turns on fascination, understood in its modern sense as a mode of attraction or interest or affective-epistemic captivation. From the viewpoint of the agental cause of violence in the film’s narrative structure, it is nothing but the alibi for a fascination with violence all the way down.

    Martyrs has a strict AB structure, consisting of two halves in hypotactic relation; the violent cleaving at the film’s midpoint leaves many viewers disoriented. The film opens in medias res with a young girl, Lucie, running towards the camera in a frantic state of corporeal disrepair. The cause of her hysteria is articulated through psychoanalytic and anthropological discourse in the first half of the film, which presents a narrative of her unimaginable torture and abuse. The mute, traumatized creature is safely placed in an orphanage in the first half of the film, and is befriended by a girl named Anna, who becomes her protector. Still in the first part of the film, the text jumps forward fifteen years to depict the morning rituals and unremarkable domestic conversation of a family at this point unknown to the viewer. At the ring of the doorbell, a grown Lucie stands in the frame. She murders the two adults and two children in an explicit, protracted, nearly wordless sequence. Anna then shows up to care for her friend, and she, like the viewer, is left in doubt as to whether Lucie imagined a connection between her childhood abuse and this anonymous family. The film’s near lack of dialogue, overt refusal to confirm causality, and Lucie’s hallucinations and eventual suicide frustrate epistemic closure, framing the narrative as either a revenge tragedy that has concluded too quickly, or an ironic if vicious melodrama about the potentially asymmetrical and unpredictable (and complicit, guilt osmotic) reactions to violence by those who suffer extreme trauma.

    The second half begins at the exact midpoint of the film when Anna, cleaning up the corpses and the blood splattered around the house, opens the doors to a wooden hutch, finds a staircase leading into the basement, and proceeds to descend into a cavernous wall. Like the film’s beginning, the B-part begins without apparent cause and without words. Ultimately, it validates Lucie’s account of events, confirming that the murdered parents did have a direct hand in her abuse as a child. Simultaneously, the B-section dispenses entirely with the narrative of the first part of the film as a subject of concern or attention. The second half of the film, in other words, withdraws any and all cathectic spectatorial investments in the story of Lucie, burying them as unceremoniously as the corpses of Lucie and the family, which are thrown into a ditch by a group of bureaucrats after Anna’s descent into the wall. The mass grave does not just include the cast of the first half of the film, save for Anna—it also brutally dismisses the epistemic, ethical, and formal conceits of the first half. Part A is endured solely to be rendered irrelevant; it solicits an aesthetic interest in order to announce through a volta that the text itself no longer retains any interest, or finds any value, in its own preliminary structure.

    The underground—the second part of the film—produces epistemic closure about Lucie’s childhood through a new rhetorical mode governed by epistemic abundance. If the first half of the text is marked by extreme doubt, the second opens with excessive confirmation, presenting an overt attestation to what is now happening (with what motivation, cause, reasoning) and what is going to happen (with what process, methodology, consequence). A woman known only as Mademoiselle explains to Anna that she is in charge of a sect obsessed with the literal question of metaphysics, the ta meta ta phusika: What is beyond, or after, the physics? What is beyond the world of being? After decrying how easy it is to create a victim (she intones the protocol: “It’s so easy to create a victim. You lock someone in a dark room. They begin to suffer. You feed that suffering methodically, systematically, and coldly. And make it last.”), Mademoiselle praises the counter-case of the martyr: “Martyrs are exceptional people. They survive pain, they survive total deprivation. They bear all the sins of the earth. They give themselves up, they transcend themselves. […] They are transfigured.”

    There are at least three modes of fascination demonstrated in Martyrs: first, and most plainly, the narrative superstructure that retroactively sutures together the two halves of the film, presenting the cult’s fascination with the martyr as a rare, exceptional case of perseverance through suffering, a remaining-alive while glimpsing death, a fascination with the knowledge uniquely accessible to the ecstatic martyr, a knowledge the cult seeks (a Gnostic fascination); second, the visual fascination shared by both the cult and the film with the image of the martyr in a liminal state, evident in the magnified photographs of tortured martyrs on the wall and in Mademoiselle’s photographic archive of transformed and transfigured faces, which are presented through a haptic, pre-technological montage as she turns pages in a perverse album. The figure that condenses epistemic and visual fascination exemplifies the last stage of martyr-production: the suspension of Anna’s body and its flaying, an act that reminds one that a lineage dating back to Francis Bacon bonds scientific experiment and the discovery of knowledge to the language of torture (he advocated putting nature “on the rack,” forcing it to reveal its inmost secrets). The third mode emerges in light of the presumed commercial investment in a positive fascination with the capacity of the spectator to endure intense negative affective experiences, which can be seen, for example, when Martyrs is considered “New Extremism” or “torture porn.” The aesthetic privileges the opened body and unwavering images of fluids, viscera, and all manner of abject stuff and matter, and provides minimal metanarrative diversions or alibis.

    The film thereby attempts the project that it depicts the sect undertaking—to formalize the conditions for the possibility of fascination with a visible appearance, with the possibility of a successful attestation and demonstration of a limit—a project to which both spectators and adherents are bound as their singular drive. The film obsessively tracks the sect’s obsessive efforts to martyr Anna; it dispenses with extraneous projects and ends at the task’s culmination. Not unlike The Odyssey, which Blanchot interprets as organized around Ulysses’s meeting with—and fascination with, survival of, endurance despite—the Sirens, Martyrs is organized around a single event: the martyring-but-not-yet-extinguishing of Anna. Blanchot’s formula for the conversion of a fascinating encounter into the communication of fascination on the level of narrative begins with the general formulation that “something has happened, something which someone has experienced who tells about it afterwards, in the same way that Ulysses needed to experience the event and survive it to become Homer, who told about it” (109). The narrative of fascination with an “exceptional event,” however is also a transformation of that endurance: “[I]f we regard the tale as the true telling of an exceptional event which has taken place and which someone is trying to report, then we have not even come close to sensing the true nature of the tale. The tale is not the narration of an event, but that event itself, the approach to that event, the place where the event is made to happen” (Blanchot 109). In Martyrs the event of fascination with a visage, enduring the limits of the most extreme cruelty, is made to happen; it is not narrated or reported on, but is the event itself of encountering, studying, being fascinated by (as in, attending to) the visible form of that limit state of transcendence. The text is nothing but that event, occurring solely to the extent that Anna persists in enduring it; the sect is nothing but the effort to make the unbearable event of survival (despite what is taking place) possible to bear. Both signify above all that unbearable process, the toleration of the intolerable in time. For Blanchot, fascination with the violence of the encounter and with the survival of this violence is the necessary precondition for the tale, for relating the encounter as event. Commuting writing to witnessing in its ineluctably visual register, the final title card in Martyrs traces the etymology of martyr back through marturos to the French témoin, meaning “witness”—but with whose witnessing is the film most fascinated? Whether the tortured (body, subject) or the spectatorial (body, subject) is the ultimate martyr of the work is the central question that the film invites.

    However, it is not the right question to pose of the film. For the question operates at the expense of a different question altogether (one has to choose, that is: it is either to be and or with or ?). Put another way, one should not take the film’s posing of this question at face value or in good faith. It is not the question that actually permits a confrontation with how the violence and negative aesthetic-affectivity of horror work. These dominant readings of fascination as fascination with in Martyrs share the problematic use of the term with which I began, presuming that fascination functions as a positive analogue of attention and curiosity, the drive to look offsetting an affective negativity opposed and exterior to it. These approaches are marred by their fundamental inability to speak to the aesthetic language of the second half of the film without converting it into a mere instrument of visual displeasure, or an index of intensity for a spectator positively fascinated by their own capacity to endure that displeasure. Unable to speak to the way the torture sequences of the second half are themselves formalized in Martyrs, these readings convert torture into a positive object of fascination, its violence thereby erased by this conversion into spectacle. In the next section, I recover an alternative philosophical thinking of fascination and suggest that the only way to account for violence and form in Martyrs is to see the film as part of a philosophical lineage that posits a fascination with form as itself constituting a mode of violence.

    Fascination as [X]

    as, adv., conj., pron.
    c. 1200, worn-down form of Old English alswa “quite so, wholly so,”
    literally “all so” (as in: also)
    Phrase as well “just as much” is recorded from late 15c.;
    the phrase also can imply “as well as not,” “as well as anything else.”
    Phrase as if, in Kantian metaphysics (als ob).
    Phrase as it were “as if it were so” is attested from late 14c.

    The idea that fascination itself be thought as a form of violence is at the heart of Derrida’s essay “La forme et la façon,” his preface to Alain David’s 2001 Racisme et antisemitisme. Derrida views David as suggesting that the “originary crime” of racism and anti-Semitism is “privileging form and cultivating formal limits” (“la faute quasiment originelle du racisme et de l’antisemitisme consiste it privilegier la forme et it cultiver la limite formelle”; 15). By this he means that the violence of racism results from a primary investment in form and from the limitations it poses. Catastrophic violence is driven by this obsession with a purity of form, which posits within its own thinking a threatening contamination of that purity. Derrida writes that the violence of such evil pivots on “rien d’autre que la forme elle-même, la fascination pour la forme, c’est-à-dire pour la visibilité d’un certain contour organique ou organisateur, un eidos, si l’on veut, et donc une idéalisation, un idéalisme même en tant qu’il institute la philosophie même, la philosophie ou la métaphysique en tant que telle” (“nothing other than form itself, the fascination for form, that is for the visibility of a certain organic and organizing contour, an eidos, if you will, and thus an idealization, an idealism itself insofar as it institutes philosophy itself, philosophy or metaphysics”; 10). Note that the promiscuous même runs through Derrida’s accusation of la fascination pour la forme: as in very, even, the same, itself, a self-folding, self-referring accusation of a kinship, an even-the-very-sameness-as-itself of a fascination with form that belongs equally to violence and to philosophical thinking.

    Unlike (and in some tension with) Derrida’s other treatments of racism—for example, his reading of apartheid in “The Last Word of Racism,” the piece in which he pronounces, “there’s no racism without a language,” such that it “is not that acts of racial violence are only words but rather that they have to have a word” (292)—here the violence of racism and anti-Semitism is rendered as fastening to a fascination with a visible form. If, in the earlier piece, the linguistic violence of racism “institutes, declares, writes, inscribes, prescribes” and is a “system of marks,” something that “outlines space in order to assign forced residence or to close off borders” (292), in “La forme et la façon” visible form (la forme: shape, appearance) organizes via delimiting processes as if it were a natural or inevitable form, as opposed to what marks distinctions and boundaries and differences as the essential workings of language. The subtitle for Derrida’s preface indeed vows “(plus jamais: envers et contre tout, ne plus jamais penser ça ‘pour la forme’)” (“never again: against all odds, do not ever think ‘merely formal’”). What is never to be done again is to act “pour la forme,” for form’s sake, to do something only superficially or perfunctorily or rhetorically (or what is never again to happen is to insist that something done is merely for form’s sake, only just for formality’s sake, what is pro forma). The problem here is that of qualification: mere, only, just. The danger of being pro forma, however, is also the risk of all formalisms. The more resolute the formalism, the more this risk of a fascination with form as a mode of violence, an acceptance of its perversion, an acceding to its idealisms. Despite the fact that, of course, Derrida’s preface is nothing but a thinking of, a being-in-the-service-of a thinking of, what is for—as in towards, as in thinking before, in the face of, in the presence of, for the sake of, an advocacy of—this very problem of the question of form (for philosophy). Thus, in his own writing, Derrida promises an erasure and effacement of the labor and discourse of the metaphysical philosophy he simultaneously writes and is bound to (fastened to)—”J’ai déjà commis les deux péchés (philosophiques! si la philosophie peut pécher!), les deux délits incriminés par Alain David. Ce serait d’ailleurs une seule et même faute: délimiter en donnant forme ou en croyant voir une forme.” (“I have already committed the two sins (philosophical ones, if philosophy can sin!), the two offenses incriminated by Alain David. It would be one and the same fault: to demarcate by giving form or in believing to see a form“; 11).

    Acknowledging that it is a surprise that “une chose aussi abstraite, la forme, la limitations, la limitation par la forme” (“such an abstract thing, form, limitations, the limitation by form”) is to be regarded as so horrific, as what “déforme la forme, à savoir le monstrueux” (“deforms form, namely the monstrous”; 11), Derrida writes that it is the “désir de la forme et de la limitation formelle” that “produire due tératologique” (“it is the desire for form and for formal limitation that produces monstrous anomalies”; 11). Racism and anti-Semitism are iterations of the idealism of philosophical thinking’s fascination with the question of essence, the foundational “What is it?” of the study of being in Western metaphysics. Philosophy, misrecognizing its own debt to the notion of the “objectivity of form,” is unable to see how its own passion for a purity and generalizability of formal delimitation colludes with the monstrosities of the worst violence. David’s book, as Derrida reads it, comes to constitute a critique of form as such, putting “form on trial”—and in turn, David’s counterproposal is a new phenomenology that would be based on the limitless and on a responsibility to affirm what is unlimited (with strong affinities to the ethical thinking of Levinas), to interrupt form and to exceed a formalism of limits aligned with visibility and the gaze.

    Jean-Luc Nancy pushes the logic of the violence of metaphysics and form even further; in “Image and Violence” he suggests that particularly excessive violence involves a fascination with a specific form. Violence, he finds, is not only monstrous, but “monstrative” (21): violence is what “exposes itself as figure without figure” (17). All violence thus makes an image of itself, imposing and enacting a specific visual fascination with a specific aesthetic possibility. As Nancy writes, “Cruelty takes its name from bloodshed (cruor, as distinct from sanguis, the blood that circulates in the body). He who is cruel and violent wants to see blood spilt. [ … ] He who is cruel wants to appropriate death: not by gazing into the emptiness of the depths, but, on the contrary, by filling his eyes with red (by ‘seeing red’) and with the clots in which life suffers and dies” (24-25). Cruelty is a fascination with “a little puddle of matter” (25), precisely what representation seeks to stand in place of and supplant. If for Derrida philosophy shares the violence of racism’s fascination with form, for Nancy, representation stands as the violence of cruelty’s fascination with rendering a specific form (the “seeing-red” that metonymizes an encounter with a form that can stand in for the real of matter).

    The thinker of horror must move away from the claim that Martyrs is either about or performs a “fascination with violence,” and consider the more radical thesis that the film performs “the violence of a fascination with form,” regarding a fascination with form as itself a form of violence, because the second half of the film is nothing but a study of purely formal propositions: the rhythm of frantic, frenzied straining against chains (see fig. 1); the light tones and the sounds of metal rings; the glottal choking panic of Anna’s hysteria.

    Fig 1. Laugier, Martyrs (2008).

    Having erased and withdrawn the narrative of the first half, having declaimed an exhaustion of the conceit of the second half, the only remaining thing for the text to do is to distend Anna as a form until a sufficient transformation occurs. This rendering of a martyr does not involve the torture (which is to say: twisting and torment) of a body so much as the distortions of pressure, duration, rhythm, chromatic intensity, and the modulations of light that posit the body as nothing but a series of constraints given, limited, and navigated by matters of form. Put another way, the sect is fascinated with the singular limit case of the martyr’s strange ontology, transfixed into a privileged instant in the photographic stills in the basement archive—fascinated, that is, with martyrdom as end (as peras: the limit or boundary of being at the reach of possible still-beingalive-in-death)—while the aesthetic object Martyrs is durationally fascinated with unfolding forms of violation, with martyrdom as means (with the texture, sound, and movement of chains that bind; with the struggling of the pale, mute martyred girl; with the pulsations of forced feeding; with flailing and skinning as light- and chromatic-modulating processes). The two fascinations are simultaneously fascinations with form but they do not line up: one is fascinated with the form of the martyr, the other fascinated with the distensions of aesthetic form that martyring effects. A robust theory of form itself is required, therefore, to account for the multiple ways in which fascination as violence manifests. One place to start is the double sense of the term form itself: not unlike fascination’s etymological vicissitudes, which name both the most unpleasurable (and death-bringing, vulnerable) captivations and simultaneously positive attraction and epistemic-affective conscription, form is a passive description of outward appearance and simultaneously a determining and shaping active principle. Because it can refer to a Platonic idea or a sensible shape; because it may mean the formation or arrangement of something in and of itself, or, by contrast, the formation or arrangement as determined in opposition to ideological or historical development or the “real” dimension of critical attention, Raymond Williams phrases its essential tension thusly in Keywords: “It is clear that in these extreme senses form spanned the whole range from the external and superficial to the inherent and determining” (94). Fascination with form, therefore, is not quite like fascination with any other thing, for it is a fascination that is unstable and potentially double, refusing to disclose what precise register of appearance or essence, shape or structure, surface or depth, it addresses.

    The film’s fascination with processes of manipulating aesthetic form moves through a study of the lines of force of the chains, the rhythms of struggle and passivity, the negative space of the darkness. Each of these studies extracts formal qualities of rhythm, space, color, angle, and line, to arrive at the final formal transformation and extraction protocol: the suspension of Anna in a large metal wheel and the flaying of all the skin of her body, save for her face. Like the originary account of flaying in Metamorphoses Book VI, lines 387-391, the death of Marsyas about which Ovid writes, “his skin was torn off the whole surface of his body: it was all one raw wound,” the target of fascination (what is unable to resist violence) is also that Anna is “nisi vulnus erat” (“nothing but a wound”). Fascination as violence is not a case of force levied against a subject; rather, this spell cast against another now unable to resist, this event marked by a lack of resistance to bewitchment and harm, is addressed to the form of the body, what torture distorts—in other words, continually makes otherwise, against itself. The body becomes the site of the violent transformation of a limitation, transfixion, and modification by a series of formal constraints.

    One sees versions of this in numerous horror films—we are approaching a general definition of horror—so consider, as just one example, Luca Guadagnino’s 2018 reimagining of Dario Argento’s Suspiria, orchestrated around the spectacular transformations, transfixions, and formal modifications of various female bodies, most spectacularly early in the film with the blackmagical joining of the bodies of dancers Susie and Olga (a formal corporeal sympathy), such that as Susie moves through space, dances, leaps, bends, and strains, Olga’s body is forced to mimic the formal coordinates of the dance, will-less and art-less: dance reduced to its formal navigation of force on and through extremities, through limbs and joints and organs. The force of Susie’s dancing compels Olga’s body into new postures, such that the dancing of one form, structured and purposive, is commuted to the dragging of another form, deprived of the freedom to choose aesthetic force and its purposiveness, reduced to nothing but force qua force: Olga’s form is dragged; that form is bent; the form is torn; this form’s structure things (= bones) are made discontinuous (= broken; = fractured); its formal touching parts (= joints) are cleaved (= burst), their formal relation to container, to surface (= skin) made perpendicular (= pierced); one form (= unified) is made multiple, one form (= the upright, linear) is made different (= the spiraled, bent). Olga-as-form is neither deformed nor malformed: this She = a this, and this form is reformed (see fig. 2). From the point of view of the feeling body, the scene is one of agonizing and unending torture and the destruction of essential living form; from the point of view of visible form, the same event is the construction of and generation of and attestation of new forms. Navigating the antinomy of form itself, then, torture recalls its Latin roots from torquere, to twist, turn, wind, wring, distort, refusing to settle in itself the subject of what is twisted, turned, wound, wrung, distorted. Suspiria is not a horror film because it portrays witches or gives a vague affective account of its effect on implied or actual spectators; it is a horror film because it attests to the state in which the deformation of the body in one given form is aesthetically generative of another: the destruction of the body from an anthropocentric perspective is aesthetically generative of a new form of bodily distortion (i.e. a new genre of dance from a compositional perspective). Suspiria does not express a narrative fascination with violence so much as the violence of a fascination with form—fascination as a mode of violence—as precisely what ex-presses new choreographic potential.

    Fig 2. Guadagnino, Suspiria (2018).

    Martyrs‘s presencing of the resulting formal limit of a torture that twists, turns, and distorts form involves a slow zoom into the flayed face of Anna-cum-martyr. Juxtaposed against Anna’s stasis and transfixion, the camera’s relentless projective movement beyond the borders of the body, beyond the limitation of line into a pure field of color, beyond the image to a blinding field of white light, exposes the materiality of the cinema and the condition of possibility for appearance as such (see fig. 3).

    Fig 3. Laugier, Martyrs (2008).

    Film form here is fascinated—transfixed and wounded—by an encounter with pure abstraction; it arrives at the blankness of a screen and waits to be given form by inscriptive representation at a time that remains in the future, speculative and inaccessible. Martyrs also cites one of the more famous instances of martyring in the history of film, Carl Theodor Dreyer’s Passion of Joan of Arc (see fig. 4), which itself poses the question of fascination’s bond with both violence and affect. This is why Deleuze calls The Passion of Joan of Arc “the affective film par excellence” (106), setting in place a double relation: the narrative state of things, the all of the what-is-happening that he dubs “the trial,” and the realm of emotions as properties, such as the “anger of the bishop,” Joan’s suffering, her ecstasy and agony. This first relation sets in place a difference between the historical and the emotional, but it still links emotion to individual subjects. The second relation, however, what he dubs the genius of the film and what sets in place “the difference between the trial and the Passion,” is the more essential project of the film: “To extract the Passion from the trial, to extract from the event this inexhaustible and brilliant part which goes beyond its own actualisation, ‘the completion which is never completed’” (106). Faciality is no longer the privileged site for a legibility of emotion but the setting for a distension of film form that extracts passion as a desubjectified affective potential in its awkward angles, distorted framing, and broken-up mise-en-scene. “The affect is like the expressed of the state of things,” Deleuze concludes, “but this expressed does not refer to the state of things, it only refers to the faces which express it” (106). This pure form of affective intensity—a swill of anger, martyrdom, rage, suffering, passion itself—is ineluctably bound to form. No longer narratives about emotions or emotions as properties of characters, aesthetic language bears out the pure intensity of passion itself (see fig. 5).

    Fig 4. Dreyer, Passion of Joan of Arc (1928).

    Fig 5. Laugier, Martyrs.

    This encounter with nothing but form, this attestation of the way the shown shows itself, how illumination is illuminated, and what holds together the cinematic image, is not parasitic on the violence of torture that has denatured Anna; rather, the film unfolds in order that Anna be converted into yet another formal element available for being formally given otherwise. From the point of view of form, martyring is not an act of negation or destruction: rather, the deformation of the body is a pure experiment in the formation of variation, that is, of new forms. It is not, as Tim Palmer has it, that new extremisms and horrors are cinemas of the body; rather, they are nothing but cinemas of form. Or, if cinemas of the body, they are cinemas of the body rendered nothing but form. If one follows Palmer’s cinéma du corps, “an on-screen interrogation of physicality in brutally intimate terms” (171), which regards Martyrs ‘ “sadistic torture chambers” (133) as targeting a corpus, the violence remains at the level of a fascination with a visible form (the body). But the interest of horror, as in its investment, what it profits from, is not in fascination with but fascination as the action itself of changing forms into new forms. Fascination as violence in the violence of a fascination with form is precisely this: to the extent that the text commits to a fascination with formal possibility, it rescinds a textual place that would nominate torture’s violence as being on the side of negation or erasure or ruination. Torture, from the point of view of form, is always and inherently aesthetically generative.

    Horror is a formal act of decision. Horror is the formal act of decision to regard the body as a form subject to formal constraints, restraints, possibilities, and re- and de-formations and re-and de-formative possibilities.

    Horror is the attestation of the state in which torture is ethically neutral but aesthetically interesting.

    To refuse to regard the body as a form (in other words, to speculatively retain torture for a critique of violence) is to linger solely with the first half of the film, to put torture to work for what Nancy dubs the realm of meaning: “the element in which there can be significations, interpretations, representation” (22). In that case, the body would remain a body, the torture an ethical abomination. But this requires that we shield our eyes like Leontius and do not look upon the second half of the film. To look, however, and to encounter the formalist attestations of the second part of Martyrs, is to encounter the body stripped of meaning, put on display as formally navigable, which is to say, also indestructible because its form can always be made otherwise. Horror is not the affective-aesthetic mode that puts on display violence done to bodies. My redescription of horror is that it is the affective-aesthetic mode in which violence can, in fact, never be done to the body: the body is made a form, violence to which produces a new form; the body is posited as that for which infinite variations in its formal constitution are possible. Torture, reading, fascination—each thus names the realm of apeiron, of the unlimited and limitless, while each is, simultaneously, within its own thinking, bound to the violence of the boundary, the limit, finitude.

    This reversal comes, of course, at an extraordinary critical cost. There is no critique of violence possible within a speculative grappling with horror because horror imagines violence only ever as monstrative, as the condition of possibility for generating the aesthetic. This is coextensive with its formal language: the motor of possibility for its textual continuance is the infinite destructibility of the human imagined as the infinite variability of its form. The conventional reading of Martyrs as demonstrating a fascination with violence never need think horror as such because horror is continually converted into the anti-horrifying, entirely genial, and positive lessons of liberal critique. However, to take seriously fascination as a form of violence requires the critic herself to defend this with her own speculative fascination with reading closely, even obsessively, always with an unhealthy fixation, the details of textual form. This is the most extreme, the last, violence: the transfixion of criticism by the very logic of force one would purport to think, now no longer from the safe distance of the outside, but squarely in the absorptive maw of the structure of fascination itself.

    All things come at some cost. Closely reading for form can no longer be obviously claimed for anti-violence.

    The question for the formalist is not unlike the question that the metaphysical philosopher puts to himself: how and when and where and with what inevitability have I erred here? How, then, to proceed? If formalisms (as aesthetic or interpretive strategy) share a homological structure with violence in a fascination with a visible form such that we must think fascination as violence, what antidote or reinvention of formalism sidesteps this unwanted intimacy? One answer is to fight tooth and nail, skin and all viscera, against the conversion of form into the intelligible, and to refuse to allow form to remain defined as a partial sense of a visible static shape or appearance (as it is by the sect, and the film, and by plenty of weak formalists as well): to refuse, that is, transfixion’s fixations, fascination’s bond to stasis, and to put back into formalism its motor, its movement, its process, its circulation. Let it go; risk a loss (of control, of payoff); let it stir; let it churn. This requires relinquishing the association of formalism with the recovery of (static, knowable, fixed, given) forms and instead demands that formalism name an unsatisfied, relentless, interminable grappling with the antinomies of form, failing to produce readings that pay out dividends (call them ethical metanarratives, historical analogues, whatever) and instead retaining reading as process, the business of interpretation with what in form remains speculative and as-yet unthought, naming the antidote to a violence that would take the form of a fascination with a visible given appearance. In the language of wonder that continually edges fascination, the critical praxis must not convert fascination with form as the drive of thought into a fascination with intelligible forms (including the very ones that Martyrs seduces: that Anna and Lucie are female; that they are both non-white; that the film moves through nothing but institutions, theological, psychiatric, familial, etc.…).

    One must, as it were, take seriously the film’s final cruelty from Mademoiselle as a charge for thought. It takes a double form. After she alone has received Anna’s ecstatic whisper, Mademoiselle insists, “It admitted of no interpretation.” Of her sect’s access to whatever it is that admits of no interpretation, she cruelly declares to the rest of the group “Doutez,” and proceeds to her suicide, taking the revelation with her. The English translation of the film’s dialogue gives it as “Keep doubting,” though douter names a broader register of temporal waverings: to hesitate, procrastinate, linger, defer, put off, delay. Doutez names a truly radical formalism, letting form function as the rootedness of uncertain speculative claims: what names a demand for the work of ongoing reading; what refuses to let fascination resolve into the mere recovery of prior forms, retaining what admits of nothing but an unceasing doubt, in perpetual parenthetical worries about errors of thought that must nonetheless impose themselves; what fails to linger with fascination’s transfixions, instead remaining bound to the vital energies of deriving no interest or profit from reading and yet continuing to read nonetheless. A formalism that could be claimed by nonviolence, that can be claimed for ethics, requires that it be taken to its most extreme limit. If there is a fascination at the heart of a radical formalism that would enable speculative thought about the ethical—and resist Derrida’s and Nancy’s warnings of a formalism perfectly amenable to cooptation by violence, cruelty, fascism, and racism—it is nothing but the risk of allowing the theorist’s fascination with form to never arrive at a final interpretation, nor imagine that any visible form does not require further reading. The antidote to what admits of no interpretation is what admits of nothing but interpretation all the way down. An ongoing risk of a fascination with form that wields itself as a form of violence is risky because ongoing, ongoing because risky. Neither God nor grammar promises the conjunction that would keep aesthetics and brutality (error, force) sufficiently apart. And yet, there is no other way a thinking of violence can go if it is not to merely shield its eyes from the start. So look. And read. Take your formal fill of all fine spectacles. But never for the first time; never for the last.

    Works Cited

    • Abbas, Ackbar. “Dialectic of Deception.” Public Culture, vol.11, no. 3, Spring 1999, pp. 347-63. EDuke Journals, doi:10.1215/08992363-11-2-347.
    • Aikin, Anna Laetitia. “On the Pleasure Derived from Objects of Terror.” 1773. Fantastic Literature: A Critical Reader, edited by David Sandner, Praeger, 2004, pp. 30-36.
    • Bantinaki, Katerina. “The Paradox of Horror: Fear as a Positive Emotion.” The Journal of Aesthetics and Art Criticism, vol. 70, no. 4, 2012, pp. 383-92. JSTOR, doi:10.1111/j.1540-6245.2012.01530.x.
    • Barthes, Roland. A Lover’s Discourse: Fragments. Translated by Richard Howard, Noonday Press, 1978.
    • Bataille, Georges. The Accursed Share, Vols. 2 and 3: The History of Eroticism and Sovereignty. Translated by Robert Hurley, Zone Books, 1993.
    • Baumbach, Sibylle. Literature and Fascination. Palgrave Macmillan, 2015.
    • Blanchot, Maurice. The Gaze of Orpheus, and Other Literary Essays. Translated by Lydia Davis, edited by P. Adams Sitney, Station Hill Press, 1981.
    • Carroll, Noël. The Philosophy of Horror, or, Paradoxes of the Heart. Routledge, 1990.
    • David, Alain. Racisme et Antisemitisme: Essai de philosophie sur l’envers des concepts. Ellipses, 2001.
    • Deleuze, Gilles. Cinema 1: The Movement-Image. Translated by Hugh Tomlinson and Barbara Habberjam, U of Minnesota P, 1986.
    • Derrida, Jacques. “La forme et la façon.” Preface. Racisme et Antisemitisme: Essai de philosophie sur l’envers des concepts, by Alain David, Ellipses, 2001.
    • —. “Racism’s Last Word.” Translated by Peggy Kamuf. Critical Inquiry, vol. 12, no. 1, Autumn 1985, pp. 290-99. JSTOR, www.jstor.org/stable/1343472.
    • Diderot, Denis. “Passions.” The Encyclopedia of Diderot & d’Alembert Collaborative Translation Project, translated by Timothy L. Wilkerson, Michigan Publishing / University of Michigan Library, 2004.
    • Freud, Sigmund. “The ‘Uncanny.’” Writings on Art and Literature, edited by Werner Hamacher and David E. Wellbery, Stanford UP, 1997, pp. 193-233. Meridian: Crossing Aesthetics. Originally published in The Complete Works of Sigmund Freud, edited by James Strachey, vol. 17, pp. 219-56.
    • Gaut, Berys. “The Paradox of Horror.” British Journal of Aesthetics, vol. 33, no. 4, Oct. 1993, pp. 333-45. Gale Academic OneFile Select, link.gale.com/apps/doc/A14633203.
    • Hume, David. “Of Tragedy.” Eight Great Tragedies, edited by Sylvan Barnet et al., Meridian, 1996, pp. 433-39.
    • Kant, Immanuel. Critique of the Power of Judgment. Edited by Paul Guyer, translated by Paul Guyer and Eric Matthews, 2nd ed., Cambridge UP, 2000.
    • Kristeva, Julia. Powers of Horror: An Essay on Abjection. Translated by Leon S. Roudiez, Columbia UP, 1982.
    • Martyrs. Directed by Pascal Laugier, Wild Bunch, 2008.
    • Nancy, Jean-Luc. “Image and Violence.” The Ground of the Image, translated by Jeff Fort, Fordham UP, 2005. Originally published as “Image et violence.” Le portique, vol. 6, University of Metz, 2000.
    • Neill, Alex. “On a Paradox of the Heart.” Philosophical Studies: An International Journal for Philosophy in the Analytic Tradition, vol. 65, no. 1-2, 1992, pp. 53-65. JSTOR, www.jstor.org/stable/4320272.
    • Palmer, Tim. Brutal Intimacy: Analyzing Contemporary French Cinema. Wesleyan UP, 2011.
    • Passion of Joan of Arc. Directed by Carl Theodor Dreyer, Société Générale des Films, 1928.
    • Plato. Republic. Translated by Paul Shorey, The Collected Dialogues of Plato, Including the Letters, edited by Edith Hamilton and Huntington Cairns, Princeton UP, 1989, pp. 575-844.
    • Suspira. Directed by Luca Guadagnino, Amazon Studios, 2018.
    • Tudor, Andrew. “Why Horror? The Peculiar Pleasures of a Popular Genre.” Cultural Studies, vol. 11, no. 3, 1997, pp. 443-63. Taylor & Francis, doi:10.1080/095023897335691.
    • Twitchell, James. Dreadful Pleasures: An Anatomy of Modern Horror. Oxford UP, 1985.
    • Williams, Raymond. Keywords. 1976. Oxford UP, 2015.
  • Introduction:”The Most Fascinating Medium”

    Mikko Tuhkanen, Guest Editor (bio)

    Their enchantment is disenchantment.- Theodor W. Adorno, Aesthetic Theory (297)

    Fascination is our sensation.- Mel & Kim, “Respectable”

    Speaking to students at the American Film Institute in Los Angeles in 1975, Ingmar Bergman evokes familiar tropes when he enthuses about cinema’s ability to prompt a cognition closer to dream logic than to rational thought. “To me, the cinematography, the real cinematography, is very, very close to our dreams,” he asserts.

    You can’t find in any other art, you can’t create a situation that is [as] close to the dreams as [in] cinematography when it’s at its best. Think [of] the time gap: you can make things as long as you want, exactly as in a dream; you can make things as short as you want, exactly as in a dream. You are—as a director, as a creator of the picture—you are like a dreamer. … That is one of the most fascinating things that exist.

    Appropriately for the date (he is speaking on Hallowe’en), Bergman suggests that the medium’s uncanny effects extend also to the viewer:

    The reception, for the audience, of a picture … is hypnotic. You sit there in a completely dark room, very anonymous … and you look on a lighted spot in front of you, and you don’t move; you sit and you don’t move, and your eyes are concentrated on that white spot on the wall. I think that’s exactly what some hypnotists do: they light a spot on the wall and they ask you to follow it with your eyes, and then they talk to you and hypnotize you. (“Conversation”)1

    Bergman not only leans on the longstanding association of cinema with dreams—the “oneiric metaphor” in film theory (Levine; Rascaroli)—but also echoes the tradition that, beginning with the earliest commentary, confers on film a hypnotic potential. At the end of the nineteenth century, the conception of cinema as an offshoot of the mesmeric arts was arguably strengthened by the screening of early films alongside various vaudeville acts, including spectacles of stage magic and hypnotism. What Stefan Andriopoulos calls the “structural affinities … [that] connected hypnotism with the newly emerging medium of cinema” (92) are evident in numerous early films that thematize the dangers of mesmerism, including Robert Wiene’s The Cabinet of Dr. Caligari (1920) and Fritz Lang’s Dr. Mabuse films of the 1920s and 1930s.2 Weimar commentators express concern about cinema’s “powerful hypnotic influence” (Killen 41); Jean Cocteau in 1946 suggests film’s potential for inducing “collective hypnosis” (qtd. in Andriopoulos 116); and Siegfried Kracauer, writing in 1960, alludes to the “compulsive attractiveness” of the cinematic image (Theory 158). Crowds, compulsion, loss of control: these themes are rife in discussions of industrial modernity, which frequently figure the disorientation and unfamiliarity of modern life as the undoing of the wakeful clarity of Enlightenment reason. The dangerous effects of this undoing are outlined by Gustave Le Bon and Sigmund Freud in their analyses of crowd psychology. In this way, cinema is thought to encapsulate what Mary Ann Doane calls “the fascinations and anxieties of modernity” (205).

    Even as he evokes this long history in his address to students, Bergman also holds the line against a later offshoot of such conceptualizations of cinema. In the mid-1970s, when he visited Los Angeles, this tradition was being continued in the film theorizing that emerged in England and France after 1968 under the names “apparatus theory” and “Screen theory.”3 The scholars connected with these theories maintained the connection between film and hypnosis; Raymond Bellour, for example, asserts in 1979 that there is “a fundamental relationship between the cinematographic apparatus and the hypnotic apparatus” (“Alternation” 101). Yet cinema’s influence was now theorized under a term borrowed from Marxism via Bertolt Brecht and Louis Althusser: ideology. Brechtian theater’s effort to break the thrall of ideology by developing various strategies of “alienation” (Verfremdung), in conjunction with Viktor Shklovsky’s method of “defamiliarization” (ostranenie) from the Russian formalist tradition, filtered into film theorizing together with Althusser’s account of the forces of subjectivation typical to “ideological state apparatuses.” The task of ideology critique was to render the subject conscious of the manipulative strategies through which he had been called into existence. If cinema did not lay bare the constructedness of its illusion—if it did not expose “the ideological systems of recognition, specularity, truth-to-lifeness” (Comolli 133), render film “‘readable’ in its inscription” (Baudry, “Ideological” 41)—then it was likely to function as one of the state apparatuses that guaranteed the viewer’s compliance with instituted identity positions, covering over the sleight-of-hand of their production.

    Cinema was considered “an instrument particularly well suited to exert ideological influence” (Baudry, “Apparatus” 119) because of its presumed ability to reactivate the processes of subjectivation. According to the Lacanian schematization adopted by many scholars—among them Christian Metz, Jean-Louis Baudry, Jean-Louis Comolli, and Laura Mulvey—the screen was a mirror that induced the spectator to reexperience the miscognition that had given birth to the imaginary ego. The imaginary relation is marked by the malevolent glamor that Jacques Lacan frequently calls “fascination.” “Fascination,” as he puts it in an early seminar, “is absolutely essential to the phenomenon of the constitution of the ego” (Seminar II 50), which coalesces as the infant is gripped by a “dyadic fascination” with its mirror image (Lacan, “On” 56). The idea, if not always the exact term, can be found in other sources of post-1968 film theorizing, too. When Brecht speaks of the work of Verfremdung as the undoing of the “magic” and “hypnosis” that traditional art weaves over the spectator (75), he evokes the function of the “evil eye” that capitalism extends into modernity in order to guarantee its dominance. Althusser continues this tradition by figuring “interpellation” as a process whereby the subject is constituted as a response to the other’s commanding call. Through his “deluded ego” (Metz 55), the spectator is bound to an “ideological, i.e., imaginary, representation of the real world” (Althusser, “Ideological” 164), powerlessly embedded in what Theodor Adorno calls the capitalist culture industry’s “bewitched reality” (Aesthetic 227).

    For Lacan and (more implicitly) Althusser, “fascination” names the organizing principle of the process of subjectivation, the coming-into-being of the entity designated by the double entendre of “subject(ion)”: that is, the process of “men’s subjection [l’assujettissement des hommes]: their constitution as subjects in both senses of the word” as agents of and subordinates to power (Foucault, History of Sexuality 60; Histoire 81). According to the post-1968 tradition of film theory, cinema captures the viewer with the lethal passivity that makes the bird easy prey for the snake. As Colin MacCabe writes, in cinematic representation “subject and object [are] caught in an eternal paralysed fixity” (“Realism” 19). The capture is particularly deadly insofar as it produces the illusion of the spectator’s self-determination; MacCabe speaks of “this petrification of the spectator in a position of pseudo-dominance” (“Realism” 24). “Fascination” designates this posture: the attitude of an autonomous subject unaware of his subjection to a foreign will, a purported master devoured by his presumed servants. Post-1968 film theorizing takes on the task of awakening the enthralled spectator to the lethality of his capture. If “cinema is a technique of the imaginary” (Metz 15), the work of ideology-critical film theorists is to jam its machines, to “[break] the imaginary relation between text and viewer” (MacCabe, “Theory” 21). Like avant-garde art itself, film theory was to undo this imaginary spell, to achieve disenchantment.

    The term “fascination” circulates in commentaries from cinema’s earliest days, often without being defined or placed in its long conceptual history. As scholars who have begun to excavate this history in various contexts have indicated, the concept suggests the uncanny underside of modern life insofar as it evokes the enchantments that Enlightenment modernity, for better or worse, is supposed to have defused. Derived from the Latin fascināre, the term’s semantic range moves from “irresistibly attractive influence” and “enchantment” to the obsolete meanings of “witchcraft” and “sorcery” (OED). In its older denotation, it refers particularly to the kind of deadly, arresting magic that folklore ascribes to the “evil eye.” Serpents are said to wield this magic in hypnotically immobilizing their prey; under this spell, the victim surrenders to being eaten alive. In this way, fascination names a capture—most often a specular one—by a malevolent other. While modern rationality is often figured as the eradication of the superstitions that informed (ancient or medieval) discourses about “fascinating” influences, we are by now used to observing the ways in which various “irrationalities” persist in the modern mind. Although the Enlightenment is presumed to have woken us up from the spell of ancient beliefs and forced us to observe the world rationally, fascination remains a “key concept [Schlüsselphänomen] in modernity” (Hahnemann and Weyand 26).4

    Post-1968 film theorizing is representative of the various commentaries on cinema that have contributed to what Hans Ulrich Seeber calls the concept’s “sensational career” from Shakespeare to the twenty-first century (“Funktionen” 92). In its entanglement with mesmerism and then as an exemplar of ideology’s functioning, cinema has always been a part of “fascination culture” (Baumbach 1). In this context, the term largely retains its negative connotations, its suggestion of the influences of malevolent witchcraft, the “binding” of one’s will by insidious means (Weingart, “Faszinieren” 210). If the task of political cinema was to de-fascinate the spectator, to unravel ideological illusions by rendering the film viewer an active part of signification, the post-1968 generation of scholars was driven by what Eve Kosofsky Sedgwick, addressing 1990s queer theory, would call “the paranoid imperative”: the critic’s determination to decode the ingeniously obscured mechanisms by which power infiltrates—becomes constitutive of—the most intimate regions of our being. This imperative produced a generation of scholars who were, in Martin Jay’s hyperbole, “cinephobe[s]” (479). Writing in the early 1990s in reference to the conceptualizations of cinema that emerged after 1968, Steven Shaviro similarly observes that this mode of film theorizing is marked by “an almost reflex movement of suspicion, disavowal, and phobic rejection. It seems as if theorists of the past twenty years can scarcely begin their discussions without ritualistically promising to resist the insidious seductions of film” (11). Shaviro’s project in “Film Theory and Visual Fascination” is to nudge academic film theory—”largely a phobic construct” (16)—off the groove in which it has been stuck since 1968. He does this by reevaluating the very term that for his immediate predecessors indicated cinema’s functioning as an ideological state apparatus. He proposes that cinematic fascination be reconsidered beyond the assumption of the dire consequences—the imaginary/ideological capture—of its presumed passivity (42-50).

    Shaviro is not the only scholar who—on the heels of Metz, Baudry, Comolli and others—seeks to push beyond the “paranoid imperative” that culminated in post-1968 film theory. Even if “the eye is always evil” (MacCabe, “Theory” 15), there are ways to dance with danger. A partial list of other scholars who have reorganized our understanding of cinematic fascination includes Steven Connor, who offers a condensed account of the concept’s circulation from ancient philosophy to film theory in “Fascination, skin and the screen” (1998); Oliver Harris, whose reading of film noir (2003) should be considered in the context of his study on William Burroughs (2003); and, most recently, Pansy Duncan and Calum Watt, who return to the concept to explore, respectively, the “flat” aesthetics of postmodern film and Maurice Blanchot’s overlooked contribution to film theory. The concept’s implicit theorizations by Julia Kristeva, D. A. Miller, Eric Santner, and Leo Bersani in the context of cinema have yet to be engaged by scholars of Fascination Studies.5

    Neither Althusser nor Lacan offers an ethics of de-fascination in any simple sense. Rather, their projects can be described as efforts to think re-fascination, ways of being otherwise enthralled, without assuming what Jacques Rancière calls “the Pauline transition from the indistinct perception in the mirror to direct perception” (2). Contrary to some versions of classical Marxism, there is no passage through the mirror, no ascent into “incorruptibility” or a realm free of mediation and misrecognition, but only various ways of yielding to one’s alienated capture (Althusser, “Marxism” 232-33). Similarly, the mechanism of “fascination” persists in Lacan’s work beyond his early descriptions of the infant’s ego-constituting méconnaissance. Most notably, the word figures centrally in his reading of Antigone in Seminar VII, where it at once names the inability of Sophocles’s heroine to avert her gaze from her brother’s rotting corpse, her refusal to relinquish the filial duty to bury his remains—a stubbornness that leads to her own living burial—and signals the spectator’s capture by “the fascinating image of Antigone herself”:

    it is Antigone herself who fascinates us, Antigone in her unbearable splendor [c’est elle qui nous fascine, dans son éclat insupportable]. She has a quality that both attracts and startles us, in the sense of intimidates us; this terrible, self-willed victim disturbs us. (Seminar VII 247; 290)

    Apart from “the fascinations of the imaginary” (199), Lacan thus proposes that the real “shines” (or “explodes”) through the symbolic in ways that arrest the subject in postures of terrified attention. Rather than the jubilant assumption of one’s image in which film theorists see an allegory of cinematic identification, the fascinated paralysis now carries an ethical charge as it indicates the impossible ground, the aporia, of the symbolic order. We encounter, in Slavoj Žižek’s words, “the deadly fascination of the Real as it threatens to draw us into its vortex of jouissance” (32).

    His comments to students suggest that Bergman too should be counted among the thinkers who encourage a more nuanced understanding of—or rather, who remind us of an alternative tradition of conceptualizing—cinematic enthrallment. While not in direct dialogue with post-1968 film theorists, he anticipates Shaviro and others not only in his insistence on thinking film otherwise than as an insidious possession of the spectator’s will—his imaginary/ideological interpellation—but also in his repeated deployment of the very term that indicated the culture industry’s wiles for apparatus and Screen theorists. “Isn’t that fascinating?” he banters, speaking of film’s ability to conjure up the illusion of movement from still images. “I think that must be magic.” Oddly—and to his own amusement—he reaches for a German word to characterize what amounts to the antithesis of cinematic thought: “We can be how[ever] intellectual we want, we can be vernünftig.” While the audience members suggest “sensible” as a translation, we may want to insist on “reasonable” or “rational,” which retain the German word’s relation to the Vernunft of Kant’s usage. Given that the German that intrudes on him is etymologically allied with förnuft (as in the Swedish rendering of the First Critique, Kritik av det rena förnuftet), Bergman may indeed have the Kantian convention in mind. But above all the reference evokes the tradition of film commentary that affirms the medium’s ability to bypass the circuits of rational thought. Sergei Eisenstein locates in film the potential for “sensual, pre-logical thinking” (131); according to Rudolf Arnheim, cinema can “lead the spectator beyond the sphere of ordinary human conceptions” (42). Apart from frequently tackling the presumed disenchantment that flattens modern times in his work, Bergman echoes such ideas—which Ian Aitken suggests comprise the “intuitionist paradigm” of film theory—when he argues that cinematic thinking exceeds the parameters of “reason.” Like Shaviro some fifteen years later, Bergman refuses “[t]he imperialistic movement of scientific rationality” (Shaviro 11) that informs the apparatus theorists’ enlightened convictions.

    “Fascination” is the name for the work that film does as a foreign body, the ability of this modern technology par excellence to unground modernity at its constitutive site. “The cinema from its earliest days,” Laura Mulvey writes, “has fascinated its audiences as a spectacle, and one that engages belief in the face of rational knowledge” (Fetishism 7). Many commentators saw in cinema the ability of culture industry to solicit what Adorno calls “will-less fascination,” to protract people’s “fascinated eagerness to consume the latest process of the day” (Minima §150 [238], §76 [118]). Bergman further identifies the antinomy of belief and reason with that of “feeling” and “intellect.” Cinema’s ability to scramble their dialectic constitutes its singularity: “We are in the position to work with the most fascinating medium that exists in the world,” Bergman tells his audience. “Because we always, like music, we go straight to the feeling, not intellect, as in music. Afterwards, we can start to work with our intellects.” The filmmaker distances himself from the ideology-critical view that political cinema must work to “disenchant” us (Adorno, Aesthetic 227). Anticipating the emergence of affect theory in post-1980s film scholarship, he instead suggests that “fascination” is that which “keeps (us) feeling,” as The Human League, too, tells us. Bergman similarly shares the wisdom of Mel and Kim, who hold that the culture industry knows not what it does in constructing the subject as a “sensational” being, open to the affective dimension that cognitivism and Deleuzean-influenced scholarship promote as a corrective to the perceived failures of apparatus theory. Cinematic fascination, Bergman proposes, is to be embraced for its misunderstood and relatively untapped potential.

    In this special issue of Postmodern Culture we explore this potential, presenting new directions for the traditions—culminating in post-1968 film theory—in which cinema has been theorized under the heading of “fascination.” We begin with Eugenie Brinkema’s account of the fascination of horror in Pascal Laugier’s Martyrs (2008). If her earlier work in The Forms of the Affects (2014) can be considered “a formalist rejoinder to affect theory” (Brinkema, “We Never” 68), this essay offers a similar supplement to theorizations of fascination. With a detailed attention to the aesthetics of the film, Brinkema argues for a formal reading of fascination: we must move away from theorizing a fascination with violence to conceptualizing “a fascination with form as itself constituting a mode of violence.” Beyond Martyrs, as Brinkema shows, such “formal violence” can be theorized with the help of Jacques Derrida’s and Jean-Luc Nancy’s work.

    E. L. McCallum argues for the necessity of disambiguating modes of fascination, suggesting that the concept is in fact misnamed in apparatus theory. To theorize fascination proper, we must relinquish the idea of the spectator’s identification with the image, on which apparatus theorists largely premise their understanding of the work cinema does. Instead, McCallum turns to Michael Snow’s experimental film Wavelength (1967) to search for more apposite delineations. Rather than psychoanalysis and ideology critique, a new theory of fascination can be developed through reading Wavelength in the context of Karen Barad’s studies of quantum physics. If the account of “fascination” in post-1968 film theory assumes the subject/object distinction typical of Western modernity (and exemplified, for many, in Renaissance art), McCallum suggests that, when inflected through Snow and Barad, fascination in fact “reveals to us our entanglement with the material world that undoes the boundaries of the subject/object relation and/or the perspectival relations of quattrocento habits of seeing.”

    Calum Watt unfolds the relatively unexplored potential of Maurice Blanchot’s philosophy for film theory, a task that he had already begun in Blanchot and the Moving Image: Fascination and Spectatorship (2017). He proposes that we read filmmaker Philippe Grandrieux and film theorist Raymond Bellour as Blanchot’s “heirs” insofar as each thinks cinema in terms of the contemplative capture that “fascination” names. In the shooting diary for his film Malgré la nuit, Grandrieux deploys Blanchotian fascination to describe the dreamlike state that he associates with artistic inspiration, a state of suspension that in Blanchot’s work often goes under the name of “other night.” Watt also shows that, of all apparatus theorists, Bellour—who has engaged extensively with Grandrieux—has spent the most time explicating the role of fascination in the cinematic experience across his extensive oeuvre, much of it untranslated into English.

    My essay takes as its starting point Watt’s recent book-length study of Blanchot as a thinker of cinema. I propose that Leo Bersani, in his work on film and beyond, formulates a philosophy—an onto-ethics/aesthetics—that is closely related to Blanchot’s theorization of the “fundamental passivity” experienced in one’s “fascination” with “the image” (Blanchot, “Essential” 25). While for McCallum we must move beyond apparatus theory if we are to think fascination proper, I propose, with Bersani, that we pluralize the concept in order to think about the entanglement of various forms of fascination. Across the decades—and with the help of Proust, Sade, Caravaggio, and Pasolini, among others—Bersani sketches an onto-ethics/aesthetics of fascination where the concept is split between the spectator’s active exploration and evisceration of an enigmatic world (which we find in Proust and Sade) and his passive receptiveness to the world’s nonsignifying forms (exemplified in later Caravaggio and in Bruno Dumont’s film Humanité [1999]).

    In his essay, Kwasu Tembo takes up the psychoanalytic account of sadomasochism by situating its development in Lacan, feminist theory, and the film Secretary (2002). He proposes that what he calls the “radical psycho-sexual fascination” of S/M operates on the “bi-directionality” of libidinal affects between “the dom” and “the sub.” This “bi-directionality” alludes to a concern that emerges as central in a number of our other essays, too: we find it in McCallum’s effort to conceptualize “fascination as a reconfiguration of the subject/object relation” (a proposal in which we recognize a version of the argument she has made in her previous work regarding fetishism);6 we can similarly recognize it in Bersani’s decades-long deconstruction of Cartesian dualisms, whose film-theoretical aspects I explore in my contribution.

    It is not unusual to hear that at stake in the shift to modernity is the destiny of our “fascination”: the enthrallment or disenchantment that characterizes our constitutive relationship to the world. Michel Foucault adopts this language early on when, in History of Madness (1961), he proposes that the modern era begins with René Descartes’s banishment of madness as an unthinkable option for the cogito. At this moment, he writes, “Descartes [breaks] with all fascination” (244). Such de-fascination is repeated in the subsequent moment of modernity’s double birth (a gesture that Lynne Huffer identifies as typical in Foucault’s thinking about epistemic shifts [209-10]). Coinciding with the end of the great confinement and the emergence of positivist psychiatry in the late eighteenth century, the second delivery similarly marks something like the dissipation of a mystified and compulsive—again, “fascinated”—relationship to the world:

    Here was madness offered up to the gaze. This had also been its position in classical confinement, when it presented the spectacle of its own animality; but the gaze that had then been cast upon it was one of fascination, in that man contemplated in that figure so foreign an animality that was his own, which he recognised in a confused manner as being indefinably close yet indefinably distant; this existence that a delirious monstrosity made inhuman and placed as far from the world as possible, he secretly felt it inside him.(Foucault, History of Madness 442)

    Both moments of modernity’s birth are marked by the end of a mode of being in which the subject had been “indefinably” imbricated in and yet detached from the “outside,” figured in the curious wretches on the Ship of Fools. Either way, the enthrallment that modernity’s cool gaze was supposed to exclude hardly disappears. Our essays suggest that one of the technologies of its continued insinuation is cinema. Whether with enthusiastic praise or as paranoid critique, the history of film theory has been a history of fascination.

    Footnotes

    1. In addition to the recording on YouTube, parts of this dialogue can be found in the supplemental material on the Criterion Collection’s DVD edition of The Virgin Spring. The lines quoted here are not included in the print version of the discussion that appears in Bergman, “Dialogue.”

    2. On early comments on suggestibility, hypnosis, and cinema, see Andriopoulos, especially 116-23; and Curtis 135-40, 162ff. On debates concerning cinema’s “evil” nature, many referencing the dangerous suggestibility of audiences, see Gunning.

    3. Richard Lapsley and Michael Westlake’s introduction remains a helpful account of this strand of film theorizing. See also Jay 456ff. and Harvey.

    4. For recent texts that have inaugurated what we might call “Fascination Studies,” see Baumbach; Baumbach, Henningsen, and Oschema; Degen; Hahnemann and Weyand; Seeber; Thys; and Weingart. Earlier explorations, particularly in the context of cinema, include Abbas, Connor, Harris, and Shaviro. See also the variously-slanted encyclopedia articles by Beth, Desprats-Péquignot, Lotter, and Türcke.

    5. An account of cinematic fascination in Kristeva would begin by situating her commentary on spectatorship in “Ellipsis on Dread and the Specular Seduction” (1975) in relation to the affective ambivalence she often calls “fascination” in her psychoanalytic accounts such as Powers of Horror, Strangers to Ourselves, and Black Sun. Miller evokes fascination across his studies on cinema and literature. For his work on film, see 8 ½; “Anal Rope“; and Hidden Hitchcock. Of particular interest in Santner’s work is the concluding chapter of Stranded Objects on Hans-Jürgen Syberberg. My contribution to this issue of Postmodern Culture addresses Bersani’s theorization of cinematic fascination.

    6. In Object Lessons: How to Do Things with Fetishism (1999), McCallum writes: “fetishism is a form of subject-object relation that informs us about basic strategies of defining, desiring, and knowing subjects and objects in Western culture. More importantly, in the way that it brings together peculiarly modern anxieties—especially those about sexuality, gender, belief, and knowledge—fetishism reveals how our basic categories for interpreting the world have been reduced to binary and mutually exclusive terms. … [F]etishism is a subject-object relation that violates the modern, Western assumption that subjects and objects are mutually independent” (xi-xii, xxi; for elaboration, see 151-68).

    Works Cited

    • Abbas, Ackbar. “Dialectic of Deception.” Public Culture, vol. 11, iss. 2, May 1999, pp. 347-363. Duke UP, doi.org/10.1215/08992363-11-2-347
    • Adorno, Theodor W. Aesthetic Theory. 1970. Edited and translated by Robert Hullot-Kentor, U of Minnesota P, 1997.
    • —. Minima Moralia: Reflections from Damaged Life. 1951. Translated by E. F. N. Jephcott, Verso, 2005.
    • Aitken, Ian. European Film Theory and Cinema: A Critical Introduction. Indiana UP, 2001.
    • Althusser, Louis. “Marxism and Humanism.” 1963-65. For Marx, translated by Ben Brewster, Verso, 1996, pp. 219-47.
    • Andriopoulos, Stefan. “Bernheim, Caligari, Mabuse: Cinema and Hypnotism.” Possessed: Hypnotic Crimes, Corporate Fiction, and the Invention of Cinema, translated by Peter Jansen and Stefan Andriopoulos, U of Chicago P, 2008, pp. 91-127.
    • Arnheim, Rudolf. Film as Art. U of California P, 1964.
    • Baudry, Jean-Louis. “The Apparatus.” 1975. Translated by Jean Andrews and Bertrand Augst, Camera Obscura, vol. 1 iss. 1, Fall 1976, pp. 104-126.
    • —. “Ideological Effects of the Basic Cinematographic Apparatus.” 1970. Translated by Alan Williams, Film Quarterly, vol. 28 iss. 2, Winter 1974-75, pp. 39-47. UC Press, doi.org/10.2307/1211632
    • Baumbach, Sibylle. Literature and Fascination. Palgrave Macmillan, 2015.
    • Bellour, Raymond. “Alternation, Segmentation, Hypnosis: Interview with Raymond Bellour.” Interviewed by Janet Bergstrom, translated by Susan Suleiman, Camera Obscura, vol. 1-2, iss. 3-1, May 1979, pp. 70-103. Duke UP Journals, doi.org/10.1215/02705346-1-2-3-1_3-4-70.
    • Bergman, Ingmar. “A conversation with the students of the American Film Institute.” 1975. YouTube, uploaded by Anna Reshetniak, https://youtu.be/9tR4qFsyp1Q.
    • —. “Dialogue on Film.” 1975. Ingmar Bergman: Interviews, edited by Raphael Shargel, UP of Mississippi, 2007, pp. 126-39.
    • Beth, Karl. “Faszination.” Handwörterbuch des deutschen Aberglaubens, edited by Eduard Hoffman-Krayer and Hanns Bächtold-Stäubli, Vol. 2, de Guyter, 1987, pp. 1263-65.
    • Brecht, Bertolt. “Notes on the Opera Rise and Fall of the City of Mahagonny.” 1930. Brecht on Theatre, edited by Marc Silberman, Steven Giles, and Tom Kuhn, translated by Jack Davis et al., Bloomsbury, 2019, pp. 70-80.
    • Brinkema, Eugenie. The Forms of the Affects. Duke UP, 2014.
    • —. “We Never Took Deconstruction Seriously Enough (On Affects, Formalism, and Film Theory): An Interview with Eugenie Brinkema.” Interviewed by Jiří Anger and Tomáš Jirsa, Illuminace, vol. 31 no. 1 (113), 2019, pp. 65-85. https://lit.mit.edu/wp-content/uploads/Interview-with-Eugenie-Brinkema-Iluminace.pdf.
    • Comolli, Jean-Louis. “Machines of the Visible.” The Cinematic Apparatus, edited by Teresa de Lauretis and Stephen Heath, St. Martin’s P, 1980, pp. 121-42.
    • Connor, Steven. “Fascination, skin and the screen.” Critical Quarterly, vol. 40 no. 1, 1998, pp. 9-24. EBSCO Host, doi.org/10.1111/1467-8705.00142
    • Curtis, Scott. The Shape of Spectatorship: Art, Science, and Early Cinema in Germany. Columbia UP, 2015.
    • Degen, Andreas. Ästhetische Faszination: Die Geschichte einer Denkfigur vor ihrem Begriff. de Gruyter, 2017.
    • Desprats-Péquignot, Catherine. “Fascination.” International Dictionary of Psychoanalysis, edited by Alain de Mijolla, translated by Philip Beitchman et al., vol. 1, Thomson Gale, 2005, pp. 555-56.
    • Doane, Mary Ann. The Emergence of Cinematic Time: Modernity, Contingency, the Archive. Harvard UP, 2002.
    • Duncan, Pansy. “Fascination: Between the Rough and the Glossy.” The Emotional Life of Postmodern Film: Affect Theory’s Other, Routledge, 2015, pp. 77-107.
    • Eisenstein, Sergei. “Film Form: New Problems.” Film Form: Essays in Film Theory, edited and translated by Jay Leyda, Harcourt, 1977, pp. 122-49.
    • Foucault, Michel. Histoire de la sexualité I: La volonté de savoir. Gallimard, 1976.
    • —. History of Madness. 1961/1972. Edited by Jean Khalfa, translated by Jonathan Murphy and Jean Khalfa, Routledge, 2006.
    • —. The History of Sexuality: An Introduction. Translated by Robert Hurley, Vintage, 1978.
    • Freud, Sigmund. Group Psychology and the Analysis of the Ego. 1921. The Pelican Freud Library, edited and translated by James Strachey, Angela Richards, et al., Vol. 12, Penguin, 1985, pp. 91-178.
    • Gunning, Tom. “Flickers: On Cinema’s Power for Evil.” Bad: Infamy, Darkness, Evil, and Slime on Screen, edited by Murray Pomerance, State U of New York P, 2004, pp. 21-37.
    • Hahnemann, Andy, and Björn Weyand, eds. Faszination: Historische Konjunkturen und heuristische Tragweite eines Begriffs. Peter Lang, 2009.
    • Harris, Oliver. “Film Noir Fascination: Outside History, but Historically So.” Cinema Journal, vol. 43 no. 1, Autumn 2003, pp. 3-24. JSTOR, https://www-jstor-org.ezproxy.library.uvic.ca/stable/1225928.
    • —. William Burroughs and the Secret of Fascination. Southern Illinois UP, 2003.
    • Harvey, Sylvia. May ’68 and Film Culture. BFI Publishing, 1978.
    • Huffer, Lynne. Mad for Foucault: Rethinking the Foundations of Queer Theory. Columbia UP, 2010.
    • Human League, The. “(Keep Feeling) Fascination.” 1983. Composed by Jo Callis and Philip Oakey, produced by Martin Rushent, The Very Best of The Human League, Virgin Records, 2003.
    • Jay, Martin. Downcast Eyes: The Denigration of Vision in Twentieth-Century French Thought. U of California P, 1993.
    • Killen, Andreas. “Psychiatry, Cinema, and Urban Youth in Early-Twentieth-Century Germany.” Harvard Review of Psychiatry, vol. 14 no. 1, 2006, pp. 38-43.
    • Kracauer, Siegfried. Theory of Film: The Redemption of Physical Reality. Oxford UP, 1960.
    • Kristeva, Julia. Black Sun: Depression and Melancholia. Translated by Leon S. Roudiez. Columbia UP, 1989.
    • —. “Ellipsis in Dread and the Specular Seduction.” 1975. Translated by Dolores Burdick, Narrative, Apparatus, Ideology: A Film Theory Reader, edited by Phillip Rosen, Columbia UP, 1986, pp. 236-43.
    • —. Powers of Horror: An Essay on Abjection. 1980. Translated by Leon S. Roudiez, Columbia UP, 1982.
    • —. Strangers to Ourselves. 1988. Translated by Leon S. Roudiez, Columbia UP, 1991.
    • Lacan, Jacques. “On My Antecedents.” 1966. Écrits, translated by Bruce Fink with Héloïse Fink and Russell Grigg, W. W. Norton, 2006, pp. 51-57.
    • —. Le séminaire de Jacques Lacan, Livre VII: L’éthique de la psychanalyse 1959-1960. Edited by Jacques-Alain Miller, Seuil, 1986.
    • —. The Seminar of Jacques Lacan, Book II: The Ego in Freud’s Theory and in the Technique of Psychoanalysis 1954-1955. 1978. Edited by Jacques-Alain Miller, translated by Sylvana Tomaselli, W. W. Norton, 1991.
    • —. The Seminar of Jacques Lacan, Book VII: The Ethics of Psychoanalysis 1959-1960. 1986. Edited by Jacques-Alain Miller, translated by Dennis Porter, W. W. Norton, 1992.
    • Lapsley, Richard, and Michael Westlake. Film Theory: An Introduction. Manchester UP, 1988.
    • Le Bon, Gustave. The Crowd: A Study of the Popular Mind. 1895. Viking P, 1965.
    • Levine, Matt. “A Ribbon of Dreams: Dreams and Cinema.” Crosscuts, 3 Aug. 2012. https://walkerart.org/magazine/dreams-cinema-history-matt-levine.
    • Lotter, Konrad. “Faszination.” Lexikon der Ästhetik. Edited by Wolfhart Henckmann and Konrad Lotter, C. H. Beck, 1992, pp. 60-61.
    • MacCabe, Colin. “Realism and the Cinema: Notes on Some Brechtian Theses.” Screen, vol. 15 no. 2, Summer 1974, pp. 7-27. doi.org/10.1093/screen/15.2.7.
    • —. “Theory and Film: Principles of Realism and Pleasure.” Screen, vol. 17 no. 3, Autumn 1976, pp. 7-28. doi.org/10.1093/screen/17.3.7.
    • McCallum, E. L. Object Lessons: How to Do Things with Fetishism. State U of New York P, 1999.
    • Mel and Kim. “Respectable.” Composed and produced by Mike Stock, Matt Aitken, and Peter Waterman, F.L.M., Supreme, 1987. Vinyl.
    • Metz, Christian. “The Imaginary Signifier.” Translated by Ben Brewster, Screen, vol. 16 no. 2, Summer 1975, pp. 14-76. doi.org/10.1093/screen/16.2.4.
    • Miller, D. A. “Anal Rope.” inside/out: Lesbian Theories, Gay Theories, edited by Diana Fuss, Routledge, 1991, pp. 119-41.
    • —. Hidden Hitchcock. U of Chicago P, 2016.
    • —. 8 ½. Palgrave Macmillan, 2008.
    • Mulvey, Laura. Fetishism and Curiosity. British Film Institute / Indiana UP, 1996.
    • Rancière, Jacques. “On the theory of ideology (the politics of Althusser).” Radical Philosophy, vol. 7, Spring 1974, pp. 2-15. https://www.radicalphilosophyarchive.com/issue-files/rp7_article1_althusserstheoryofideology_rancière.pdf.
    • Rascaroli, Laura. “Oneiric Metaphor in Film Theory.” Kinema, Fall 2002, pp. 1-11. University of Waterloo Libraries Open Journal System, https://openjournals.uwaterloo.ca/index.php/kinema/article/download/982/1054?inline=1.
    • Santner, Eric L. Stranded Objects: Mourning, Melancholy, and Film in Postwar Germany. Cornell UP, 1990.
    • Shaviro, Steven. “Film Theory and Visual Fascination.” The Cinematic Body. U of Minnesota P, 1993, pp. 1-65.
    • Sedgwick, Eve Kosofsky. “Paranoid Reading and Reparative Reading; or, You’re So Paranoid, You Probably Think This Introduction Is about You.” Novel Gazing: Queer Readings in Fiction, edited by Eve Kosofsky Sedgwick, Duke UP, 1997, pp. 1-37.
    • Seeber, Hans Ulrich. “Funktionen der Literatur im Prozess der Modernisierung.” Funktionen von Literatur: Theoretische Grundlagen und Modellinterpretationen, edited by Marion Gymnich and Ansgar Nünning, WVT, 2005, pp. 79-98.
    • —. Literarische Faszination in England um 1900. Universitätverlag Winter, 2012.
    • Thys, Michel. Fascinatie: Een fenomenologisch-psychoanalytische verkenning van het onmenselijke, Boom, 2006.
    • Türcke, Christoph. “Faszination.” Historisch-kritisches Wörterbuch des Marxismus, edited by Wolfgang Fritz Haug, Frigga Haug, Peter Jehle, and Wolfgang Küttler, Vol. 4, Berlin Institute of Critical Theory, 1999, pp. 186-94.
    • Watt, Calum. Blanchot and the Moving Image: Fascination and Spectatorship. Legenda, 2017.
    • Weingart, Brigitte. “Contact at a Distance: The Topology of Fascination.” Rethinking Emotion: Interiority and Exteriority in Premodern, Modern, and Contemporary Thought, edited by Rüdiger Campe and Julia Weber, De Gruyter, 2014, pp. 72-100.
    • —. “Faszinieren.” Historisches Wörterbuch des Mediengebrauchs, edited by Heiko Christians, Matthias Bickenbach, and Nikolaus Wegmann, 2015, pp. 209-24.
    • Žižek, Slavoj. Less than Nothing: Hegel and the Shadow of Dialectical Materialism. Verso, 2012.